Our book is an alarm to America to wake up and change before its too late and we cease to exist. We will show that nearly all human endeavors are run by rackets and this theory explains universal human behavior. People don't want to do what's BEST for themselves and others because it pays more in the short-term to accept a less-than-optimal solution that can be milked perpetually. Problems demand solutions and partial solutions that keep problems around guarantee those providing the partial solutions employment. In a couple words, people like to be screwed-up. It gives them things to do and get paid for. In the first chapter, we define what a racket is and how money--certificates of guaranteed human cooperation the love of which enables them to form quickly. Rackets are like parasites that feed off the host organism and if allowed to grow will kill it off, in the case of American Corporation-Consumer racketeering which is global in its corruptive influence, its the entire Planet Earth's ability to sustain all life that could be destroyed by out-of-control, unwise consumption directed by the racketeers.

In Chapter 2, we describe how the U.S. Constitution was not prepared to deal with the exodus of citizens from family farms to corporation factories in cities after the civil war and failed to protect the representative democracy that the America experiment of societal freedom within rules of law was based on. In Chapter 3, we describe how a permanent dependency on THEY THE CORPORATIONS to provide the majority of the social fabric of America has ensued, robbing WE THE PEOPLE of much control over our own lives and no control or even steering inputs to the helm of the federal government.

Urbanized Americans had to buy into a set of powerful lies in order to get where we are today--enslaved to a myriad of corrupt rackets. They are:

1. We need the Corporations, without their rackets, we die

2. If I play fair and conform to society, I will win in life--which is material success

3. Reality is what's presented by the media

4. The Federal Government is the expression of American society

5. America is the greatest nation and doesn't need reform

6. Don't think, only feel through experience

Today's American Sociological Fabric

THEY THE CORPORATIONS are actually now not just the businesses building widgets or providing services but both the government and the media that they have bought off with their massive pools of I-get, you-get (IGYGET) certificates (money). American corporations are run by the Satanic, Rockefeller Illuminati crime family; secret societies rule the world through banksters and intelligence agencies. These 3 levels are ABOVE nation-state governments--and corporations. The CIA is a sabotage agency for Wall Street to effect American Imperialism around the world. The CIA gains control of resources for the Rockefeller Illuminati abroad and mind controls the American public at home. This was even apparent back in 1968 when French intelligence operative Joseph Hepburn wrote Farewell America:

The CIA celebrated its twentieth anniversary in September 1967. It was created on September 8, 1947, by the same law that instituted a unified Defense Department and established the National Security Council.(6) Its mission was the coordination and evaluation of intelligence information, but it immediately branched out into special operations, which took on such importance that the Plans Division was organized in 1961 to plan and carry them out.(7) In 1949 a law was passed exempting the CIA from disclosing its activities, the names and official titles of its personnel, their salaries, and the number of persons it employed. The Director of the CIA was authorized to spend his entire budget(8) on the strength of his signature, without ever having to account for the way in which it was spent.

This provision enabled the CIA to become, during the Fifties, a sort of "invisible government" which expanded its authority when Allen Welsh Dulles became Assistant Director in 1951, then Director on February 10, 1953.(9) Six months later, in August 1953, the CIA proved to the world just how powerful it had become when General Fazollah Zahedi replaced Mossadegh as Prime Minister of Iran. In 1951, Mossadegh had nationalized the Anglo-Iranian Oil Company and confiscated the Abadan refinery with the support of Tudeh, the Iranian Communist Party. The CIA succeeded in having Mossadegh arrested, and the leaders of Tudeh were executed. A consortium of the major oil companies thereby signed a 25-year agreement with Iran granting 40% of the shares in the former Anglo-Iranian to Standard Oil of New Jersey, Gulf Oil, Standard Oil of California, Socony Mobil and Texaco. A few months later, in April 1955, nine other independent American companies were given a share in the operations. The CIA man who directed the operation was Kermit Roosevelt,(10) a State Department consultant for Middle Eastern and Communist affairs since 1947. When "Kim" Roosevelt left the CIA in 1958, he was hired by Gulf Oil as its "director for governmental relations." He became vice-president of Gulf in 1960. (He is also a consultant for Socony Mobil.)

Its Iranian success consolidated the power of the CIA, which in the years that followed multiplied its interventions and carried off some brilliant operations, the best-known of which took place in Guatemala and behind the Iron Curtain, where the CIA attempted to split up the Communist Bloc. It was the West German intelligence service, a step-child of the CIA, that set off the East German revolt of June 17, 1953, that was checked by Soviet intervention and caused 2,000 dead or wounded in East Berlin alone. In 1956, the CIA was behind the Hungarian uprising, which proved even more costly to the Hungarian people. The CIA established several intelligence rings in the USSR and multiplied its special missions. Between 1956 and 1960, its U-2 spy planes furnished valuable intelligence on airfields, the locations of planes and missiles, rocket experiments, special ammunitions dumps, submarine production and atomic installations.(11) In Egypt the CIA, under the cover of Ambassador Jefferson Caffrey, who was acting on instructions from John Foster Dulles, played an important role in the 1952 overthrow of King Farouk and the seizure of power by Colonel Neguib, and later in the latter's overthrow by Colonel Nasser.

In 1954, the CIA overthrew the Guatemalan regime of President Jacob Arbenz Guzman because of his "Communist leanings," and replaced him with one of their puppets, Colonel Castillo-Armas, who immediately denied illiterates (who made up 70% of the population) the right to vote and returned to Frutera(12) the 225,000 acres of land that President Arbenz had confiscated. One million acres which had already been distributed to the peasants were taken back, and a committee was created to fight communism in the country.(13)

The CIA also suffered failures -- in Indonesia against Sukarno in 1958, in Laos with Phoumi in 1960, in South Vietnam with Ngo Diem between 1956 and 1963,(14) or partial successes, as in West Germany.(15)

Nor did the CIA confine its activities to the hotspots of the world -- the Middle East, Southeast Asia, the Central and Latin American "protectorates," and the Iron Curtain countries. The CIA was naturally strongly established in the socialist countries such as Yugoslavia, and in neutral states like Austria and Switzerland, but it was also active, for economic and political reasons, in zones of international tension throughout the world. In some cases, for example in Algeria, these reasons were directly opposed.(16) In 1955, the CIA intervened in Costa Rica, one of the most stable and democratic of the Latin American nations, where it tried to overthrow the moderate socialist government of President Jose Figueres.

Thus, endowed with complete autonomy, a virtually unlimited budget, and a de facto co-directorship under the Eisenhower administration, the CIA in the period between 1953 and 1960 developed into a world power.(17) The CIA was represented in 108 different countries, commanded submarines and jet planes, and controlled 30,000 agents under the cover of diplomatic, commercial, industrial, journalistic, military, technical, labor, university and secret activities.

William Blum's book Killing Hope further details how the CIA is a treasonous outfit that does not work for WE THE PEOPLE. In other words, the CIA is enabler of RACKET THEORY to flourish for THEY THE CORPORATIONS--run by THE ILLUMINATI (secret society crime families). In this book, we will focus in on the RACKET THEORY behavioral psychology of the American people that is the cause for such evil elites to steer the ship of state to misdeeds. If the American people were not so lazy and eager to live as cogs-in-a-machine run on automatic pilot--but to instead actively live their lives by conscience & critical thinking; none of this would be happening.

Fritz Springmeier--himself a victim of framing says the following about the obviously false and absurd Mormon religious cult--anyone who believes in it has brains that don't function logically:

bibliotecapleyades.net/bloodlines/mormon.htm

One of the things that the Illuminati has done is instill apathy in people toward resisting their wickedness. GOPidiot Presidential candidate Mitt Romney is an example of a typical Mormon whose brain doesn't function logically. A letter by an ex-Mormon says it better than I could;

"There are many reasons why these people (Mormons) will not come forth even though they know of the corruption in the Mormon church. One is due to their belief in Mormon scripture which they associate with the Mormon church. The leadership has usurped power and authority over this scripture. Thus, the members of the Mormon church think that God expects them to support their misguided leaders.

This is much the - rationalization that many Americans make about our government. They all know of the corruption, but rationalize that it is unpatriotic to talk against the government or ungrateful to complain when they enjoy superficial prosperity."

Thus, since the racket provides SOME SOCIAL FABRIC its not sporting to "bite the hand that feeds you". This is classic Christ vs. the Moneychangers stuff--short-term security at the expense of a moral stance that might incur ETERNAL punishment. These lies and social fabric have been foisted upon urban American citizenry through the Thomas Dewey public school system beginning at the turn of the century--and finalized by the 24-hour television system in order to make them docile "sheeple" as each one of these lies enables racketeer elites to perpetuate and build myriad new rackets. Each one disarms the citizen from challenging a vital area of the status quo and basically sets him or her up as a victim-for-life--without them even knowing it. When they are miserable and defeated they assume its because they were personally lacking or just didn't get the necessary lucky breaks to "rise to the top"--they never consider that maybe the deck was stacked against them with no chance intended of a non-corrupt person to rise into a position strong enough to threaten the rackets.

In Chapter 4, we delve into how the majority of Americans are conned into playing by a BS set of rules and fair play and long hours of work to keep them distracted and unable to interfere while evil men do sub-rosa "white collar" criminal acts just under the radar screen of violent crimes and get the competitive advantage over law-abiding rival firms, we call this using the "Wedge of Evil". The next lie and Chapter 5 in our book is that reality is what the media says it is because the press are allegedly honest observers of some sort of "mythological scoreboard" that we are watching from our seats in a stadium of life. On the playing field of life is not just you or I--the star players and only true actors--are the Federal Government, the lie that Calamity (uncle) Sam is somehow "America" is covered in the succeeding Chapter 6. Not surprisingly, the corporation racketeers run the local, state and federal governments and they have brain-washed journalism teachers to inculcate into their offspring that ONLY A GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL can give birth to a "STORY". The national narrative of reality itself cannot be described by you or I--except as BS pandering "human interest" fluff; TRUTH is what the government says it is--or its "not a story". We don't exist. Physical, external reality does not exist. Only what the government says exists, exists. So the "scoreboard" only shows "scores" the government says are scored--regardless of what's really going on in reality on the playing field of life.

Chapter 7 describes the lie that America (AKA the Federal Government) is great and has no serious sins or flaws; to say otherwise is to make you un-patriotically correct, a communist, etc. you fill-in-the-blank for the in-vogue insult. The racketeers invoke all kinds of emotional Abraham Lincoln, George Washington stuff to smokescreen that all that's going on today would be violently disapproved by them but their good name is juxtaposed with all kinds of evil misdeeds to lull everyone into thinking somehow we'll just muddle through. The video below expresses the AmeroFascist mind control's effect upon Americans from our foundation.

youtube.com/watch?v=N2Xh5eN2fXY

The condition of Rome before the American empire offers similar parallels:

jfk-online.com/farewell19.html

Empires have always succumbed to the same disease. With each new conquest, Rome thrust forward her frontiers and retreated from her principles. The first Romans were simple people, wholly devoted to their land and their gods, But the pilgrims, the settlers and the' sages were succeeded by a promiscuous mob that capitalized on the victories. The growing number of slaves and the afflux of the poor swelled the population. The patricians found their chances for survival considerably reduced as hordes of former slaves, freed and newly wealthy, fought over their estates.

For the Romans, all things reflected their greatness -- the victories of Marius, Pompey, and Caesar, but also the Empire, history, and the future of the Roman people. But there was neither justice in the courts nor honesty in the elections. Only one standard decided the merit of a candidate or the innocence of a defendant: gold.

The spectacles at the Circus served to distract the populace. The free wheat and olives distributed to the needy at the Forum served as a subterfuge for social reforms. The aristocracy purchased seats in the Senate. The magistracy of the empire and the spoils of victory went to the senators, the consuls, the praetors, the quaestors, the censors and their wives. Rome had become a corporation. The government was in the hands of a few opulent families of the world of finance, supported by the military junta. These families knew how to protect their interests: they disguised them as national necessities. The preservation of Rome was identified with that of the ruling families. "The Roman people consisted of a small oligarchy of landowners, bankers, speculators, merchants, artisans, adventurers, and tatterdemalions, avid for pleasure, excitement, and sudden gain, proud, turbulent, corrupted by the life of the city, and placing their own interests ahead of even the most salutary reform . . ."

The last lie in Chapter 8 is the one that is fatal; that you have no right to criticize a damn thing going on unless you are actively involved in it. You must take LSD to know its unhealthy. You must be a racketeer and "feel their pain" in order to "earn" the right to criticize---which means of course you must compromise yourself and become a racketeer at least for a time to do so. The racketeers know if you become one of them the chances are due to sunk costs of life effort you will become one of them and be disarmed. There is no COMMON sense because there's no way everyone can experience every walk of life---aka all the rackets to "earn" the right to have a sensibility about how that area of human life should be and should achieve for the BEST, greatest common denominator arrangement. Its the classic sin of PRIDE, the pride of life and godless French philosophers Sartre/Camus existentialistic narcissism.

For Chapter 9 we ask why do the ruling elites need us, anyway? What is it that they have against us? If they hare us so much why do they keep us around?

The curse by man unto himself is that which is LESS THAN A SOLUTION.

To expose a specific bureaucratic racket, let's start with the U.S. military which many people wrongly think is America's last meritocracy. There is no meritocracy in America. All walks of life that are non-professions and bureaucracies are run by racketeering.

U.S. Military a Bureaucratic Racket--Not A Profession

youtube.com/view_play_list?p=6C76D3B42CFDE855

Uber bureaucrat Bormann wormed his way into the fascist dictator's "right-hand-man"--and actually ran Nazi Germany from the 1930s onwards--while Hitler played general--rescued by Commander Ian Fleming from Berlin in 1945, after the war he secretly funded and built the 4^th Reich Nazi International consortium of corporations that have reunited with its Rockefeller Illuminati sponsors that runs America Today...

YOUTUBER TazJet 100, an amateur historian writes:

"Hitler was funded by John Rockefeller (Standard Oil) who despised the Rothschilds (who were Jewish) for developing oilfields in the Persian Gulf to challenge his monopoly. Also in 1920, the Bolsheviks seized the Caucasus's oilfields from Rockefeller and refused to pay compensation. Thus, Rockefeller literally funded Hitler to destroy the Jews in Europe and to attack Russia. WW2 was Rockefeller's private vendetta. I hope Rockefeller burns for eternity. Hitler was actually funded by Rockefeller, General Electric and Ford. Some of the British aristocracy who themselves were from the House of Battenburg wanted restoration of the German monarchy. Lord Louis Mountbatten was offered the Polish crown in an effort to avert War in early 1940, however except for Edward Duke of Windsor and also the Duke of Kent, the Royals shied away. Churchill chose the hard road.

Rockefeller had his oil fields in the Caucuses seized by the Bolsheviks and donated to the Nazis expecting Hitler to invade Russia and re-capture his oil fields. At the end of the war however, the [corrupt elements lead by Alan Dulles] OSS [later CIA]--if not Mi6 too, were cutting deals left right and centre with various Nazis to avert Soviet domination of Europe; so it is hard to tell the heroes from the bad guys by 1945.

Dornberger's Assistant SS Major Werner Von Braun

General Dornberger was interned after the war at CSDIC camp 11 in the UK where his conversations were bugged and recorded. Declassified summaries of conversations revealed him disclosing Hitler told him the V-2 was intended to carry a warhead more potent than just a ton of TNT [high explosives]. Dr. Eric Schumann and Dr. Walter Trinks developed a tactical nuclear weapon in 1942/43 which weighed just 5 kilograms with half a kiloton blast, using fusion-boosted fission.

Hitler's survival

I always dismissed Hitler's survival as a myth until it was anatomically established recently that the skull which Russia claimed was his, proved to be a woman's skull.

Now all bets are off. The suggestion which makes most sense to me is that of OpJB that the Western Allies had a vested interest in not allowing Hitler to fall into Soviet hands.

I think my discoveries of secret negotiations with Hitler from August 1944 tend to point to a big secret. Most likely Hitler had some cards-up-his-sleeve in April 1945 which gave him grounds to blackmail the west. [EDITOR: Henry Stevens in Dark Star reports Nazi U-Boats towing floating V-2 missile launch tubes into launch positions against the eastern U.S. while Admiral Doenitz was running the 3^rd Reich in Hitler's absence--to buy time for more Nazis to escape. These U-Boats were discovered by British intelligence so the U.S. Navy was able to sink them by ASW means.]

I would suggest Hitler went to Spain--and not South America. Spain was ostracized from the world community until the late seventies and many flights escaped Nazi Germany for Spain in April 1945.

Mussolini was captured in company with a German column on his way to Switzerland on 27 April 1945 to catch a flight to Spain--therefore, I expect there was some offer of sanctuary not just for him, but Hitler too.

It is rumoured Hitler died in Spain from cancer in November 1947.

Nowadays I tend to accept that possibility.

Cheers,

Tazjet"

Thus, "PLAN A" of the Rockefeller Illuminati in WW2 was for Hitler to go east and self-destruct Nazi Germany against Stalin's Communist Russia:

However, British Prime Minister Chamberlain forced Hitler to go west by his absurd promise to somehow defend Poland--who should have let him pass on through---who made him do this?

Recent reports are some MI5 officers told him privately he was some kind of coward for appeasing Hitler and this lead to his absurd Poland aid promise that put Hitler-Stalin into a non-aggression pact that nearly ruined the world.

Who put Chamberlain up to this?

The mystery continues...

The original and pure definition of a professional was to be someone dedicating his entire life to the BEST outcomes for the people his profession serves. This has been rejected by many in favor of a selfish asshole who keeps his knowledge/skills to him or herself so as to create a dependency on him/her and who has no interest whatsoever of solving the societal need/want and working him/her out of a job. Today the word "professional" now means a self-serving racketeer...a milicrat or a bureo-phile if he's a peon--or a bureaucrat if he's a leader within the outfit, after all, a guy has got to eat, right?

The Illuminati Create and Control Bureaucracies: Who Are They? Are They United?

In James Bond is Real, we articulate the actual Rockefeller vs. Rothschild Illuminati rivalry that takes turns running the world's nation-state bureaucracies depending on what the shamocracy (false democracy) chooses when we all know that it's a rigged game where both candidates are Illuminati annointed.

Classic Rothschild-Centric Unified Illuminati Theory by Coleman

The following dissertation has a lot of truth to it, but it's fundamentally flawed in it's presentation that the Illuminati is united under Rothschild rule (also known as the popular British-centric conspiracy theory) when we know the main driving force in world evil is the AMERICAN Rockefeller Illuminati and Wall Street--which are RIVALS to the Rothschilds. The rivals will meet and coordinate for actions, but they do have competing views on how to bring about and run--the NWO. Coleman alleges that this steering committee is composed of 300 men and women. However, if you look at the names, why is Joseph Stiglitz listed when he wrote a book critical of the Rockefeller-instigated Iraq war and occupation racket (see picture above) and Ambassador Richard Holbrooke who died trying to end the Bush administration-concocted Afghanistan war occupation if the Illuminati were not in fact divided into two rivalries?

pseudoreality.org/committeeof300.html

THE LIST:

Abdullah II, King of Jordan
Abramovich, Roman
Ackermann, Josef
Adeane, Edward
Agius, Marcus
Ahtisaari, Martti
Akerson, Daniel
Albert II, King of Belgium
Alexander, Crown Prince of Yugoslavia
Amato, Giuliano
Anderson, Carl A.
Andreotti, Giulio
Andrew, Duke of York
Anne, Princess Royal
Anstee, Nick
Ash, Timothy Garton
Astor, William Waldorf
Aven, Pyotr
Balkenende, Jan Peter
Ballmer, Steve
Balls, Ed
Barroso, José Manuel
Beatrix, Queen of the Netherlands
Belka, Marek
Bergsten, C. Fred
Berlusconi, Silvio
Bernake, Ben
Bernstein, Nils
Berwick, Donald
Bildt, Carl
Bischoff, Sir Winfried
Blair, Tony
Blankfein, Lloyd
Blavatnik, Leonard
Bloomberg, Michael
Bolkestein, Frits
Bolkiah, Hassanal
Bonello, Michael C.
Bonino, Emma
Boren, David L.
Borwin, Duke of Mecklenburg
Bronfman, Charles
Bronfman, Edgar Jr.
Bruton, John
Brzezinski, Zbigniew
Budenberg, Robin
Buffet, Warren
Bush, George HW
Cameron, David
Camilla, Duchess of Cornwall
Cardoso, Fernando Henrique
Carington, Peter
Carl XVI Gustaf, King of Sweden
Carlos, Duke of Parma
Carney, Mark
Carroll, Cynthia
Caruana, Jaime
Castell, Sir William
Chan, Anson
Chan, Margaret
Chan, Norman
Charles, Prince of Wales
Chartres, Richard
Chiaie, Stefano Delle
Chipman, Dr John
Chodiev, Patokh
Christoph, Prince of Schleswig-Holstein
Cicchitto, Fabrizio
Clark, Wesley
Clarke, Kenneth
Clegg, Nick
Clinton, Bill
Cohen, Abby Joseph
Cohen, Ronald
Cohn, Gary
Colonna di Paliano, Marcantonio, Duke of Paliano
Constantijn, Prince of the Netherlands
Constantine II, King of Greece
Cooksey, David
Cowen, Brian
Craven, Sir John
Crockett, Andrew
Dadush, Uri
D'Aloisio, Tony
Darling, Alistair
Davies, Sir Howard
Davignon, Étienne
Davis, David
de Rothschild, Benjamin
de Rothschild, David René
de Rothschild, Evelyn
de Rothschild, Leopold
Deiss, Joseph
Deripaska, Oleg
Dobson, Michael
Draghi, Mario
Du Plessis, Jan
Dudley, William C.
Duisenberg, Wim
Edward, Duke of Kent
Edward, Earl of Wessex
Elizabeth II, Queen of the United Kingdom
Elkann, John
Emanuele, Vittorio, Prince of Naples
Ernst August, Prince of Hanover
Feldstein, Martin
Festing, Matthew
Fillon, François
Fischer, Heinz
Fischer, Joschka
Fischer, Stanley
FitzGerald, Niall
Franz, Duke of Bavaria
Fridman, Mikhail
Friso, Prince of Orange-Nassau
Gates, Bill
Geidt, Christopher
Geithner, Timothy
Georg Friedrich, Prince of Prussia
Gibson-Smith, Dr. Chris
Gorbachev, Mikhail
Gore, Al
Gotlieb, Allan
Green, Stephen
Greenspan, Alan
Grosvenor, Gerald, 6^th Duke of Westminster
Gurría, José Ángel
Hague, William
Hampton, Sir Philip
Hans-Adam II, Prince of Liechtenstein
Harald V, King of Norway
Harper, Stephen
Heisbourg, François
Henri, Grand Duke of Luxembourg
Hildebrand, Philipp
Hills, Carla Anderson
Holbrooke, Richard
Honohan, Patrick
Howard, Alan
Ibragimov, Alijan
Ingves, Stefan
Isaacson, Walter
Juan Carlos, King of Spain
Jacobs, Kenneth M.
Julius, DeAnne
Juncker, Jean-Claude
Kenen, Peter
Kerry, John
King, Mervyn
Kinnock, Glenys
Kissinger, Henry
Knight, Malcolm
Koon, William H. II
Krugman, Paul
Kufuor, John
Lajolo, Giovanni
Lake, Anthony
Lambert, Richard
Lamy, Pascal
Landau, Jean-Pierre
Laurence, Timothy
Leigh-Pemberton, James
Leka, Crown Prince of Albania
Leonard, Mark
Levene, Peter
Leviev, Lev
Levitt, Arthur
Levy, Michael
Lieberman, Joe
Livingston, Ian
Loong, Lee Hsien
Lorenz of Belgium, Archduke of Austria-Este
Louis Alphonse, Duke of Anjou
Louis-Dreyfus, Gérard
Mabel, Princess of Orange-Nassau
Mandelson, Peter
Manning, Sir David
Margherita, Archduchess of Austria-Este
Margrethe II, Queen of Denmark
Martínez, Guillermo Ortiz
Mashkevitch, Alexander
Massimo, Stefano, Prince of Roccasecca dei Volsci
Massimo-Brancaccio, Fabrizio Prince of Arsoli and Triggiano
McDonough, William Joseph
McLarty, Mack
Mersch, Yves
Michael, Prince of Kent
Michael, King of Romania
Miliband, David
Miliband, Ed
Mittal, Lakshmi
Moreno, Glen
Moritz, Prince and Landgrave of Hesse-Kassel
Murdoch, Rupert
Napoléon, Charles
Nasser, Jacques
Niblett, Robin
Nichols, Vincent
Nicolás, Adolfo
Noyer, Christian
Ofer, Sammy
Ogilvy, Alexandra, Lady Ogilvy
Ogilvy, David, 13th Earl of Airlie
Ollila, Jorma
Oppenheimer, Nicky
Osborne, George
Oudea, Frederic
Parker, Sir John
Patten, Chris
Pébereau, Michel
Penny, Gareth
Peres, Shimon
Philip, Duke of Edinburgh
Pio, Dom Duarte, Duke of Braganza
Pöhl, Karl Otto
Powell, Colin
Prokhorov, Mikhail
Quaden, Guy
Rasmussen, Anders Fogh
Ratzinger, Joseph Alois (Pope Benedict XVI)
Reuben, David
Reuben, Simon
Rhodes, William R.
Rice, Susan
Richard, Duke of Gloucester
Rifkind, Sir Malcolm
Ritblat, Sir John
Roach, Stephen S.
Robinson, Mary
Rockefeller, David Jr.
Rockefeller, David Sr.
Rockefeller, Nicholas
Rodríguez, Javier Echevarría
Rogoff, Kenneth
Roth, Jean-Pierre
Rothschild, Jacob
Rubenstein, David
Rubin, Robert
Ruspoli, Francesco, 10^th Prince of Cerveteri
Safra, Joseph
Safra, Moises
Sands, Peter
Sarkozy, Nicolas
Sassoon, Isaac
Sassoon, James
Sawers, Sir Robert John
Scardino, Marjorie
Schwab, Klaus
Schwarzenberg, Karel
Schwarzman, Stephen A.
Shapiro, Sidney
Sheinwald, Nigel
Sigismund, Grand Duke of Tuscany, Archduke of Austria
Simeon of Saxe-Coburg and Gotha
Snowe, Olympia
Sofía, Queen of Spain
Soros, George
Specter, Arlen
Stern, Ernest
Stevenson, Dennis
Steyer, Tom
Stiglitz, Joseph
Strauss-Kahn, Dominique
Straw, Jack
Sutherland, Peter
Tanner, Mary
Tedeschi, Ettore Gotti
Thompson, Mark
Thomson, Dr. James
Tietmeyer, Hans
Trichet, Jean-Claude
Tucker, Paul
Van Rompuy, Herman
Vélez, Álvaro Uribe
Verplaetse, Alfons
Villiger, Kaspar
Vladimirovna, Maria, Grand Duchess of Russia
Volcker, Paul
von Habsburg, Otto
Waddaulah, Hassanal Bolkiah Mu'izzaddin, Sultan of Brunei
Walker, Sir David
Wallenberg, Jacob
Walsh, John
Warburg, Max
Weber, Axel Alfred
Weill, Michael David
Wellink, Nout
Whitman, Marina von Neumann
Willem-Alexander, Prince of Orange
William, Prince of Wales
Williams, Dr. Rowan
Williams, Shirley
Wilson, David
Wolfensohn, James
Wolin, Neal S.
Woolf, Harry
Woolsey, R. James Jr.
Worcester, Sir Robert
Wu, Sarah
Zoellick, Robert

http://youtu.be/zxSTT5ipcAQ

"Three hundred men, all of whom know one another, direct the economic destiny of Europe and choose their successors from among themselves."

--Walter Rathenau, 1909, founder of the mammoth German General Electric Corporation

The Committee of 300 is a product of the British East India Company's Council of 300. The East India Company was chartered by the British royal family in 1600. It made vast fortunes in the opium drug trade with China and became the largest company on earth in its time. Today, through many powerful alliances, the Committee of 300 rules the world and is the driving force behind the criminal agenda to create a "New World Order" (NWO), under a "Totalitarian Global Government". There is no need to use "they" or "the enemy" except as shorthand. We know who "they", the enemy, is. The Committee of 300 with its "aristocracy", its ownership of the U.S. Federal Reserve banking system, insurance companies, giant corporations, foundations, communications networks, presided over by a hierarchy of conspirators-this is the enemy. Secret societies exist by deception. Each is a hierarchy with an inner circle at the top, who deceives those below with lies, such as claiming a noble agenda; thus, duping them into following a web of compartmentalized complicity. The inner circle of the Committee of 300 is the Order of the Garter, headed by Queen Elizabeth Windsor II. It is interesting to note that the Windsor's changed their name from the Germanic Saxe-Coburg-Gotha during WWI, because of anti-German sentiment.

The enemy is clearly identifiable as the Committee of 300 and its front organizations, such as the Royal Institute for International Affairs (Chatham House), the Club of Rome, NATO, U.N., the Black Nobility, the Tavistock Institute, CFR and all its affiliated organizations, the think-tanks and research institutions controlled by Stanford and the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations and last, but certainly not least, the military establishment.

The Committee of 300 is the ultimate secret society made up of an untouchable ruling class, which includes the Queen of the United Kingdom (Elizabeth II), the Queen of the Netherlands, the Queen of Denmark and the royal families of Europe. These aristocrats decided at the death of Queen Victoria, the matriarch of the Venetian Black Guelphs that, in order to gain world-wide control, it would be necessary for its aristocratic members to "go into business" with the non-aristocratic but extremely powerful leaders of corporate business on a global scale, and so the doors to ultimate power were opened to what the Queen of England likes to refer to as "the commoners". Through their illicit banking cartel, they own the stock of the Federal Reserve, which is a private for-profit corporation that violates U.S. Constitution and is a root of the problem.

The decadent American families of the unholy partnership, thoroughly corrupted and wallowing in tainted opium money, went on to become what we know today as the "Eastern Liberal Establishment". [EDITOR: Note this is where Coleman goes astray and points solely at the Rothschild Illuminati. The American Rockefeller Illuminati are FASCISTS and control the Republican party. They are the ones who created the German Nazis and put Hitler into power.Coleman's conspiracy theory cannot account for all the right-wing evil that has dominated the world.] Its members, under the careful guidance and direction of the British Crown, and subsequently, its foreign policy executive arm, the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA), now known as Chatham House, located in England (across St. James's Square from the Astors), ran the United States from top-to-bottom through their secret upper-level, parallel government, which is tightly meshed with the Committee of 300, the ultimate secret society. That secret, all-powerful government is now more in control of the United States than ever before.

In the Committee of 300, which has a 150-year history, we have some of the most brilliant intellects assembled to form a completely totalitarian, absolutely controlled "new" society only it isn't new, having drawn most of its ideas from the Clubs of Cultus Diabolicus. It strives toward a One World Government rather well described by one of its late members, H. G. Wells, in his work commissioned by the Committee which Wells boldly called: "The Open Conspiracy: Blue Prints for a World Revolution".

Most of the Committee of 300's immense wealth arose out of the opium trade with China and India. Obscene profits went straight into the royal coffers, and into the pockets of the nobility, the oligarchs and plutocrats, and made them billionaires. The ordinary people of China, India, and England profited nothing from "opium revenues". In the same way the people of South Africa, black and white, never profited from the gold mining industry, whose revenues were piped directly into the City of London banks and Merchant banks. The Committee of 300 is responsible for the phony drug wars here in the U.S. These phony drug wars were to get us to give away our constitutional rights. Asset forfeiture is a prime example, where huge assets can be seized without trial and no proof of guilt needed. Also the Committee of 300 long ago decreed that there shall be a smaller-much smaller-and better world, that is, their idea of what constitutes a better world. The myriad of useless eaters consuming scarce natural resources were to be culled by up to 99%. Industrial progress supports population growth. Therefore, the command to multiply & subdue the Earth found in Genesis had to be subverted. This called for an attack upon Christianity; the slow but sure disintegration of industrial nation states; the destruction of billions of people, referred to by the Committee of 300 as "surplus population," and the removal of any leader who dared to stand in the way of the Committee's global planning to reach the foregoing objectives. Not that the U.S. government didn't know, but as it was part of the conspiracy, it helped to keep the lid on information--rather than let the truth be known. Queen, Elizabeth II, is the head of the Committee of 300. The Committee of 300 looks to social convulsions on a global scale, followed by depressions, as a softening-up technique for bigger things to come, as its principal method of creating masses of people all over the world who will become its "welfare" recipients of the future.

The current criminal agenda of the Committee of 300 is further evidenced by recently leaked Club of Rome documents, as they describe how they will use drugs to help stifle resistance to their New World Order scheme: "...having been failed by Christianity, and with unemployment rife on every hand, those who have been without jobs for five years or more, will turn away from the church and seek solace in drugs. By then, full control of the drug trade must be completed in order that the government of all countries who are under our jurisdiction have a monopoly in place which we will control by controlling supplies reaching the market... Drug bars will take care of the unruly and the discontented. Would-be revolutionaries will be turned into harmless addicts with no will of their own..." The crowned cobras of Europe and their Eastern Liberal Establishment families will not tolerate any true war against drugs. The war on drugs, which the Bush administration was allegedly fighting, was for the legalization of all types and classes of drugs. Such drugs are not solely a social aberration, but a full-scale attempt to gain control of the minds of the people of the United States. At present, this is the principal task of the Committee of 300. Nothing has changed in the opium-heroin-cocaine trade. It is still in the hands of the same "upper class" families in Britain and the United States. It is still a fabulously profitable trade where what appear to be big losses through sometimes seizures of drug shipments are actually small interlopers trying to break into the preserves of the drug trade hierarchy, who sit in paneled board rooms in New York, Hong Kong and London over port and cigars and congratulate another success in the eradication of "competitors."

Included in the Committee of 300 membership are the old families of the European Black Nobility, the American Eastern Liberal Establishment (in Freemason hierarchy and the Order of Skull & Bone), the Illuminati, or as it is known by the Committee "MORIAH CONQUERING WIND," the Mumma Group, The National and World Council of Churches, the Circle of Initiates, the Nine Unknown Men, Lucis Trust, Jesuit Liberation Theologists, The Order of the Elders of Zion, the Nasi Princes, International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the United Nations (U.N.), the Central, British Quator Coronati, Italian P2 Masonry-especially those in the Vatican hierarchy-the Central Intelligence Agency, Tavistock Institute selected personnel, various members of leading foundations and insurance companies, the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, the Milner Group-Round Table, Cini Foundation, German Marshall Fund, Ditchley Foundation, NATO, Club of Rome, Environmentalists, The Order of St. John of Jerusalem, One World Government Church, Socialist International, Black Order, Thule Society, Anenherbe-Rosicrucianists, The Great Superior Ones and literally HUNDREDS of other organizations.

In the case of John F. Kennedy, the assassination was carried out with great attendant publicity and with the utmost brutality to serve as a warning to world leaders not to get out-of-line. Pope John Paul I was quietly murdered because he was getting close to the Committee of 300 through Freemasons in the Vatican hierarchy. His successor, Pope John Paul II, was publicly humiliated as a warning to cease & desist-which he has done. As we shall see, certain Vatican leaders are today seated on the Committee of 300.

The Committee of 300 appears to base much of its important decisions affecting mankind on the philosophy of Polish aristocrat, Felix Dzerzinski, who regarded mankind as being slightly above the level of cattle. As a close friend of British intelligence agent Sydney Reilly (Reilly was actually Dzerzinski's controller during the Bolshevik Revolution's formative years), he often confided in Reilly during his drinking bouts. Dzerzinski was, of course, the beast who ran the Red Terror apparatus. He once told Reilly, while the two were on a drinking binge, that "Man is of no importance. Look at what happens when you starve him. He begins to eat his dead companions to stay alive. Man is only interested in his own survival. That is all that counts. All the Spinoza stuff is a lot of rubbish."

The roots of the East India Company (chartered by Queen Elizabeth I on December 31, 1600 and dissolved in 1873) sprout from the European Black Nobility. The Black Nobility are the oligarchic families of Venice and Genoa, who in the 12th century held the privileged trading rights (monopolies). The first of three crusades, from 1063 to 1123, established the power of the Venetian Black Nobility and solidified the power of the wealthy ruling class. The Black Nobility aristocracy achieved complete control over Venice in 1171, when the appointment of the doge was transferred to what was known as the Great Council, which consisted of members of the commercial aristocracy, a complete triumph for them. Venice has remained in their hands ever since, but the power and influence of the Venetian Black Nobility extends far beyond its borders, and today, is felt in every corner of the globe. In 1204 the oligarchic family parceled out feudal enclaves to their members, and from this epoch dates the great building-up of power and pressure until the government became a closed corporation of the leading Black Nobility families.

It is important to note that the European Black Nobility is responsible for the insidious entanglements of numerous secret societies, lodges, and organizations, which are backed with high finance and powerful political connections. Such organizations include: Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group (German version of CFR), Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), United Nations (founded by CFR), Illuminati order Skull & Bones (inner circle of the CFR), International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank, Bank of International Settlement, Club of Rome, Chatham House (formally the Royal Institute of International Affairs - RIIA), Round Table, Tavistock Institute for Human Studies (England's psychological warfare think tank), Associated Press, Reuters (Rothschild-owned news monopoly used for brainwashing the masses), and many others, all of which, whether they are dupes or adapts, work in favor of Great Britain's aristocracy and their one world government agenda. [EDITOR: Reuters is owned and operated by British Military Intelligence aka MI6/SIS].

Although there is a wide cross-section, all roads lead to the Queen of England. The technique for keeping their illicit scheme secret is compartmentalization. Only the people in the inner circle, who are part of the capstone at the top of the pyramid, know the entire extent of the fraud. Adepts are few and dupes many. Typically, the dupes are told lies that their involvement is benevolent; thus, they become unwitting accomplices in crime. This is why it is imperative to expose this diabolical ring of power. Illicit secret societies cannot withstand the light of day. Once exposed, the cabal and their minions will fall like a house of cards.

The European Black Nobility earned its title through dirty tricks, so when the population revolted against the monopolies in government, as anywhere else, the leaders of the uprising were quickly seized and brutally hanged. They use secret assassinations, murder, the bankrupting of opposing citizens or companies, kidnapping and rape. All the families listed are connected with the House of Guelph, one of the original Black Nobility families of Venice from which the House of Windsor and thus the present Queen of the United Kingdom, Elizabeth II, descends.

What are the goals of the secret elite group, the inheritors of Illuminism (Moriah Conquering Wind), the Cult of Dionysius, the Cult of Isis, Catharism, Bogomilism? This elite group that also calls itself the OLYMPIANS (they truly believe they are equal in power and stature to the legendary gods of Olympus, who have, like Lucifer their god, set themselves above our true God) absolutely believe they have been charged with implementing the following by divine right:

1. A One World Government-New World Order with a unified church and monetary system under their direction. Not many people are aware that the One World Government began setting up its "church" in the 1920's/ 1930's, for they realized the need for a religious belief inherent in mankind to have an outlet and, therefore, set up a "church" body to channel that belief in the direction they desired.

2. The utter destruction of all national identity and national pride.

3. The destruction of religion and more especially the Christian religion, with the one exception, their own creation mentioned above.

4. Control of each and every person through means of mind control and what Brzezinski call "technotronics" which would create human-like robots and a system of terror beside which Felix Dzerzinski's Red Terror will look like children at play.

5. An end to all industrialization and the production of nuclear-generated electric power in what they call "the post-industrial zero-growth society." Exempted are the computer and service industries. United States industries that remain will be exported to countries such as Mexico where abundant slave labour is available. Unemployables in the wake of industrial destruction will either become opium-heroin and or cocaine addicts, or become statistics in the elimination process we know today as Global 2000.

6. Legalization of drugs and pornography.

7. Depopulation of large cities according to the trial run carried out by the Pol Pot regime in Cambodia. It is interesting to note that Pol Pot's genocidal plans were drawn up here in the United States by one of the Club of Rome's research foundations. It is also interesting that the Committee is presently seeking to reinstate the Pol Pot butchers in Cambodia.

8. Suppression of all scientific development except for those deemed beneficial by the Committee. Especially targeted is nuclear energy for peaceful purposes. Particularly hated are the fusion experiments presently being scorned and ridiculed by the Committee and its jackals of the press. Development of the fusion torch would blow the Committee's conception of "limited natural resources" right out of the window. A fusion torch properly used could create unlimited untapped natural resources from the most ordinary substances. Fusion torch uses are legion and would benefit mankind in a manner which is as yet not even remotely comprehended by the public.

9. Cause by means of limited wars in the advanced countries, and by means of starvation and diseases in Third World countries, the death of 3 billion people by the year 2000, people they call "useless eaters." The Committee of 300 commissioned Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this subject of how best to bring about such genocide. The paper was produced under the title the "Global 2000 Report" and was accepted and approved for action by President Carter, for and on behalf of the U.S. Government, and accepted by Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of State. Under the terms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the United States is to be reduced by 100 million by the year 2050.

10. To weaken the moral fibre of the nation and to demoralize workers in the labour class by creating mass unemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the post-industrial zero growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome, demoralized and discouraged workers will resort to alcohol and drugs. The youth of the land will be encouraged by means of rock music and drugs to rebel against the status quo, thus undermining and eventually destroying the family unit. In this regard, The Committee of 300 commissioned Tavistock Institute to prepare a blueprint as to how this could be achieved. Tavistock directed Stanford Research to undertake the work under the direction of Professor Willis Harmon. This work later became known as "The Aquarian Conspiracy."

11. To keep people everywhere from deciding their own destinies by means of one created crisis after another and then "managing" such crises. This will confuse and demoralize the population to the extent where faced with too many choices, apathy on a massive scale will result. In the case of the United States, an agency for crisis management is already in place. It is called the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), whose existence I first disclosed in 1980.

12. To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning which includes rock "music" gangsters such as the filthy, degenerate Mick Jagger's "Rolling Stones" (a gangster group much favoured by European Black Nobility) and all of the Tavistock created "rock" groups which began with "The Beatles." To continue to build up the cult of Christian fundamentalism begun by the British East India Company's servant, Darby, which will be misused to strengthen the Zionist state of Israel through identifying with the Jews through the myth of "God's Chosen People" and by donating very substantial amounts of money to what they mistakenly believe is a religious cause in the furtherance of Christianity.

13. To press for the spread of religious cults such as the Moslem Brotherhood, Moslem fundamentalism, the Sikhs, and to carry out experiments of the Jim Jones and "Son of Sam" type of murders. It is worth noting that the late Ayatollah Khomeini was a creation of British Intelligence Military Intelligence Division 6, commonly known as M16, as I reported in my 1985 work, "What Really Happened in Iran."

14. To export "religious liberation" ideas around the world so as to undermine all existing religions but more especially the Christian religion. This began with "Jesuit Liberation Theology" which brought about the downfall of the Somoza family rule in Nicaragua and which is today destroying EI Salvador, now 25 years into a "civil war," Costa Rica and Honduras. One very active entity engaged in so-called liberation theology is the Communist oriented Mary Knoll Mission. This accounts for the extensive media attention to the murder of four of Mary Knoll's so-called nuns in EI Salvador a few years ago.

The four nuns were Communist subversive agents and their activities were widely documented by the government of EI Salvador. The United States press and news media refused to give any space or coverage to the mass of documentation in possession of the Salvadorian government, documentation which proves what the Mary Knoll Mission nuns were doing in the country. Mary Knoll is in service in many countries, and played a leading role in bringing Communism to Rhodesia, Mozambique, Angola and South Africa.

15. To cause a total collapse of the world's economies and engender total political chaos.

16. To take control of all Foreign and domestic policies of the United States.

17. To give the fullest support to supranational institutions such as the United Nations (UN), the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the World Court and, as far as possible, make local institutions of lesser effect by gradually phasing them out or bringing them under the mantle of the United Nations.

18. Penetrate and subvert all governments, and work from within them to destroy the sovereign integrity of nations represented by them.

19. Organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus and negotiate with terrorists whenever terrorist activities take place. It will be recalled that it was Bettino Craxi who persuaded the Italian and U.S. governments to negotiate with the Red Brigades kidnapers of Prime Minister Moro and General Dozier. As an aside, General Dozier is under orders not to talk about what happened to him. Should he break that silence, he will no doubt be made "a horrible example of" in the manner in which Kissinger dealt with Aldo Moro, Ali Bhutto and General Zia ul Haq.

20. Take control of education in America with the intent and purpose of utterly and completely destroying it.

Much of these goals, which I first enumerated in 1969, have since been achieved or are well on their way to being achieved. Of special interest in the Committee of 300 program is the core of their economic policy, which is largely based on the teachings of Malthus, the son of an English country parson who was pushed to prominence by the British East India Company upon which the Committee of 300 is modeled.

Malthus maintained that man's progress is tied to the earth's natural ability to support a given number of people, beyond which point earth's limited resources would rapidly be depleted. Once these natural resources have been consumed, it will be impossible to replace them. Hence, Malthus observed, it is necessary to limit populations within the boundaries of decreasing natural resources. It goes without saying that the elite will not allow themselves to be threatened by a burgeoning population of "useless eaters," hence culling must be practiced. As I have previously stated, "culling" is going on today, using the methods mandated in the "Global 2000 Report."

-- Dr. John Coleman, former British Intelligence Officer, The Conspirator's Hierarchy: The Committee of 300, coleman300.com

The Exigent U.S. Power Structure

It is actually quite difficult for most to discover the exigent US power control system which is the primary source of direct and indirect power to determine policy, law, regulations, elections and media propaganda programs and talking points. Difficult for middle-level govt officials, law enforcement, bureaucrats, military and intel. And it is extremely difficult for the general public and only possible for these folks through many years of diligent study from good sources. This difficulty is the result of a massive secrecy lock-down which was instituted by the defense industrial complex which President Eisenhower warned about during his last speech in office. This lock-down was a reaction to several crashes of alleged alien antigravity craft (AGCs) in the SW USA around the time period of 1947. This resulted in the passing of the National Security Act of 1947 and the formation of an invisible secret shadow govt bilderberg.org/secret.htm.

Those who are quite diligent in researching this issue of who controls the invisible shadow govt ISG) and how they do it typically discover two main apparent tracks of control, the esoteric secret societies (ESS) and the invisible shadow govt (ISG). Some astute researchers believe that the esoteric secret societies (ESS) reign supreme over the shadow govt (ISG) and others believe that the invisible shadow govt (ISG) reign over the esoteric secret societies (ESS) and use them as a means to accomplish their goals, compromise top officials and to "do their dirty work".

The problem is that secrecy is the stock and trade of those very top super-elites that are at the top of the control structure, which is actually a hierarchy which is organized into many substructures and interlocked bureaucracies and govt bodies. The best evidence to date suggests that the very top super-elite controllers just happen to be criminal sadists and psychopaths that have been reported to relish pedophilia and ritualistic occult murder and that they are high ranking members of interlocked occult based secret societies which are based on Lucifer worship, occult religions which claim that Lucifer is the "real god" and runs the world. These individuals just happen to be either in the top control of the shadow govt (ISG) which is not known or understood by the common man (thus "invisible" to him. An excellent description of the shadow govt (ISG) has been provided by the research of Richard Boylan, Ph.D. When examining the ISG it is quickly apparent that it is based on secrecy top to bottom and uses it to camouflage it's actual work product and protect it from being prosecuted for almost every form of the most serious felonies imaginable, including mass murder as war profiteering, and many other acts of perversion and gross deviance best described as some of the most major crimes against humanity imaginable.

Recently former and current very high govt sources have leaked information that the U.S. Congress is being manipulated by what they refer to "the alien agenda" and that this is classified at the "beyond black level", the highest type of special access program. Knowledge of this "alien agenda" (AA) has been used to scare top Congressional leaders (including those on the House and Senate Intelligence Committee) into complete cooperation with the administration's agenda to pass unConstitutional draconian police state legislation such as the Patriot Acts, Military Commissions Act, Warner Defense Act, National Defense Authorization Act of 2012 and several unConstitutional Presidential Directives (PDDs) including the latest one which is designed to authorize the declaration of Martial Law by the U.S. Military by the POTUS without Congressional approval (completely unConstitutional) and a violation of Posse Commitatus Law.

Individuals have been told that if they talk publicly about this "beyond black" alien agenda (AA) being used to scare the top political leaders into compete compliance with no protesting at all why the Republic is publicly slaughtered by the administration, they will be severely and quickly sanctioned by the shadow govt.

What exactly is the alien agenda (AA) and is it true or is it a big con job used to deceive and manipulate top politicians into betraying their country? Just how sinister a threat could this "alien agenda" involve which would be great enough to scare top politicians into compliance? And if there is no real alien agenda, that is, if it is a well crafted deception, it must be incredibly believable and be based on some actual objective evidence even if that evidence is presented and claimed to be something other than it actually is.

The "alien agenda" (AA) is the claim that the world is now being threatened by alien beings who traveled here in Anti-Gravity Craft (AGCs) and for their own political reasons will not accept the direction that human society is going, stating that it is destructive to planetary health and health of the universe or star system because of nuclear weapon development and use. The story goes like this. Alien anti-gravity craft which were surveilling the U.S. Army atomic bomb tests and technology in the SW USA at White Sands were adversely affected by radar emissions and three of them crashed, some with live humanoid type aliens recovered. The most well known incident is known as Roswell, and leaked out temporarily (reported on radio news and in newspapers) before secrecy was imposed. This quickly led to a complete lock-down on all related information and the formation of the shadow govt and the National Security Act of 1947 which created a complete shield of secrecy around it.

It has been alleged that the shadow govt is nothing more than a whole new secret defense establishment built up around these aliens and their anti-gravity craft. Allegedly complete secrecy like the Manhattan project which produced the atomic bomb was imposed because it was feared that this knowledge would destroy the U.S. military's credibility and destabilize the U.S. Government (USG).

It is alleged that in 1952, a secret treaty was formed with certain alien representatives at an Air Force base and this treaty involved aliens sharing anti-gravity and other high technology in exchange for permission to covertly snatch and extract DNA samples from humans as long as their memories of such were erased and no harm was brought to these subjects. At least one joint underground base was built and there were other undisclosed conditions. Over time it became clear that the main group of aliens (there were allegedly 37 different types) were liars and did not keep their part of the agreement, with-holding much of the technology promised and also "disappearing" many humans and using them for sinister purposes. Several conflicts ensued which were alleged to be very serious. Alleged, after a period of time the most aggressive group of aliens approached their contacts who were the top leaders of the shadow govt who they had communication channels to, supposedly those who run Majestic 12, the top control group of the shadow govt, and delivered a most serious ultimatum to them. The ultimatum was that the top leaders of the world must set aside their differences and agree to set up a single global system, with a single electronic monetary system and coordinated means of control, so that a well developed program can be instituted to greatly reduce population, create massive new nature areas and "protect the Earth". And the ultimate threat was delivered, that several big "judgements" would be delivered by various means using their own high technology with the cooperation of secret groups already on board cooperating with these aliens, and these judgements would serve as evidence for the top world rulers and top politicians that these aliens have the power to back up their threats and mean business. What exactly is the most serious threat delivered by these aliens? The threat of complete destruction and depopulation of the earth using manufactured natural disasters from the use of alien technology.

The very top Congressional leaders who have been made privy to the alien agenda (AA) have been shown movies, photos of alien anti-gravity craft and alien bodies as proof and discussion of proven incidents of the alien AGCs being able to de-activate US nuclear missiles. The alien agenda allegedly goes even further including claims that Chernobyl, the BP disaster, Fukashima were all "judgements" delivered by these aliens as mild depopulation means and as a warning of what will be done in the future world-wide in spades if world leaders do not immediately cooperate with this agenda and what it requires. Some of these leaders have been told that the top shadow govt suggests we comply at least initially, creating time to continue the development of new high tech weapons which can match the alien's weapons and are being back engineered from their crashed AGCs. Some top leaders who have the proper intel classifications have been told or shown the secret AGCs that the USAF has built. It is rumored they have a fleet of them and that the USN does too, but so far no one has reported actually seeing any Navy AGCs.

Whether the alien agenda (AA) is true at face value there is ample evidence from information leaks inside the shadow govt (ISG) that this alien agenda is being discussed as established fact and used to force compliance from Congressional officials and other world leaders to cooperate with these claimed demands of these aliens. In this sense, whether objectively true or not the alien agenda (AA) is being accepted as true by these leaders and is creating cooperation on a massive scale with legislation and policy which removes nation state sovereignty and promotes a NWO globalist system. Perhaps some of this cooperation is a "king's new clothes" phenomena, that is, leaders cooperate out of fear of the power of the intel ops employed and/or used by the shadow govt. Many fear various serious sanctions, such as exposure for private crimes, sins or vices, or fear of being be moved out of power by various covert means including financing of a competitor of another political party or even termination with extreme prejudice such as was the case with Gov. Carnahan, Sen. John Tower and Sen. Paul Wellstone. Top Congressional leaders have gotten the message and many still remember these various terminations and the crack of the rifles in Dealey Plaza in the Fall of 1963. Over the years, top congressional leaders have learned that it is typically very dangerous to cross the shadow govt and its intel assets. Their usual knee jerk response is to comply.

Those who believe that the alien agenda is nothing but a king's new clothes type con used to manipulate top officials by engendering massive primal fear have substantial reasons for their beliefs. They point out that the very same folks who run the shadow govt have long intergenerational family associations with interlocked occult groups which worship Lucifer and death to the masses via eugenics as a race purification creed. They also point out that those inside these death cults brag that "Lucifer is the real god" and all UFOs (ie; AGCs) are from him and under his power. They claim that these occult leaders who run the shadow govt and the top power control groups of the world which are all part of the interlocked system of death cults, actually brag that there is a "Luciferian agenda" and the "alien agenda" is actually an illusion used to enact this Luciferian agenda (LA). Some researchers have said this Luciferian agenda (LA) is actually a "demonic agenda" (DA) which is its current operational arm right now. (DA) and that flying saucers are manned by demons and involve supernatural forces and materials. These same researchers cite numerous references from historical documents and the Bible supporting their claims that UFOs have been seen by humans for many years. Some also refer to Bible verses on the Nephilim, Anakem, or Giants ("great men of old") and the verse reporting that some angels left their heavenly abode (sinned) and came to earth to breed with women, producing hybrid children with their evil, fallen nature. And that these visitations have occurred again the last thousand years and now there are certain "bloodline families" which have been given the power to run the world by Lucifer.

It should be noted that when top officials consider both positions, it is infinitely easier to accept the idea of an alien agenda (AA) as taught and claimed by the shadow govt, rather than attribute any plausibility to the demon agenda (DA) hypothesis. Plus, due to the serious sanctions for not believing and positive reinforcement for believing in the alien agenda (AA) threat, it is easy for these top officials to believe in the alien agenda (AA) whether it is true or not. Lower level officials and non-ranking congressmen/women and senators are not told about the alien agenda because it is highly classified. But they have been told quite a supporting storyline (ie; narrative) that a massive NWO globalist agenda must be immediately put in place in order to save the world from impending overpopulation, energy and material resource shortages and uncontrolled diseases along with massive and complete worldwide economic breakdown and world war. And this narrative has proven very convincing and has been quickly accepted by these officials.

Here is the tough question: does it really matter if the alien agenda (AA) is true or instead if the "demon agenda" is true?

The answer is an unequivocal YES.

Here's why.

If the "alien agenda" is a lie, then this means that the world is not under threat by aliens but is being manipulated by those who control the shadow govt. and these folks have created this con to spread their control and destroy nation states in order to globalize the world and form a one world govt. If the demon agenda (DA) is true, then this means that those who control the shadow govt are pawns of Lucifer and their claimed alien agenda is either their own personal agenda, or Lucifer's actual agenda if he is the god of this world as some in their ranks have claimed. If the demon agenda (DA) hypothesis is false, then the alien agenda (AA) has been concocted by those who control the shadow govt as a huge lie to entrap the world's top officials and make them their personal tools. And these top controllers are likely blackmailing the world's leaders into compliance with their plan to globalize everything.

Limits of Racket Theory: Mass Murder Driven by Pure Evil, Not Monetary Greed

While Racket Theory accounts for about 90% of how humans behave, it cannot account for the mass murders that have taken place where keeping the people alive as work-slaves like Nazi Germany did during WW2 would make economic sense. As articulated above, the Malthus-driven Illuminati want to depopulate 6/7ths of the Earth population and they will use pure malicious snobbery evil to drive it. In other words, HATE is the more powerful motivator than GREED.

Death by Government

By R.J. Rummel

New Brunswick, N.J.: Transaction Publishers, 1994.

"Truth will come to light; murder cannot be hid long"

----Shakespeare, Merchant of Venice

CONTENTS

Figures and Tables
Forward (by Irving Louis Horowitz)
Preface
Acknowledgments

1. 169,202,000 Murdered: Summary and Conclusions [20th Century Democide]

I. BACKGROUND

2. The New Concept of Democide [Definition of Democide]
3. Over 133,147,000 Murdered: Pre-Twentieth Century Democide

II. 128,168,000 VICTIMS: THE DEKA-MEGAMURDERERS

4. 61,911,000 Murdered: The Soviet Gulag State
5. 35,236,000 Murdered: The Communist Chinese Ant Hill
6. 20,946,000 Murdered: The Nazi Genocide State
7. 10,214,000 Murdered: The Depraved Nationalist Regime

III 19,178,000 VICTIMS: THE LESSER MEGA-MURDERERS

8. 5,964,000 Murdered: Japan's Savage Military
9. 2,035,000 Murdered: The Khmer Rouge Hell State
10. 1,883,000 Murdered: Turkey's Genocidal Purges
11. 1,670,000 Murdered: The Vietnamese War State
12. 1,585,000 Murdered: Poland's Ethnic Cleansing
13. 1,503,000 Murdered: The Pakistani Cutthroat State
14. 1,072,000 Murdered: Tito's Slaughterhouse

IV 4,145,000 VICTIMS: SUSPECTED MEGAMURDERERS

15. 1,663,000 Murdered? Orwellian North Korea
16. 1,417,000 Murdered? Barbarous Mexico
17. 1,066,000 Murdered? Feudal Russia

References Index

IMPORTANT NOTE: Among all the democide estimates appearing in this book, some have been revised upward. I have changed that for Mao's famine, 1958-1962, from zero to 38,000,000. And thus I have had to change the overall democide for the PRC (1928-1987) from 38,702,000 to 76,702,000. Details here.

I have changed my estimate for colonial democide from 870,000 to an additional 50,000,000. Details here. Thus, the new world total: old total 1900-1999 = 174,000,000. New World total = 174,000,000 + 38,000,000 (new for China) + 50,000,000 (new for Colonies) = 262,000,000.

Just to give perspective on this incredible murder by government, if all these bodies were laid head to toe, with the average height being 5', then they would circle the earth ten times. Also, this democide murdered 6 times more people than died in combat in all the foreign and internal wars of the century. Finally, given popular estimates of the dead in a major nuclear war, this total democide is as though such a war did occur, but with its dead spread over a century.

FIGURES AND TABLES

FIGURES

Figure 1.1. Megamurderers and Their Annual Rates
Figure 1.2. Democide Lethality
Figure 1.3. Golgotha Among the Largest States
Figure 1.4. Golgotha's Racial/Ethnic Composition
Figure 1.5. Regional Origin of Golgothians
Figure 1.6. Democide Compared to War Battle-Dead
Figure 1.7a. Power Curve of Total Democide
Figure 1.7b. Power Curve of War Battle-Dead
Figure 1.7c. Power Curve of Democide Intensity
Figure 1.7d. Power Curve of War Intensity (Killed)
Figure 1.8. Democide Versus War Battle-Dead; Democracies Versus Non-democracies
Figure 1.9. Range of Democide Estimates for Regimes
Figure 4.1 Soviet Democide Components and War/Rebellion Killed 1917-1987
Figure 4.2. Soviet Democide and Annual Rate by Period.
Figure 5.1. PRC Democide and Annual Rate by Period
Figure 5.2. PRC Democide by Source
Figure 5.3. PRC Democide, Famine, and War/Revolution Deaths by Period
Figure 6.1. Nazi Democide Compared to That of Others
Figure 7.1. Nationalist Versus Communist Democide
Figure 8.1. Components of Japanese Democide in World War II
Figure 9.1. Estimated Cambodian Population Versus Predicted
Figure 9.2.. Estimated Regime Effects on the Cambodian Population
Figure 9.3. Sources of Unnatural Cambodian Deaths
Figure 9.4. Perpetrators of Cambodian Democide
Figure 9.5. Cambodian Democide Rates Compared to Others
Figure 10.1. Deaths From Turkey's Genocide, War, and Famine 1900-1923
Figure 11.1. Comparison of Vietnam War and Post-War Deaths in Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia 1954-1987
Figure 14.1. Democide Annual Rates: Yugoslavia Compared to Others

TABLES

Table 1.1. Democratic Versus Non-democratic Wars 1816-1991
Table 1.2. 20th Century Democide
Table 1.3. Fifteen Most Lethal Regimes
Table 1.4. This Century's Bloodiest Dictators
Table 1.5. Some Major Episodes and Cases of Democide
Table 1.6. Democide and Power
Table 2.1. Sources of Mass Death
Table 3.1. Selected pre-20th Century Democide and Totals
Table 4.1. Overview of Soviet Democide
Table 5.1.. PRC Democide 1949-1987
Table 6.1. Selected Nazi Democide and European War Dead
Table 6.2. Nazi Democide Rates
Table 6.3.. Comparison of Nazi Democide to That of Other Regimes
Table 7.1. China's Democide, Famine, War and Rebellion Dead, 1928-1949
Table 7.2. Period and Annual Democide Rates %
Table 8.1. Japanese Democide in WWII
Table 9.1. Cambodian Dead 1967-1978
Table 9.2. Conditions of Life Under the Khmer Rouge
Table 9.3. Cambodian Democide Rates Compared to Others
Table 10.1. Turkey's Dead 1900-1923
Table 10.2. Turkey's Armenian and Greek Genocide
Table 11.1. Vietnam's War-Dead and Democide 1945-1987
Table 11.2. Vietnam War and Post-War Dead 1954-1987
Table 11.3. Vietnam: Comparative Democide Rates
Table 12.1. German Expulsion Democide
Table 12.2. German Expulsion Democide Rates
Table 13.1. Pakistan Dead March to December 1971
Table 14.1. Democide in Yugoslavia
Table 14.2. Comparison of Yugoslavian Democide and Democide Rates
Table 15.1. North Korean Democide 1948-1987
Table 16.1. Mexican Democide 1900-1920
Table 17.1. Russian Democide 1900-1917

PREFACE*

This is my fourth book in a series on genocide and government mass murder, what I call democide. The previous works concentrated on the four regimes that have committed the most democide, specifically the Soviet Union, Nationalist China under Chiang Kai-shek, communist China, and Nazi Germany. [1] This study includes the core results of those works in addition to all other cases of democide in this century up to 1987. [2]

Given the extent and detail of these books, the reader may be surprised that the primary purpose was not to describe democide itself, but to determine its nature and amount in order to test the theory that democracies are inherently nonviolent. They should have no wars between them, the least foreign violence and government related or directed domestic violence (revolutions, coups, guerrilla war, and the like), and relatively little domestic democide. I have substantiated the war, foreign, and domestic violence parts of this theory in previous works [3] and took up the research associated with this book and its three predecessors in order to test the democide component. As will be seen, the results here clearly and decisively show that democracies commit less democide than other regimes. These results also well illustrate the principle underlying all my findings on war, collective violence, and democide, which is that the less freedom people have the more violence, the more freedom the less violence. I put this here as the Power Principle: power kills, absolute power kills absolutely.

In developing the statistics for this and the previous three volumes, almost 8,200 estimates of war, domestic violence, genocide, mass murder, and other relevant data, were recorded from over a thousand sources. I then did over 4,200 consolidations and calculations on these estimates and organized everything into tables of estimates, calculations, and sources totaling more than 18,100 rows.

My intent is to be as explicit and public as possible so that others can evaluate, correct, and build on this work. I give the appendices for the Soviet, Chinese, and Nazi democide in my books on them. The appendices for this book were too massive to include here (one appendix table alone amounts to over 50 pages) and are given in a supplementary volume titled Statistics of Democide. I also include therein the details and results of various kinds of multivariate analysis of this democide and related data. Then what is covered here? This book presents the primary results, tables, and figures, and most important, an historical sketch of the major cases of democide--those in which 1,000,000 or more people were killed by a regime. The first chapter is the summary and conclusion of this work on democide, and underlines the roles of democracy and power. Following this, chapter 2 in Part 1 introduces the new concept of democide. It defines and elaborates it, shows that democide subsumes genocidal killing, as well as the concepts of politicide and mass murder, and then tries to anticipate questions that the concept may arouse. It argues that democide is for the killing by government definitionally similar to the domestic crime of murder by individuals, and that murderer is an appropriate label for those regimes that commit democide. Readers that are satisfied with the thumbnail definition of democide as murder by government, including genocidal killing,4 can ignore this chapter. It is essential, however, for those with a professional interest in the results or wish to question the conclusions.

Following this chapter is a rough sketch of democide before the 20th century. Although hardly any historical accounting has been done for genocide and mass murder, as for the Amerindians slaughtered by European colonists or Europeans massacred during the Thirty Years War, a number of specific democidal events and episodes can be described with some historical accuracy and a description of these provides perspective on 20th century democide. I have in mind particularly the human devastation wrought by the Mongols, the journey of death by slaves from capture through transportation to the Old and New Worlds, the incredible bloodletting of the Taiping Rebellion, and the infamous Paris executions and relatively unknown genocide of the French Revolution. The upshot of this chapter is to show that democide has been very much a part of human history and that in some cases, even without the benefit of modern killing technology and implementing bureaucracy, people were beheaded, stabbed, or sliced to death by the hundreds of thousands within a short duration. In some cities captured by the Mongols, for example, they allegedly massacred over 1,000,000 men, women, and children. Parts 2 to 4 present all the regimes murdering 1,000,000 or more people in this century, a chapter on each. These are written so as to show which regime committed what democide, how and why. The emphasis is on the connection between a regime, its intentions, and its democide. Although each of the case studies drives toward some final accounting of the democide, the specifics of such figures and the nature and problems in the statistics are ignored. These are rather dealt with in each appendix to a case study (given in Statistics of Democide), where each table of estimates, sources, and calculations is preceded by a detailed discussion of the estimates and the manner in which the totals were determined. The historical description of a case given here is only meant to provide an understanding of the democide. For this reason many specific examples will be given of the kind and nature of a regime's killing. I have generally avoided, however, tales of brutal torture and savage killing unless such were useful to illustrate an aspect of the democide.

These chapters are ordered from the greatest of these killers to the lesser ones, as one can see from the table of contents. Part 2 presents the four deka-megamurderers, beginning with a chapter on the Soviet Union's near 61,000,000 murdered, then including chapters on Communist China and Nazi Germany, and ending with a chapter on the now virtually unremembered killing of the Chinese Nationalist regime. Since these four regimes were the subjects of the previous three volumes,5 the four chapters simply summarize the democide and conclusions. I hope I will be excused for using Greek prefixes for labeling these regimes (deka- means ten or tens; mega- means million), but we need concepts for the various levels of government murder and there is no comparable English term ("murderer of tens of millions" is clumsy).

Part 3 presents in order the lesser-megamurders, those that have killed 1,000,000 to less than 10,000,000 citizens and foreigners. A chapter also is devoted to each. In some cases, as for Poland's murder of ethnic Germans and Reichdeutsch, a whole series of events spanning several countries was covered. In this case Poland's treatment of these Germans was part of a pattern of expulsion from Eastern Europe after World War II. In some cases also, several successive regimes for the same country had committed democide and these were therefore treated together, as for the Sihanouk, Lon Nol, Pol Pot, and Samrim regimes of Cambodia.

There were three regimes--those of the Czar in Russia, North Korea's, and Mexico's from 1900 to 1920--for which the estimates were not sufficient in number or quality to make a final determination of their democide. What estimates there were total over 1,000,000 murdered, but I treat this total as only an indictment for murder. These three are described in Part 4 as suspected megamurders. In summary chapter 1 and in each of the case studies I present democide totals of one sort or another. With the exception of those that are directly cited from other works, how have I determined these figures, such as that Khmer Rouge regime likely murdered 2,000,000 Cambodians? The prior question is: how should these democide figures I give, totals or otherwise, by looked at? As, with little doubt, wrong! I would be amazed if future archival, historical research, and confessions of the perpetrators came up with this figure or one within 10 percent of it. Regimes and their agents often do not record all their murders and what they do record will be secret. Even, however, when such archives are available, such as after defeat in war, and they are kept by the most technologically advanced of regimes with a cultural propensity for record keeping and obedience to authority, and a bureaucratic apparatus doing the murders systematically, the total number of victims cannot be agreed upon. Consider that even after all the effort over forty-five years by the best scholars of the Holocaust to count how many Jews were killed by the Nazis, even with total access to surviving documents in the Nazi archives and the first hand reports of survivors and participants, the difference between the lowest and highest of the best estimates is still 41 percent.[6]

All the totals and figures in this book should therefore be viewed as rough approximations, as suggestive of an order of magnitude. This gross uncertainty then creates a rhetorical problem. How does one assert consistently and throughout a book such as this that each democide figure, as of the Khmer Rough having killed 2,000,000 Cambodians, is really a numerical haze--that we do not know the true total and that it may be instead 600,000 or even 3,000,000 that they killed? Except in cases where it is difficult to assert without qualification a specific figure (as in the chapter titles), or space and form do not allow a constant repetition of ranges, as in the summary chapter, I will give the probable range of democide and then assert a "most likely" (or "probable" or "conservative") mid-estimate. Thus, I will conclude in chapter 9 that the Khmer Rouge likely killed from 600,000 to 3,000,000 of their people, probably 2,000,000 (this mid-value is simply a subjective probability and will be discussed shortly). All the appendices will develop and discuss such a range. For sub-totals in the historical description of a case I usually simply mention the mid-value, qualified as mentioned.

The how and why of an alleged democide range then is critical and it is not determined casually. Now, I have elsewhere published the methods that I use7 to assess the democide of a regime, and should point out here summarily that this is an attempt to bracket the unknown and precisely unknowable democide by seeking a variety of published estimates, and most important, the highest and lowest ones from pro and anti-government sources.8 I then consolidated these for different aspects of a regime's democide, such as for summary executions, prison deaths, or disappearances, into low to high ranges. To get an overall range for a regime, as of that for the Khmer Rouge, I then sum all the consolidated lows to get an overall low democide, the consolidated highs to get an overall high. The value of this approach lies in the great improbability that the sum of all the lowest estimates for a regime would be above the true total; or that the sum of all the highs would be below it. The fundamental methodological hypothesis here is then that the low and high sums (or the lowest low and highest high where such sums cannot be calculated) bracket the actual democide. This of course may be wrong for some events (like a massacre), an episode (like land reform), or an institution (like re-education camps), but across the years and the many different kinds of democide committed by a regime, the actual democide should be bracketed.

Within this range of possible democide, I always seek a mid-range prudent or conservative estimate. This is based on my reading of the events involved, the nature of the different estimates, and the estimates of professionals who have long studied the country or government involved. I have sought in each case the best works in English on the relevant events so that I would not only have their estimates along with the others, but that their work would guide my choice of a prudent overall estimate. The details of this effort for each case is given in the relevant appendix in the related volume, Statistics of Democide. Given my admission that I can only come within some range of an actual democide, a range that may vary from low to high by thousands of percent, why then will I so precisely specify a democide? For example, in the chapter for communist China I will give the range of its democide as 5,999,000 to 102, 671,000, most likely 35, 236,000 people killed. Why such apparent and misleading accuracy? Why not simply make the range 5,000,000 to 105,000,000, with a mid-value of 35,000,000? This I would like to do (and have been urged by colleagues to do), but for many cases the democide figures result from calculations on or consolidations of a variety of estimates for different kinds of democide (such as for "land reform," labor camps, and the "Cultural Revolution"). When all calculations or consolidations are added together the sum comes out with such apparent precision. That is, the low and high and 35,236,000 mid-democide for communist China's democide are sums. To then give other than these sums can create confusion between the discussion of the cases and the appendices in which the estimates and calculations are given in detail.

I handle this presentation problem in this way. Where specification of the final democide figures calculated in an appendix is necessary, as in a table, I give them with all their seeming exactitude. Where, however, such is unnecessary, I will then round off to the first or second digit and use some adjective such as "near" or "around" or "about." Thus, communist China's democide was about 35,000,000.

After eight-years and almost daily reading and recording of men, women, and children by the tens of millions being tortured or beaten to death, hung, shot, and buried alive, burned or starved-to-death, stabbed or chopped into pieces, and murdered in all the other ways creative and imaginative human beings can devise, I have never been so happy to conclude a project. I have not found it easy to read time and time again about the horrors innocent people have been forced to suffer. What has kept me at this was the belief, as preliminary research seemed to suggest, that there was a positive solution to all this killing and a clear course of political action and policy to end it. And the results verify this. The problem is Power. The solution is democracy. The course of action is to foster freedom.

NOTES

*This is a pre-publisher edited version of the "Preface" in R.J. Rummel's Death By Government, New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers, 1994

1. Rummel (1990, 1991, 1992).

2. I started this research in 1986 and the cutoff year for the collection of data was made 1987. For consistency in comparing different cases and to avoid constantly having to change total figures as new democides occurred, I have stuck to the 1987 cut-off. This means that post-1987 democides by Iraq, Iran, Burundi, Serbia and Bosnian Serbs, Bosnia, Croatia, Sudan, Somalia, the Khmer Rouge guerrillas, Armenia, Azerbaijan, and others have not been included.

I start the 20th century with year 1900. I realize that by our calendar the 20th century really begins with year 1901. However, I was uncomfortable with including 1900 in the previous century.

3. See Rummel (Understanding Conflict and War, 1975-81; "Libertarianism and International Violence," 1983; "Libertarianism, Violence Within States, and the Polarity Principle," 1984; "Libertarian Propositions on Violence Within and Between Nations: A Test Against Published Research Results," 1985). While that democracies don't make war on each other has been verified by others and well excepted by students of international relations, that democracies have the least foreign violence has been controversial and a number of studies allege they find no difference between regimes on this. But this has been due to different and in my view inappropriate methods. I argue that the more democratic (libertarian) a regime, the more the inhibition to war or foreign violence. This therefore should be tested in terms of war's severity-by the number of people killed either in total or as a proportion of the population. However, other's have tested this by correlating type of regime with the number of wars it has fought. One should not be surprised, therefore, that they find hardly any correlation between regime and war, since they are treating all wars as alike, where even the tiny democratic wars such as the American invasion of Grenada and Panama or the British Falkland Islands War are given the same weight as World War I or II for Germany or the Soviet Union. In any case, one of the side results of this study is to further substantiate that democracies have the least foreign violence, i.e., that even in war democracies suffer far fewer deaths than other regimes (see Table 1.6 and Figures 1.6, 1.7b, 1.7d, and 1.8).

4. By the Genocide Convention, genocide can refer to other than killing, such as trying to destroy a group in whole or in part by taking away its children.

5. See Note 1.

6. Rummel (1992, p. 5).

7. See Rummel (1990, Appendix A; 1991, pp 309-316).

8. This has caused some misunderstanding among readers. That I use biased or ideological sources, as of communist publications on American atrocities in Vietnam or official Iraq statistics for the death toll among Kurds during the civil war, is part of my attempt to get at the lowest or highest democide or war-dead estimates. There are therefore many items in my references that no self-respecting scholar would list normally. I include them because I use their estimates and not because I believe them objective or of high quality. Moreover, the omission of a particular work from the references does not mean that I have not used it. I have consulted, read, or studied for this work many times more publications than the references list here. I have only included those I have cited in writing a chapter or those from which I have taken the estimates listed in the appendix tables. Those references listed in the Soviet, China, and Nazi democide books are not repeated here unless they also have been cited in this book.

For citations see the Death By Government REFERENCES

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Many colleagues, students, and readers of previous drafts contributed to this effort through their ideas, comments and suggestions, recommendation of sources, estimates, or material they passed on to me. In particular I want to thank Rouben Adalian, Belinda Aquino, Dean Babst, Yehuda Bauer, Douglas Bond, Israel Charny, William Eckhardt, Wayne Elliott, Helen Fein, Irving Louis Horowitz, Hua Shiping, B. R. Immerzeel, Benedict Kerkvliet, Milton Leitenberg, Guenter Lewy, Heath Lowry, John Norton Moore, J. C. Ramaer, Rhee Sang-Woo, Max Singer, Spencer Weart, Christine White, and J. A. Willinge. I am especially indebted to my colleagues Manfred Henningsen and George Kent for their help and support throughout this work. I hasten to add that I alone am responsible for any errors or misconceptions that appear here.

I also am indebted to the United States Institute of Peace for a grant to my project on comparative genocide, of which this book is a part. The views expressed here are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of the Institute or its officers.

Finally and not least, my ability to complete this work and the form it took owes much to my wife Grace, much more than she knows. Thanks sweetheart.

One must ask, WHY are all the warnings to not buy into Satanic deception falls on not necessarily deaf ears--but is rejected in the MINDS of listeners? We can get totally caught up in the downstream details of why a thing is true but if we ignore the UPSTREAM problems that sets the PARAMETERS of how TRUTH is to be accepted--all of this factual evidences will fail to sway the hearts/minds of the people we want to change for the better. Francis Schaeffer repeatedly warned that its the WORLD-VIEW of the listener that drives how all information will be processed. An expert explains:

"When considering the great difficulty so many supposedly well informed 911 researchers have accepting that secret high technology was used to create images and/or sounds of airliners flying into the Twin Towers, it is helpful to understand why this effect exists and what exactly it is as a social psychological phenomena.

Technically this all comes under the subject, the "Social Construction of Reality". As many police experts and criminal attorneys will state, witnesses have been wrong in many cases and sent innocent folks to prison and this can be due to several different social psychological factors which shape their perceptions and memory. These include cultural predispositions, prejudices, prior experiences, societal expectations (whether true or not) and subcultural proscriptions ie expectations that a person is an illegitimate (ie) invalid member of society. All this involves societal and subcultural norms and expectations which are conditioned and often related to class and even race or education and occupation of place of residence. How folks view so-called "evidence" is almost always, at least initially based on how they perceive the storyline dispensed in the news by the major mass media talking heads, which typically comes from news services which edit and control all stories to some extent. Even local live reporting is pushed aside and ignored at higher levels and dies a natural death--if it veers from the scripts of these news editors who run such systems.

We now live in a society where the govt has worked very hard to dispense a culture of lies, which over time have been accepted and believed by most Americans, and this forms the "normative base" to which most folks compare any claims made by researchers of elite deviant and RICO crime, to which they typically respond as such claims being merely "conspiracy stuff by whacky nutcases".

The normative base has been carefully crafted such that it is now a series of layered lies woven into a set of societal expectations which are little more than the king's new clothes, and yet most citizens evaluate all claims against this normative base of lies. Since WW2 the Govt has never told the truth in full--even once--and such layers of lies have become not only the norm, but are accepted as truth by most members of society at least to one degree or another.

The areas which are not accepted such as the govt lies about the JFK Assassination, rather than waking up the sheeple, simply serve to impress folks just how powerful the govt really is and serves as notice to scare folks into submission. In fact, govt experts relish in this use of pre-planned or controlled "leaks" to enhance the public's fear of their tyranny.

So now the situation exists where those researchers that declare hard core truth find their statements evaluated by naive listeners as crazy, crackpot or even disrespectful to the govt or criminal. And to add insult to injury, even those elite deviance researchers who have already discovered that the media dispensed storyline is actually a govt dispensed lie, often reject and ridicule the researchers who have violated or crossed the boundaries of their own "normative base" which has been expanded by their own research and participation in subcultures with other similar researchers. The real question is how can the elite deviance researcher who has discovered important key findings by default reasoning ie elimination of all other possibilities, have any credibility attributed to his work when it violates the "normative base" of these other researchers, even at their extended or "stretched level"?

Answer, the normative base of these other researchers must be carefully and strategically expanded or stretched further in small baby steps. This is difficult when the information that would normally be used to expand that base in unavailable (except as rumor) since it has been classified as secret, top secret, above top secret or beyond black. It is even made more difficult when any such expansions to the normative knowledge base must be based on "informed speculations" and inductive reasoning.

The most difficult advances in research of elite deviance are those which penetrate the 30 to 60 year wall of secrecy surrounding beyond black projects and high technology. This penetration must be done by evaluation of rumors set up as hypotheses to evaluate, and inductive construction of possible new combinations of well-known earlier developed technologies, viewing some beyond black high technology as composite derivatives of such in combination. When those hypotheses that remain pass an elimination test, a go/no go evaluation of at face plausibility scientifically, they must be carefully considered no matter how improbable they seem in comparison to the normative knowledge base of fellow researchers or not.

1. There is good reason to believe that a major gap exists in what the public knows about high technology and what the Shadow Govt has, and this "technology gap" has been estimated to be a minimum of twenty years to a maximum of 50 years or more.

2. When folks hear this and reject the notion that such a huge "technology gap" can exist and claim it could never be kept secret, one only has to look at the complete secrecy lock-down attained during the Manhattan Project during WW2, and the numerous secret DoD and intel programs which have been acknowledged from leaked and declassified documents many years later, ops those who ran and participated in kept quiet about, such as Operation NORTHWOODS--which was rejected by JFK.

3. When folks say, "well, what force could ever be strong enough to keep people from talking?", knowledgeable experts will discuss how lethal threats of extra-judicial terminations with prejudice are the norm for these programs and such is well understood by those in such secret programs. All persons involved in these deep black programs which are based on the highest technology know for a fact that surveillance by certain intel groups everyday, 24/7 is a fact of life. Phone tapping and surveillance has been used since telephones were first manufactured and put into use.

All sources of communication are surveilled constantly by the highest technology available and a great deal of the results are now recorded, auto-transcribed and data processed by multiple regression analysis to show statistical associations and some goes to a live ear if close surveillance is underway.

4. Because the "technology gap" between public and secret is so great, it is almost impossible for the public to imagine or conceive what type of technology is deployed in the most sophisticated deep black covert ops such as the 911 false flag, stand-down attacks. In fact this gap is so great that some experts have claimed that the big secrets are easily protected from dissemination and acceptance by the public at large even when leaked because the large technology gap is so great that it creates "instant incredulity" by the public.

5. When all the available evidence is carefully examined and evaluated at face value (AFV) without drawing unjustified conclusions, it becomes obvious that the official cover story deployed in the main stream media as propaganda is completely impossible and what really had to have happened will be hard to discover, and that sophisticated inferential techniques will have to be used to create a possible explanation that is really possible.

6. Actually there have been many leaks about the highest technology, but these are almost always portrayed as rumors, since any other claims would constitute a clear violation of ones secrecy agreement and likely would result in severe sanction. Besides since the major mass media are controlled by the Shadow Govt, they would not cover any such disclosures unless instructed to from those in the Shadow Govt who make those decisions.

7. Inferential research can be used to estimate what types of high technology would have to have been used to attain the actual results on 911, and this can be done with relative accuracy as long as no unwarranted assumptions about the actual evidence are used. And certainly an honest appraisal of the actual "raw evidence" shows that it is very sparse compared to what has been claimed and extrapolated from it in the major mass media.

8. Working hypothesis of what high technology would have to exist and would have to have been deployed can be compared to what information has been leaked and in this way an approximate explanation can be carefully crafted which will probably be far from what is claimed by the Govt and Major Mass Media and which will likely be very close to what actually happened.

9. This process of inferential research about the use of secret high technology in deep black covert operations such as 911 will yield conclusions that stretch any normal persons credulity to its extreme, including those that are very sophisticated in their knowledge of high technology development but who aren't privy to the highest technology secrets. The best hypotheses of the high technology deployed will be extremely difficult to consider, even more difficult to accept and many will react with anger and disgust because their expectations are violated. When all possibilities are considered and only the most improbable remains possible after careful analysis using the scientific method, that possibility must be considered to be the most likely of what happened.

As some scattered individuals have found out over the years due to leaks from those involved, there is a beyond black agenda that the shadow govt operates by and this has been discussed only in very hushed tones as the "alien agenda". Very hushed tones are used and most is discussed as rumors because folks working in beyond black have special access security credentials which require 24/7 around the clock surveillance to make sure that they do not leak or sell information about the highly classified special access programs (ie; special compartmented info) they work with. They all know that any leaks are immediately sanctioned with prejudice (permanent, irrevocable) "extra-judicial termination". Because the highest govt secrets have been transferred to offshore-based private defense contractors who work with this special access technology, these DOD contractors have actually become more powerful than the USG. Knowledge-is-power and the higher the technology--the more power. Over 80% of U.S. intel functions have been transferred to these private DoD contractors who are usually issued USG intel credentials and often operate under color of various USG intel agencies of the different parts of the military. So now we have a situation where offshore based private DoD contractors have absorbed all top intel functions, essentially control the leaders of the military (and thus the military) and have essentially become a secret govt to themselves. The key to understanding their actual level of power (which is much higher than most citizens have any idea of) is to understand the scope of the beyond black technology they control and what it is capable of and where it came from. Intel classifications come in four basic categories: Secret, top secret, above top secret and beyond black. Many programs are called special access and are highly compartmented with such access allowed only on a "need to know" basis, that is how much is needed to know to complete the narrowly assigned tasks, and no more. Any documents, paper or electronic have floating errors and inserted "non-essential misinformation" which are time traceable to the user, thus allowing sophisticated leak tracing. It is pretty generally understood in the beyond black areas, that if you leak--you will die suddenly and this policy has been enforced over the years making many public example out of leakers who are labeled "suicides" when such is obviously impossible to anyone who hears of the general circumstances of their death. Such terminations with extreme prejudice ie; murders during the Mena, Arkansas flap were so frequent and notorious that the phrase "Arkensided" was coined and used to describe them. And yet will all these implicit threats and a long history of "public and non-public" murders by U.S. intel and DoD contract enforcers, high-technology secrets from these special access programs does leak out on a regular basis and as the system is becoming more and more unstable; old intel ops are leaking massive amounts of info and many are not being sanctioned. Also, it is interesting to note that standard operating procedure (SOP) for many very high-level intel ops and officers is to have special time-delayed data dumps pre-arranged which will be automatically released from several foreign and domestic locations if they are harassed, sanctioned or upon their deaths. Many of these caches are now being released and a great deal of information is now in the hands of numerous "conspiracy researchers" who are now leaking this information through various alternative media operations, many via the world-wide Internet and by direct self-published book sales. Through the natural process of diffusion, much of this information about beyond black technology is now being leaked to those interested.

The public at large cannot and will not accept much of it unless it is first portrayed in the movies or reported on in the controlled major mass media which is their main source of the information they base their world view and personal beliefs on, unfortunately. As you can imagine, the controlled major mass media (6) are not going to allow reporters to investigate these stories or report on them.

It is now known beyond any shadow-of-a-doubt that the Nazi scientists had access to anti-gravity and high tech alien technology including various mindkontrol methods including that based on hypnosis, drugs and psychotronics. These programs were run by General Kammler who cut a secret deal with U.S. Army intel before the war ended, a deal allowing a promise of a complete transfer of the alien technology from the Nazis to the the American Army Air Force. Of course Operation PAPERCLIP, the final product of this deal with the devil, actually was more one-sided, allowing Kammler, Mueller, Gehlen and Mengele to hijack U.S. intel under Alan Dulles (a closet Nazi) and set up a secret space program and mindkontrol and breeding program using private defense contractors under the new U.S. Air Force. Of course the key UFO crashes in the SW USA in 1947 (Roswell the most prominent because it leaked into the news before national security was invoked), created a huge stir in the US defense establishment and guaranteed the setting up of Majestic Twelve inside the new Shadow Govt as the head of the Shadow Govt and also resulted in the quick preparation and passage of the National Security Act of 1947 which essentially locked down all such UFO secrets and destroyed the U.S. Constitution and its Bill of Rights, and created the world's biggest false cover for every criminal act imaginable by what was now becoming the largest crime syndicate in the world, the Shadow Govt. This new Shadow Govt was set-up with the original intent to protect the national security of the U.S. at all costs from an expected alien invasion, allowing the use of secret, desperate measures which would never normally be allowed by the masses (ie taxpayers). But the actual result was the creation of a large criminal syndicate with the ability to use national security as false cover for any crimes committed and as a means to be able to access any resources from the U.S. society or the world deemed necessary. Because the Nazi intel system under PAPERCLIP provided a means for these Nazi intel operatives to hijack the U.S. by being the key folks who set up and ran the Shadow Govt, this gave them a means of rapidly and secretly expanding their power base through the development of new drug cartels, especially in South America. They entered into deal with the top hidden power rulers of the old black nobility of Europe and merged their drug trafficking networks, often using specific ethnic groups as cut-outs, some specializing in banking and finance, some specializing in street rackets, etc.

Some who have been inducted into the beyond black compartments have leaked information that they have been told the hidden history of UFOs and that they are actually IFOs (identified flying objects and anti-gravity craft too ie; AGCs). Some have been told that those who later became Nazis were approached in the early 1920's by the Vril girls (beautiful alien seductresses) who shared anti-gravity secrets with them as well as mindkontrol technology, some of the same technology to shape the masses thinking as used and promoted by Bernays in America. Some of these folks were told that alien beings, extra-terrestrials, appeared to key Nazi's during their worship of the Black Sun rituals and made treaties with them.

Of course at the end of WW2, only the German military surrendered, not the Nazi party which had years before started to make secret deals with wall street bankers and U.S. defense contractors. These folks were also told during training that in 1952, the USG entered into a secret treaty with aliens to share technology in exchange for allowed genetic sampling studies done on civilians who would not be harmed and would have their memories erased of such encounters. Mutual underground bases were allegedly constructed and later on it became obvious that some of these aliens creatures were evil, frank liars and deceivers and broke their agreement, kidnapping and murdering numerous civilian victims. It was also becoming clear that the USG had been deceived and that these aliens had a agenda which apparently was to depopulate the Earth by at least 80%--and set up massive nature areas. This was called the "alien agenda", and the top shadow govt controllers were the key individuals who took control of the USG and through which all policy decisions were now being made.

The Shadow Govt told certain congressional leaders on certain committees including intel about the alien agenda and that we had to gear up as rapidly as possible to fight these aliens which were going to invade the world at some point. Actually, the shadow govt leaders were embellishing matters and using these beliefs to gain even more complete power and wealth, hoping to get world control by bringing all top world leaders into a consolidated effort to globalize. In fact it is alleged that they told top govt officials all over the world that the alien leaders had threatened the Earth and stated that unless they globalized and created a one world church and govt run out of Jerusalem, they would start destroying the whole world with major geophysical disasters.

The Holy Land As Seen From Space

There have been doubters who believe that the shadow govt has gained the power to control the weather to a certain extent and even create weather catastrophes at will using high tech Tesla-type technologies. These folks distrust the shadow govt leaders and believe they have been mindkontrolled and now acts as front men for the aliens and have abandoned any loyalties to the human race and are also misusing their beyond black alien provided technologies to tyrannize and dominate the world in order to create their own one-world govt.

Others believe that there are no real aliens, but only demons masquerading as aliens, that in fact they have always been around as parasites on mankind, various forms of demons presenting in various forms, some in their flesh, and some looking like humans such as the notorious "Aryans" or tall thin Caucasian appearing ones, of whom the Vril girls were supposedly related to. And these same folks believe that the NWO plan is nothing but a Luciferian deception that only those key Illuminati who control the shadow govt leaders understand, an attempt to create a world wide Luciferian world govt which will seat the final antichrist as the world leader. The Bible and many other documents from history portray and describe not only UFO craft, but claims that th4 "sons of God" left their heavenly abode and came and mated with human women.

Some researchers have claimed that insiders have leaked that there is now an ongoing attempt to cross-breed alien blood with human blood and this has gone on since biblical times, but is now accelerating in an attempt to destroy the regular human race and replace it with trans-human hybrids which have no conscience at all and demonic powers. This is allegedly the real "alien agenda".

Each must decide for himself/herself what is true, based on the evidence which has been leaked. It all depends of what one considers credible or not. We can all be sure on several things however. First, it is a well established fact that the shadow govt exists and has national security cover and power. It has been well-described by Richard Boylan, Ph.D. and cross checked and approved by experts who have looked at his model. Second, we know for a fact that anti-gravity craft have crashed and been recovered with small strange bodies inside. We do not know for sure what they are exactly other than they were alive, and at least one survived and lived in captivity for awhile, and we do not know where they come from. We know that the Nazi's had anti-gravity technology and have shared it with the U.S. military at least to some degree. We know that the USAF has a fleet of anti-gravity craft (AGCs).

We also know that the USG has privatized over 80% of all intel to DoD contractors which are based offshore and have no special allegiance to the USA or the USG. It is suspected and highly likely that the USG entered into beyond black secret treaties with alien entities, whatever they are, and set up technology exchanges. It is now apparent that the shadow govt is run by foreign based leadership who have used intel and national security as false cover to allow massive criminal acts against the citizens of the USA and numerous peoples of the world, and that the shadow govt has hijacked the USG and the United States of America and is now the biggest, most evil criminal syndicate in the world. It is suspected that the leaders of the shadow govt have for whatever reasons adopted a completely anti-human alien or demon agenda to murder most of the world populations by high-tech eugenics, biowarfare, cancer and other disseminated man made epidemics. Bottom line, the Shadow Govt has locked-down the whole western world and perhaps the whole world using the false cloak of "national security". It has continued and extended the Nazi way of life and is now taking it global with the creation of a global Nazi/Stasi hybrid system, a new form of fascism where a large confederacy of the world biggest international offshore corporations are fused with the various Govts of the world--but remain completely in charge, different than the Nazi system where the state remained in charge.

"Our lives begin to end the day we become silent about things that matter."

"In the End, we will remember not the words of our enemies, but the silence of our friends."

"The ultimate measure of a man is not where he stands in moments of comfort, but where he stands at times of challenge and controversy."

"Cowardice asks the question, 'Is it safe?'

Expediency asks the question, 'Is it politic?'

Vanity asks the question, 'Is it popular?'

But, conscience asks the question, 'Is it right?'

And there comes a time when one must take a position that is neither safe, nor politic, nor popular, but one must take it because one's conscience tells one that it is right."

The reason why people buy into the RACKET of any human corrupt enterprise is because they, like Esau GET A BOWL OF PORRIDGE NOW. Nevermind, that they sold their birth right which will have devastating long-term, fatal consequences; they are HUNGRY NOW and if real food is delivered and it makes them feel full, this short-term positive benefit is hard to shake off and not embrace. Jesus warns us to "not live by bread alone", but when you're hungry its hard to say "NO!" to food even if its laced with POISON. The reason the Esau Effect is NOT preached as a warning in Christian churches is because it trashes the hero worship of the "good" Jacob who the self-righteous Churchians reserve for themselves as Pharisees. Thus, an important warning about human nature does not get put out to the Church because it reminds everyone that even "heroes" sin.

Let's look at the false ExtraTerrestrial Hypothesis (ETH) thing. The U.S. government has gained tangible technological advancements from the alleged "ETs"--a form of poisoned Esau porridge that they simply cannot shake off in their minds that its BAIT to lure them in and destroy them. Its like the concept of desirable BAIT is foreign to the current generation. Or the concept of STRINGS ATTACHED. Or "beware of Greeks bearing gifts". This receiving of downstream scientific benefits is so strong that they just cannot say "NO!" or even ask the question of whether they are being had.

UFOs: When Not HUMAN Anti-Gravity Craft (AGC)--They are ITs--not ETs: Demons as Warned about in the Bible for Centuries

http://youtu.be/2cCWR8AFPyE

As Christians we need to go UPSTREAM and warn and educate everyone we can that we must consciously guard against poisoned bowls of Esau porridge and vote in our minds to refuse the favors from an enemy as a good prisoner of war would (unlike songbird John McCain). We have to consciously chose not to receive the technological or supernatural New Age empowerment by realizing its a trap and that we can do without them by finding non-poisoned, honest porridges to eat. Maybe the real lesson to learn in fasting is to deny self hungers when the mind tells us its absolutely necessary like if stranded at sea NOT to drink sea water.

As the jaded public is increasingly weary of concocted wars, it will take something far more sinister to fear them into accepting the NWO---man-made anti-gravity craft (AGC) have existed since the Nazis invented them in WW2--and flew them afterwards from secret South American bases--before we created our own. Will we use these AGC to stage a false flag "alien" attack or use them as "arks" to ferry the Illuminati to an off-planet location to sit-out some doomsday catastrophe? Read more below:

Ian Fleming by Air

America is increasingly overcome by Evil Deeds by Evil Men

Investigative reporter Benjamin Fulford has done more than anyone else to reveal the Rockefeller vs. Rothschild Illuminati rivalry--here he poses with David Rockefeller after an interview

America's conduct since the end of WW2 has increasingly been more and more evil as the WE THE PEOPLE vs THEY THE GOVERNMENT divide grows fed by mass mind-control by 24/7/365 TV and mass-produced consumerism creating a docile populace that doesn't fight evil men and women from doing enormous evil in our name for themselves. America is a nation of individual consumer machines addicted to material consumption who to feed its greed habit will go into their neighbor's house to steal resources that is placing its very survival at risk at the hands of those capable of defending themselves who are growing as we alienate ourselves from the rest of the world as a lawless, immoral nation-state.

America's population grows by 1, 000, 000 people each year, making our 300, 000, 000 total population increasingly hungry and unmanageable in the event the comfortable consumerism fed by cheap oil should collapse as the Hurricane Katrina societal collapse in Louisiana showed. Evil men beginning at the turn of the century with the advent of the industrial age learned quickly how to brain-wash the masses to consume their mass-produced widgets and maximize their profits on orders of magnitude the family-owned, rural America founding fathers in 1789 simply could not anticipate and place adequate safeguards into our form of government to prevent evil from corrupting the entire nation.

Can we Reason with the American People to Consciously Choose Against Racketeering?

http://youtu.be/YQjdaEUcTAE

The Milgen experiment showed that 65% of the populace would murder another human being if an authority figure told them to do so. This means only 35% of the populace has a strong moral conscience willing to defy authority to stay true to an internal compass of values. Ponerologists conclude that 25% of any human population have NO CONSCIENCE whatsoever; with their conclusions leading that these people are BORN THAT WAY. These unpleasant truths are staggering and warn us that we Americans are long over-due for a serious wake-up to realities before a minority of evil people---but by no means a small number of evil men and women destroy the nation and perhaps the world with it. What this means is that 1 in every 4 Americans has no conscience at all--and the FIRST thing anyone should ask when meeting any person is if that person is a psychopath/sociopath? Milgen teaches us that another 40% has such a weak conscience that they will do whatever they are told by whoever is ruling over them--if the 25% psycho/sociopaths are in charge as we see in the current Bush neocon administration, you will suddenly see "Tom Brokaw wanting to kill ragheads"--which is exactly what happened after the false flag September 11, 2001 attacks which were actually done by psycho/sociopaths within the U.S. government. These conscience-less murderers have gotten bolder and bolder with each year beginning with the Kennedy assassination in 1963 which did not result in any massive work-place strikes by the people demanding justice be done. This is why its a matter of national survival that we reform our government so psycho/sociopaths cannot be in our executive, legislative or judicial branches at all and this include our military, police, and teaching organizations all of whom need to be PROFESSIONS where individual conscience drives all actions--not bureaucracies where lying to please the boss to get promoted is the norm. If the moral 35% segment of the population comprises our governmental functions its possible that we have the other 40% participate in a morally-sound national life but the 25% will fight against it lusting to "kill ragheads" or "make a great society" of welfare recipients that can be exploited for racketeering ends.

The problem is the 25% psycho/sociopaths would still populate our corporations doing the "business" of creating the fabric of life in the society--and these evil men know how to be pied pipers to the 40% so together both create a 65% majority that wants the "bread & circuses" consumerist racket to continue which can be used to put their puppets into the government if no anti-psycho/sociopath barriers are in place--which is exactly what has happened since 1913 when the U.S. Constitution's balance of powers was ruined by the direct election of Senators in state-wide election campaigns fed by corporate dollars.

http://youtu.be/T4n0J19yFMY

Add in to this the creation of the (non) Federal Reserve bank taking over our currency to profit the Jekyll Island, Georgia bankster conspirators who even murdered fellow Illuminati who opposed them--the Astors on the RMS Titanic to take-over America for proto-fascism.

David Icke has a lot of non-sense views especially when he tries to reverse-engineer copycat Zeitgeist into everything; but on the Illuminati being divided and fighting within each other for the helm, in The Biggest Secret he is spot-on:

bibliotecapleyades.net/biggestsecret/biggestsecretbook/biggestsecret01.htm

In summary, a race of interbreeding bloodlines, a race within a race in fact, were centered in the Middle and Near East in the ancient world and, over the thousands of years since, have expanded their power across the globe. A crucial aspect of this has been to create a network of mystery schools and secret societies to covertly introduce their Agenda while, at the same time, creating institutions like religions to mentally and emotionally imprison the masses and set them at war with each other. The hierarchy of this tribe of bloodlines is not exclusively male and some of its key positions are held by women. But in terms of numbers it is overwhelmingly male and I will therefore refer to this group as the Brotherhood.

Even more accurately, given the importance of ancient Babylon to this story, I will also call it the Babylonian Brotherhood. The plan they term their 'Great Work of Ages' , I will call the Brotherhood Agenda. The present magnitude of Brotherhood control did not happen in a few years, even a few decades or centuries: it can be traced back thousands of years. The structures of today's institutions in government, banking, business, military and the media have not been infiltrated by this force, they were created by them from the start. The Brotherhood Agenda is, in truth, the Agenda of many Millennia. It is the unfolding of a plan, piece by piece, for the centralized control of the planet.

Any group which is so unbalanced as to covet the complete control of the planet will be warring within itself as different factions seek the ultimate control. This is certainly true of the Brotherhood. There is tremendous internal strife, conflict and competition. One researcher described them as a gang of bank robbers who all agree on the job, but then argue over how the spoils will be divided. That is an excellent description and through history different factions have gone to war with each other for dominance. In the end, however, they are united in their desire to see the plan implemented and at the key moments they overwhelmingly join forces to advance the Agendawhen it comes under challenge.

So the answer to the question is NO---as long as there's a weak conscience 40% of the populace that the evil 25% psycho/sociopaths can exploit to create rackets--the only people we can reason with against this are the 35% moral minority who probably already agree with us anyway! As a matter of saving ourselves from imminent national destruction, we must immediately weed out and block psycho/sociopaths from our nation's governments. Then, we must increase the numbers of people with strong consciences from 35% to over 50% so we can by choice--operate professional, family and community responsibly run businesses that will not feed greed and consumptive excess nor destroy the life-giving capacity of our planet. In a nutshell, we need to come to our collective senses before its too late. To do this, we need to THINK about what the hell we are doing and you cannot do this if you are watching TV programs numbing you into a false reality of somehow being a part of something bigger when really you are on the sidelines doing nothing as the psycho/sociopaths feed you their programs to keep you consuming for their rackets. TV qualitatively in itself is not evil if its content is morally sound--but quantitatively if its on 24/7/365 and you watch it for several hours daily even if it was all quasi-moral "Little House on the Prairie" it would be still a great evil as it has taken you out of the fight against evil in reality making you a house-embedded "couch potato". The greatest difference between the WW2 "Greatest Generation" that beat the Great Depression and won WW2 by direct, personal participation in external reality and our sorry, introverted, current generation is that we have TV. The internet is TV by the individual's choice that can be either very good or very evil in the content chosen; but corporate TV is all evil by its intrinsic temptation to occupy all of one's time and its qualitative content that is made to brain-wash you to feed your lusts--which you cannot control if its turned on. Americans need to turn their minds ON by turning their TVs OFF.

The Drug Racket: Chemical Warfare on the Populace

An example of how an occasional audio/visual program can inspire us is the recent movie "American Gangster" has this exact theme and could be better titled "American Racketeer". The evil, old, black gangster played by George Stanford Brown in the beginning of the movie expresses the consumerist decay of an 1960s America that has grown too large with no one on duty looking out as symbolized by him dying of a heart attack in an impersonal appliance store with no clerks on duty to call an ambulance. Protege' Denzel Washington takes over his racket and makes it significantly more evil by flooding Harlem with cheap drugs from South East Asia under-cutting the Italian mafia by minimalist layers of handling bureaucracy and a twisted ideal of product excellence. The monies from this lucrative drug trade are so great that the final line of defense of society from self-destruction--the police are easily bought off. Then the pivotal scene in this movie based on real-life events occurs. A man--one man of the 35% with a moral compass so strong happens to somehow join the police force and not get ousted by all the corrupt cops around him. Played by Russell Crowe, he and his under cover partner discover a parked car with $1, 000, 000 of illegal drug money, enough money to live well-off for the rest of their lives if they chose to take it and not report it to anyone as most cops would do. Crowe says no. He grabs the money and turns it into his police department making him and his partner un-trusted outcasts with the rest of the NYC police department leading to his partner eventually getting killed as he's hooked on drugs himself. Crowe himself has to face his own immorality at his son's custody hearing when his wife played by the gorgeous Carla Gugino accuses him of being a moral hypocrite going after crooks when he himself was a womanizer. In a heart-wrenching scene, he says, "You are right" and he gives her custody of their son. The last line stand against drug money bribery by Crowe is just enough leverage that a similar morally sound Federal agent discovers him and places him in charge of an anti-drug task force that "discovers" Denzel's racket and brings him in to justice. Then an amazing thing happens. Crowe reasons with him; explaining to him why its wrong all the people his cheap drugs have destroyed. Denzel asks him, "Is it true you turned in $1 MILLION dollars instead of taking it?". When Crowe says its true, this is the life-changing moment when Denzel's character comes to his senses and realizes that good men do exist and goodness is worth fighting for. We also learn at this point, why he was a racketeer in crime in the first place--in his childhood the police as representatives of society at large--had thrown him and his mom out of their house and brutalized them. Denzel then assists Crowe in ridding the police department of corrupt cops.

Vietnam = Afghanistan, Drugs Again

It's no surprise that the Afghanistan-Pakistan (AFPAK) problem has gotten worse and the military racketeers have refused to close the borders with a sensor-security fence system like the highly successful French Morice Line. There is a HUGE drug trade emanating from AFPAK that the Illuminati does not want stopped.

http://youtu.be/eoPsvCO29dA

One of the long-standing goals of the Rockefeller Illuminati--read the nauseating "Georgia Guidestones"--is to depopulate 6/7ths of the world.

infowars.com/for-the-record-rockefeller-soft-kill-depopulation-plans-exposed/

For The Record: Rockefeller Soft Kill Depopulation Plans Exposed

The possibility of administrating hormone preparations to reduce fertility was also mentioned, although- states the report- they have been known to "cause bleeding problems, which may limit their usefulness."

"A semipermanent or renewable subcutaneous implant of these hormones has been suggested, but whether or not the same difficulties would result has not been determined."

Saying that research thus-far had been too low-grade to produce any substantial results, the report was adamant:

"The Foundation will endeavour to assist in filling this important gap in several ways:

1- Seeking out or encouraging the development of, and providing partial support to, a few centres of excellence in universities and research institutions in the United States and abroad in which the methods and points of view of molecular biology are teamed with the more traditional approaches of histology, embryology,and endocrinology in research pertinent to development of fertility control methods;

2- Supporting research of individual investigators, oriented toward development of contraceptive methods or of basic information on human reproduction relevant to such developments;

3- Encouraging, by making research funds available, as well as by other means, established and beginning investigators to turn their attention to aspects of research in reproductive biology that have implications for human fertility and its control;

4- Encouraging more biology and biochemistry students to elect careers in reproductive biology and human fertility control, through support of research and teaching programs in departments of zoology, biology, and biochemistry."

The list goes on and on. Motivation for these activities, according to the RF?

"There are an estimated five million women among America's poverty and near-poverty groups who need birth control service (...). The unchecked fertility of the indigent does much to perpetuate poverty, under-education, and underemployment, not only in urban slums, but also in depressed rural areas."

It wasn't long before all the Foundation's efforts began to have effect. In its annual report of 1988, The RF was happy to report the progress made by the Foundation's Population Division in the field of anti-fertility vaccines:

"India's National Institute of Immunology successfully completed in 1988 the first phase of trials with three versions of an anti-fertility vaccine for women. Sponsored by the government of India and supported by the Foundation, the trials established that with each of the tested vaccines, at least one year of protection against pregnancy could be expected, based on the levels of antibodies formed in response to the immunization schedule."

In its 1997 review of anti-fertility vaccines, Indian-based International Centre for Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology didn't forget to acknowledge its main benefactor:

"The work on LHRH and HCG vaccines was supported by research grants of The Rockefeller Foundation, (...)."

In the 1990s the work on anti-fertility vaccines went in overdrive, especially in third-world nations, as did the funding provided by the deep pockets of the Rockefeller Foundation. At the same time, the target-population of the globalists- women- began to stir uncomfortably with all this out-in-the-open talk of population reduction and vaccines as a means to achieve it.

Betsy Hartman, Director of the Population and Development Program at Hampshire College, Massachusetts and "someone who believes strongly in women's right to safe, voluntary birth control and abortion", is no supporter of the anti-fertility vaccine, as brought into being by the Rockefeller Foundation. She explains in her essay "Population control in the New World Order":

"Although one vaccine has been tested on only 180 women in India, it is being billed there as 'safe, devoid of any side effects and completely reversible'. The scientific community knows very well that such assertions are false - for instance, many questions still remain about the vaccine's long-term impact on the immune system and menstrual cycle. There is also evidence on film of women being denied information about the vaccine in clinical trials. Nevertheless, the vaccine is being prepared for large-scale use."

The Women's Global Network for Reproductive Rights based in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, quoted "a leading contraceptive researcher" as saying:

"Immunological birth control methods will be an 'antigenic weapon' against the reproductive process, which left unchecked, threatens to swamp the world."

Animal rights activist ms. Sonya Ghosh also expressed concerns about the Rockefeller-funded anti-fertility vaccine and its implementation:

"Instead of giving individual women more options to prevent pregnancy and protect against AIDs and sexually transmitted diseases, the anti fertility vaccine is designed to be easily administered to large numbers of women using the least resources. If administered to illiterate populations the issues of user control and informed consent are further cause for concern."

To avoid such debates, the Foundation has in the last couple of decades consorted to its long-practised and highly successful methods of either outright lying through its teeth or using deceptive language to hide the fact that it continues to work tirelessly toward its long-stated mission. If you think the RF and others have abandoned their anti-fertility efforts with the help of vaccines, think again or read this article.

2: Global Distribution of Rockefeller-Funded Anti-Fertility Vaccine Coordinated by WHO

In addition to the recent PrisonPlanet-exclusive Rockefeller Foundation Developed Vaccines For "Mass-Scale" Fertility Reduction- which outlines the Rockefeller Foundation's efforts in the 1960s funding research into so-called "anti-fertility vaccines"- another series of documents has surfaced, proving beyond any doubt that the UN Population Fund, World Bank and World Health Organization picked up on it, further developing it under responsibility of a "Task Force on Vaccines for Fertility Regulation".

Just four years after the Rockefeller Foundation launched massive funding-operations into anti-fertility vaccines, the Task Force was created under auspices of the World Health Organization, World Bank and UN Population Fund. Its mission, according to one of its members, to support:

"basic and clinical research on the development of birth control vaccines directed against the gametes or the preimplantation embryo. These studies have involved the use of advanced procedures in peptide chemistry, hybridoma technology and molecular genetics as well as the evaluation of a number of novel approaches in general vaccinology. As a result of this international, collaborative effort, a prototype anti-HCG vaccine is now undergoing clinical testing, raising the prospect that a totally new family planning method may be available before the end of the current decade."

In regards to the scope of the Task Force's jurisdiction, the Biotechnology and Development Monitor reported:

"The Task Force acts as a global coordinating body for anti-fertility vaccine R&D in the various working groups and supports research on different approaches, such as anti-sperm and anti-ovum vaccines and vaccines designed to neutralize the biological functions of hCG. The Task Force has succeeded in developing a prototype of an anti-hCG-vaccine."

One of the Task Force members, P.D. Griffin, outlined the purpose and trajectory of these Fertility Regulating Vaccines. Griffin:

"The Task Force has continued to coordinate its research activities with other vaccine development programmes within WHO and with other international and national programmes engaged in the development of fertility regulating vaccines."

Griffin also admitted to the fact that one of the purposes of the vaccines is the implementation in developing countries. Griffin:

"If vaccines could be developed which could safely and effectively inhibit fertility, without producing unacceptable side effects, they would be an attractive addition to the present armamentarium of fertility regulating methods and would be likely to have a significant impact on family planning programmes."

Also, one of the advantages of the FRVs over "currently available methods of fertility regulation" the Task Force states, is the following (179):

"low manufacturing cost and ease of delivery within existing health services."

Already in 1978, the WHO's Task Force (then called Task Force on Immunological Methods for Fertility Regulation) underlined the usefulness of these vaccines in regards to the possibility of "large scale synthesis and manufacture" of the vaccine:

"The potential advantages of an immunological approach to fertility regulation can be summarized as follows: (a) the possibility of infrequent administration, possibly by paramedical personnel; (b) the use of antigens or antigen fragments, which are not pharmacologically active; and (c) in the case of antigens of known chemical structure, there is the possibility of large-scale synthesis and manufacture of vaccine at relatively low cost."

In 1976, the WHO Expanded Programme of Research, Development and Research Training in Human Reproduction published a report, stating:

"In 1972 the Organization (...) expanded its programme of research in human reproduction to provide an international focus for an intensified effort to improve existing methods of fertility regulation, to develop new methods and to assist national authorities in devising the best ways of providing them on a continuing basis. The programme is closely integrated with other WHO research on the delivery of family planning care by health services, which in turn feeds into WHO's technical assistance programme to governments at the service level."

Although the term "Anti-Fertility Vaccine", coined by the Rockefeller Foundation, was replaced by the more bureaucratic sounding "Fertility Regulating Vaccine" (FRV), the programme was obviously the same. Besides, the time-line shows conclusively that the WHO, UN Population Fund and World Bank continued on a path outlined by the Rockefellers in the late 1960s. By extension, it proves that all these organization are perfectly interlocked, best captured under the header "Scientific Dictatorship". The relationship between the WHO and the Rockefeller Foundation is intense. In the 1986 bulletin of the World Health Organization, this relationship is being described in some detail. While researching the effectiveness of "gossypol" as an "anti-fertility agent", the bulletin states:

"The Rockefeller Foundation has supported limited clinical trials in China and small-scale clinical studies in Brazil and Austria. The dose administered in the current Chinese trial has been reduced from 20 mg to 10-15 mg/day during the loading phase in order to see if severe oligospermia rather than consistent azoospermia would be adequate for an acceptable, non-toxic and reversible effect. Meanwhile, both the WHO human reproduction programme and the Rockefeller Foundation are supporting animal studies to better define the mechanism of action of gossypol."

In August of 1992, a series of meetings was held in Geneva, Switzerland, regarding "fertility regulating vaccines". According to the document Fertility Regulating Vaccines (classified by the WHO with a limited distribution) present at those meetings were scientists and clinicians from all over the globe, including then biomedical researcher of the American Agency for International development, and current research-chief of USAID, Mr. Jeff Spieler.

In 1986, Mr. Spieler declared:

"A new approach to fertility regulation is the development of vaccines directed against human substances required for reproduction. Potential candidates for immunological interference include reproductive hormones, ovum and sperm antigens, and antigens derived from embryonic or fetal tissue.(...). An anti-fertility vaccine must be capable of safely and effectively inhibiting a human substance, which would need somehow to be rendered antigenic. A fertility-regulating vaccine, moreover, would have to produce and sustain effective immunity in at least 95% of the vaccinated population, a level of protection rarely achieved even with the most successful viral and bacterial vaccines. But while these challenges looked insuperable just a few years ago, recent advances in biotechnology- particularly in the fields of molecular biology, genetic engineering and monoclonal antibody production- are bringing antifertility vaccines into the realm of the feasible."

"Vaccines interfering with sperm function and fertilization could be available for human testing by the early 1990s", Spieler wrote.

In order for widespread use of these vaccines, Spieler writes, the vaccine must conquer "variations in individual responses to immunization with fertility-regulating vaccines".

"Research", he goes on to say,"is also needed in the field of 'basic vaccinology', to find the best carrier proteins, adjuvants, vehicles and delivery systems."

In the 1992 document, the problem of "variations in individual responses" is also discussed:

"Because of the genetic diversity of human populations", states the document, "immune responses to vaccines often show marked differences from one individual to another in terms of magnitude and duration. These differences may be partly or even completely overcome with appropriately engineered FRVs (Fertility Regulating Vaccines) and by improvements in our understanding of what is required to develop and control the immune response elicited by different vaccines."

The picture emerging from these facts is clear. The WHO, as a global coordinating body, has since the early 1970s continued the development of the Rockefeller-funded "anti-fertility vaccine". What also is becoming clear, is that extensive research has been done to the delivery systems in which these anti-fertility components can be buried, such as regular anti-viral vaccines. It's a mass-scale anti-fertilization programme with the aim of reducing the world's population: a dream long cherished by the global elite.

3: On Top of Vaccines, Rockefeller Foundation Presents Anti-Fertility Substance Gossypol for "Widespread Use"

It seems there is no limit to the Rockefeller Foundation's ambitions to introduce anti-fertility compounds into either existing "health-services", such as vaccines, or- as appears to be the case now- average consumer-products.

The 1985 Rockefeller Foundation's annual report underlined its ongoing dedication towards finding good use for the anti-fertility substance "gossypol", or C30H30O8 - as the description reads.

Indeed, gossypol, a toxic polyphenol derived from the cotton plant, was identified early on in the Foundation's research as an effective sterilant. The question was, how to implement or integrate the toxic substance into crops.

"Another long-term interest of the Foundation has been gossypol, a compound that has been shown to have an antifertility effect in men, By the end of 1985, the Foundation had made grants totaling approximately $1.6 million in an effort to support and stimulate scientific investigations on the safety and efficacy of gossypol."

In the 1986 Rockefeller Foundation annual report, the organization admits funding research into the use of fertility-reducing compounds in relation to food for "widespread use":

"Male contraceptive studies are focused on gossypol, a natural substance extracted from the cotton plant, and identified by Chinese researchers as having an anti-fertility effect on men. Before widespread use can be recommended, further investigation is needed to see if lowering the dosage can eliminate undesirable side-effects without reducing its effectiveness as a contraceptive. The Foundation supported research on gossypol's safety, reversibility and efficacy in seven different 1986 grants."

In the RF's 1988 annual report, gossypol as a contraceptive was also elaborated upon (page 22):

"Gossypol, a natural substance found in the cotton plant, continues to show promise as an oral contraceptive for men. Because it suppresses sperm production without affecting sex hormone levels, it is unique among the experimental approaches to fertility control in men. Foundation-funded scientists worldwide have assembled an aray of information about how gossypol works, and studies continue on a wide variety of its clinical applications. Dose reduction is being investigated to reduce health risks associated with the use of gossypol."

The following year, according to the annual report, funds were allocated to several research institutions to see how this "'dose reduction' could best be accomplished without interfering with the ant-fertility effects of gossypol.

(1988- $ 400,000, in addition to remaining funds from prior year appropriations) To support research on gossypol, its safety, reversibility, and efficacy as a contraceptive for use by men (...)."

Mention is made on money allocated to the University of Texas, "for a study of gossypol's effects on DNA replication (...)."

The last mention of gossypol in the Foundation's annals we find in the 1994 annual report, where funds were appropriated to the University of Innsbruck of Austria "for a study at the Institute of Physiology on the molecular action of gossypol at the cellular level."

It seems that the funded scientists have indeed found a way of "lowering the dosage" of gossypol, circumventing the toxicity of the substance, so as to suppress or even eliminate these "undesirable side-effects", which include: low blood potassium levels, fatigue, muscle weakness and even paralysis. If these effects could be eliminated without reducing the anti-fertility effects, the Foundation figured, it would be a highly effective and almost undetectable sterilant.

Although overtly, research into and development of gossypol as an anti-fertility compound was abandoned in the late 1990s, the cottonseed containing the substance was especially selected for mass distribution in the beginning of the current decade. Around 2006 a media-campaign was launched, saying the cottonseed could help defeat hunger and poverty.

In 2006, NatureNews reported that RNA interference (or RNAi) was the way to go. On the one hand it would "cut the gossypol content in cottonseeds by 98%, while leaving the chemical defenses of the rest of the plant intact." Furthermore, the article quoted Dr. Deborah P. Delmer, the Rockefeller Foundation's associate director of food security, who was quick to bury any concern:

"Deborah Delmer, associate director of the Rockefeller Foundation in New York City and an expert in agricultural food safety, points out that a benefit of using RNAi technology is that it turns off a gene process rather than switching on a novel function. So instead of introducing a new foreign protein, you're just shutting down one process," Delmer says. "In that sense, I think that the safety concerns should be far less than other GM technologies."

A 2006, National Geographic article Toxin-Free Cottonseed Engineered; Could Feed Millions Study Says, quotes the director of the Laboratory for Crop Transformation (Texas A&M University), Keerti Singh Rathore as saying:

"A gossypol-free cottonseed would significantly contribute to human nutrition and health, particularly in developing countries, and help meet the requirements of the predicted 50 percent increase in the world population in the next 50 years."

"Rathore's study", states the article, "represents the first substantiated case where gossypol was reduced via genetic engineering that targets the genes that make the toxin."

I bring into recollection the statement made by the Rockefeller Foundation in its 1986 annual report, which reads:

"Before widespread use can be recommended, further investigation is needed to see if lowering the dosage can eliminate undesirable side-effects without reducing its effectiveness as a contraceptive."

In the 1997 Foundational report, Rathore is mentioned (page 68). A post-doctoral fellowship-grant was given to a certain E. Chandrakanth "for advanced study in plant molecular biology under the direction of Keerti S. Rathore, Laboratory for Crop Transformation, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas."

Compromising connections, in other words, for someone who claimed academic objectivity in regards to gossypol and its sterilizing effects. Rathore explained the workings of RNAi in a 2006 issue of the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

"Cottonseed toxicity due to gossypol is a long-standing problem", Rathore said, "and people have tried to fix it but haven't been able to through traditional plant breeding. My area of research is plant transgenics, so I thought about using some molecular approaches to address this problem."

Rathore also mentioned the desired main funder of his work without actually saying the name:

"we are trying to find some partners and will probably be looking at charitable foundations to help us out in terms of doing all kinds of testing that is required before a genetically engineered plant is approved for food or feed. We are in the very early stages and have a lot of ideas in mind, but we need to pursue those. Hopefully, we can find some sort of partnership that will allow us to do them."

He also expressed the final adaptation of the cottonseed for widespread use is something of the long term:

"(...) right now there are many hurdles when you are dealing with a genetically modified plant. But I think in the next 15 or 20 years a lot of these regulations that we have to satisfy will be eliminated or reduced substantially."

The Foundation, as is evident from the statements of Rockefeller's own Deborah Delmer, is more than interested. Even worse, through the process of readying gossypol for mass-distribution in food, the fulfillment of their longstanding goal of sterilizing the populous into oblivion comes into view.

4: Rockefeller Foundation Conceptualized "Anti-Hormone" Vaccine in the 1920s and 30s, Reports Reveal

Rockefeller Foundation minion Max Mason, who acted as president in the mid-1930s, on multiple occasions expressed his master's desire for an "anti-hormone" that would reduce fertility worldwide. Now keep in mind, this is more than 35 years before the Foundation actually mentioned funding "anti-fertility vaccines" in subsequent annual reports from 1969 onward.

Having traveled far beyond the realm of rumor and speculation, research into the admitted funding of anti-fertility vaccines has uncovered more and more sinister revelations along the way.

By the mid-1930s, Mason of the Rockefeller Foundation thought that "the ultimate solution of the problem [of birth control] may well lie in the studies of endocrinology, particularly antihormones." The Foundation's 1934 annual report states:

"The Rockefeller Foundation has decided to concentrate its present effort in the natural sciences on the field of modern experimental biology, with special interest in such topics as endocrinology, nutrition, genetics, embryology, problems centering about the reproductive process, psychobiology, general and cellular physiology, biophysics, and biochemistry."

"(...) research work is being conducted on the physiology of reproduction in the monkey. This work was begun at the Johns Hopkins University in 1921, and since 1923 has been continued at the University of Rochester. It involves observational and experimental studies of the reproductive cycle in certain species of the higher primates, in which this cycle closely resembles that of the human species. The effect of the various interrelated reproductive hormones is being studied."

In the annual report of the previous year (1933), the Foundation stresses the fact that work on the reproductive hormones of primates serves to experiment on man in the future:

"(...) much work has been done in the formulation and solution of basic problems in the general biology and physiology of sex in organisms other than man. It was essential that this fundamental work on infra-man pave the way for that on man."

In the book Discipling Reproduction by Adele E. Clarke, the roots of Rockefeller-funded "anti-hormones" is being described in some detail, pointing out that the family's ambitions to control man's fertility date back even further than the 1930s. Clarke writes:

"On a cold morning in 1921, George Washington Corner, a physician and fledgling reproductive scientist, awoke in Baltimore to discover that it was snowing."

"By 1929", Clarke writes a bit further on, "Corner had mapped out the hormonal action of progesterone, an essential actor in the menstrual cycle and subsequently an actor in birth control pills."

The 1935 Rockefeller Foundation annual report acknowledges funding Dr. Corner's research:

"To the University of Rochester, for research on the physiology of reproduction under the direction of Dr. G. W. Corner during the three-year period beginning July 1, 1935, and ending June 30, 1938, there has been appropriated the sum of $9,900. Dr. Corner's activities are concentrated on a study of the oestrus cycle, using monkeys as the experimental animals. A colony of about thirty monkeys has been maintained, and experiments have furnished information on the normal histology of the reproductive cycle, the time of ovulation, the relation of ovulation to menstruation and other anatomically detectable correlations of the oestrus cycle. Work is continuing on two main lines: normal sex reproduction in the monkey, including the histology of ovary and uterus, and, secondly, the effects of the ovarian hormone."

Again, never forget that the Foundation in 1933 stated outright that "It was essential that this fundamental work on infra-man pave the way for that on man."

Another essential problem which arises, of course, is how exactly the funding-mechanism worked by which Corner's research could be made ready for mass-consumption. Clarke mentions that officially the National Research Council, an arm of the National Academy of Sciences (NAS), was the institute responsible for the task of doing so. More specific: the Committee for Research in Problems of Sex (CRPS):

"The NRC itself was founded in 1916 as an agency to inventory research toward enhanced military preparedness."

"The NRC", states the author, "was a prestigious organization from its inception, thanks to its early association with the NAS, the Carnegie Corporation, and the Rockefeller Foundation. Kohler (1991:109) has argued that the NRC essentially served as an intermediary between the foundations and scientists in the interwar years.(...). The NRC/CRPS itself was funded almost exclusively by Rockefeller monies, initially through the Bureau of Social Hygiene and, after 1931, through the Rockefeller Foundation."

On the subject of so-called "current immunological contraceptive research", Clarke channels Rockefeller-president Max Mason:

"Other lines of current immunological contraceptive research continue to seek what, during the 1930s, Max Mason of the Rockefeller Foundation called 'anti-hormones': vaccines to block hormones needed for very early pregnancy and a vaccine to block the hormone needed for the surface of the egg to function properly."

In a February 1934 "progress report" written by Warren Weaver (director of the Natural Sciences Division of the Rockefeller Foundation) once again underlined the endgame:

"Can man gain an intelligent control of his own power? Can we develop so sound and extensive a genetics that we can hope to breed, in the future, superior men? Can we obtain enough knowledge of physiology and psychobiology of sex so that man can bring this pervasive, highly important, and dangerous aspect of life under rational control?"

The same Warren Weaver wrote a "biographical Memoir" in honor of his friend Max Mason, revealing some more interesting facts. Weaver, who describes himself as a great personal friend of Mason, gives a general description of him as Rockefeller-minion:

"He had by that time developed a consuming interest in behavioral research, and particularly in the possibility that the physical sciences, working with and through the biological sciences, could shed new and revealing light on the normal and abnormal behavior of individuals, and ultimately on the social behavior of groups of men."

Here we have it. The blueprint for sterilizing vaccines has been first conceptualized way back in the 1920s and 1930s by social scientists of the Rockefeller Foundation. Although later the eugenic language ("anti-fertility vaccine") was polished up with the help of some linguistic plastic surgery producing the term "immunological contraceptive", the ultimate goal remains the same.

So the question arises, what if there are no Russell Crowe types in American society at the critical moment to stop us from collectively going over-the-edge into destruction?

What if the bureaucracies have so strangled our governmental functions that its simply intolerable for any 35% moral person to stay involved?

America needs to come to its collective senses not just over drugs--but over our entire national life. We need to face head-on the unpleasant realities of the true extent of evil which is growing and not being checked in any way. Later in this book we propose exactly how to do this.

Life's Rackets

The following is a great essay excepting on liberal bullshit pet peeves which I struck a line through. Homosexuality is an intolerable civilization-killer like the crime of murder. The Israelis would leave their enemies alone if they'd leave them alone.

www.truthdig.com/report/item/20080531_the_corporate_state_and_the_subversion_of_democracy/

The Corporate State and the Subversion of Democracy

Posted on May 31, 2008

By Chris Hedges

Note: Chris Hedges gave this keynote address on Wednesday, May 28, in Furman University's Younts Conference Center. The address was part of protests by faculty and students over the South Carolina college's decision to invite George W. Bush to give the May 31 commencement address.

When it was announced in May that President Bush would deliver the commencement address, 222 students and faculty signed and posted on the school's Web site a statement titled "We Object." The statement cites the war in Iraq and the administration's "obstructing progress on reducing greenhouse gases while favoring billions in tax breaks and subsidies to oil companies that are earning record profits."

"We are ashamed of the actions of this administration. The war in Iraq has cost the lives of over 4,000 brave and honorable U.S. military personnel," the statement read. "Because we love this country and the ideals it stands for, we accept our civic responsibility to speak out against these actions that violate American values."

---

I used to live in a country called America. It was not a perfect country, God knows, especially if you were African-American or Native American or of Japanese descent in World War II or poor or gay or a woman or an immigrant, but it was a country I loved and honored. This country gave me hope that it could be better. It paid its workers wages that were envied around the world. It made sure these workers, thanks to labor unions and champions of the working class in the Democratic Party and the press, had health benefits and pensions. It offered good public education. It honored basic democratic values and held in regard the rule of law, including international law, and respect for human rights. It had social programs from Head Start to welfare to Social Security to take care of the weakest among us, the mentally ill, the elderly and the destitute. It had a system of government that, however flawed, was dedicated to protecting the interests of its citizens. It offered the possibility of democratic change. It had a media that was diverse and endowed with the integrity to give a voice to all segments of society, including those beyond our borders, to impart to us unpleasant truths, to challenge the powerful, to explain ourselves to ourselves. I am not blind to the imperfections of this America, or the failures to always meet these ideals at home and abroad. I spent 20 years of my life in Latin America, Africa, the Middle East and the Balkans as a foreign correspondent reporting in countries where crimes and injustices were committed in our name, whether during the Contra war in Nicaragua or the brutalization of the Palestinians by Israeli occupation forces. But there was much that was good and decent and honorable in our country. And there was hope.

The country I live in today uses the same words to describe itself, the same patriotic symbols and iconography, the same national myths, but only the shell remains. America, the country of my birth, the country that formed and shaped me, the country of my father, my father's father, and his father's father, stretching back to the generations of my family that were here for the country's founding, is so diminished as to be nearly unrecognizable. I do not know if this America will return, even as I pray and work and strive for its return. The "consent of the governed" has become an empty phrase. Our textbooks on political science are obsolete. Our state, our nation, has been hijacked by oligarchs, corporations and a narrow, selfish political elite, a small and privileged group which governs on behalf of moneyed interests. We are undergoing, as John Ralston Saul wrote, "a coup d'etat in slow motion." We are being impoverished-legally, economically, spiritually and politically.

And unless we soon reverse this tide, unless we wrest the state away from corporate hands, we will be sucked into the dark and turbulent world of globalization where there are only masters and serfs, where the American dream will be no more than that-a dream, where those who work hard for a living can no longer earn a decent wage to sustain themselves or their families, whether in sweat shops in China or the decaying rust belt of Ohio, where democratic dissent is condemned as "treason"--and ruthlessly silenced.

---

The Rockefeller Illuminati (violence-obsessed) control the Republican GOP; the (sex-obsessed) Rothschilds the Democratic Party; Americans love violence more than sex

---

I single out no party. The Democratic Party has been as guilty as the Republicans. It was Bill Clinton who led the Democratic Party to the corporate watering trough. Clinton argued that the party had to ditch labor unions, no longer a source of votes or power, as a political ally. Workers, he insisted, would vote Democratic anyway.

They had no choice. It was better, he argued, to take corporate money. By the 1990s, the Democratic Party, under Clinton's leadership, had virtual fundraising parity with the Republicans. Today the Democrats get more. In political terms, it was a success. In moral terms, it was a betrayal.

The North American Free Trade Agreement was sold to the country by the Clinton White House as an opportunity to raise the incomes and prosperity of the citizens of the United States, Canada and Mexico. NAFTA would also, we were told, staunch Mexican immigration into the United States.

"There will be less illegal immigration because more Mexicans will be able to support their children by staying home," President Clinton said in the spring of 1993 as he was lobbying for the bill.

But NAFTA, which took effect in 1994, had the curious effect of reversing every one of Clinton's rosy predictions. Once the Mexican government lifted price supports on corn and beans for Mexican farmers, they had to compete against the huge agribusinesses in the United States. The Mexican farmers were swiftly bankrupted. At least 2 million Mexican farmers have been driven off their land since 1994.

And guess where many of them went? This desperate flight of poor Mexicans into the United States is now being exacerbated by large-scale factory closures along the border as manufacturers pack up and leave Mexico for the cut-rate embrace of China's totalitarian capitalism. But we were assured that goods would be cheaper. Workers would be wealthier. Everyone would be happier. I am not sure how these contradictory things were supposed to happen, but in a sound-bite society, reality no longer matters. NAFTA was great if you were a corporation. It was a disaster if you were a worker.

Clinton's welfare reform bill, which was signed on Aug. 22, 1996, obliterated the nation's social safety net. It threw 6 million people, many of them single mothers, off the welfare rolls within three years. It dumped them onto the streets without child care, rent subsidies and continued Medicaid coverage. Families were plunged into crisis, struggling to survive on multiple jobs that paid $6 or $7 an hour, or less than $15,000 a year. But these were the lucky ones.

In some states, half of those dropped from the welfare rolls could not find work. Clinton slashed Medicare by $115 billion over a five-year period and cut $25 billion in Medicaid funding.

The booming and overcrowded prison system handled the influx of the poor, as well as our abandoned mentally ill. And today we stand in shame with 2.3 million of our citizens behind bars, most for nonviolent drug offenses. More than one in 100 adults in the United States is incarcerated and one in nine black men ages 20 to 34 is behind bars. The United States, with less than 5 per cent of the global population, has almost 25 percent of the world's prisoners.

The growing desperation across the United States is unleashing not simply a recession-we have been in a recession for some time now-but the possibility of a depression unlike anything we have seen since the 1930s. This desperation has provided a pool of broken people willing to work for low wages and without unions or benefits. This is good news if you are a corporation. It is very bad news if you work for a living. For the bottom 90 percent of Americans, annual income has been on a slow, steady decline for three decades. The majority's income peaked at $ 33,000 in 1973. By 2005, according to New York Times reporter David Cay Johnston in his book Free Lunch, it had fallen to a bit more than $29,000, this despite three decades of economic expansion.

And where did that money go? Ask ExxonMobil, the biggest U.S. oil and gas company, which made a $10.9-billion profit in the first quarter of this year, leaving us to pay close to $4 a gallon to fill up our cars. Or better yet, ask Exxon Mobil Corp Chief Executive Rex Tillerson, whose compensation rose nearly 18 percent to $21.7 million in 2007, when the oil company pulled in the largest profit ever for a U.S. company. His take-home pay package included $1.75 million in salary, a $3.36-million bonus, and $16.1 million of stock and option awards, according to a company filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. He also received nearly $430,000 of other compensation, including $229,331 for personal security and $41,122 for use of the company aircraft. In addition to his pay package, Tillerson, 56, received more than $7.6 million from exercising options and stock awards during the year. Exxon Mobil earned $40.61 billion in 2007, up 3 percent from the previous year. But Tillerson's 2007 pay was not even the highest mark for the U.S. oil and gas industry. Occidental Petroleum Corp. CEO Ray Irani made $33.6 million and Anadarko Petroleum Corp. chief James Hackett took in $26.7 million over the same period.

For each dollar earned in 2005, the top 10% got 48.5 cents. That was the top 10th's greatest share of the income pie, Johnston writes, since 1929, just before the Roaring '20s collapsed in the Great Depression. And within the top 10 percent, those who made more than $100,000, nearly all the gains went to the top 10th of 1 percent, people like Tillerson, or Irani or Hackett, who made at least $1.7 million that year. And until we have real election reform, until we make it possible to run for national office without candidates kissing the rings of Tillersons, Iranis and Hacketts to get hundreds of millions of dollars, this rape of America will continue.

While the Democrats have been very bad, George W. Bush has been even worse. Let's set aside Iraq-the worst foreign policy blunder in American history. George Bush has also done more to dismantle our Constitution, ignore or revoke our statutes and reverse regulations that protected American citizens from corporate abuse than any other president in recent American history. The president, as the Boston Globe reported, has claimed the authority, through "signing statements," to disobey more than 750 laws enacted since he took office, asserting that he has the power to set aside any statute passed by Congress when it conflicts with his interpretation of the Constitution. Among the laws Bush said he can ignore are military rules and regulations, affirmative-action provisions, requirements that Congress be told about immigration services problems, ''whistle-blower" protections for nuclear regulatory officials, and safeguards against political interference in federally funded research.

The Constitution is clear in assigning to Congress the power to write the laws and to the president a duty ''to take care that the laws be faithfully executed." George Bush, however, has repeatedly declared that he does not need to ''execute" a law he believes is unconstitutional. The Bush administration has gutted environmental, food and product safety, and workplace safety standards along with their enforcement.

And this is why coal mines collapse, the housing bubble has blown up in our face and we are sold lead-contaminated toys imported from China. Bush has done more than any president to hand our government directly over to corporations, which now get 40 percent of federal discretionary spending. Over 800,000 jobs once handled by government employees have been outsourced to corporations, a move that has not only further empowered our shadow corporate government but helped destroy federal workforce unions. Everything from federal prisons, the management of regulatory and scientific reviews, the processing or denial of Freedom of Information requests, interrogating prisoners and running the world's largest mercenary army in Iraq has become corporate. And these corporations, in a perverse arrangement, make their money off of the American citizen.

Halliburton in 2003 was given a no-bid and non-compete $7-billion contract to repair Iraq's oil fields, as well as the power to oversee and control Iraq's entire oil production. This has now become $130 billion in contract awards to Halliburton. And flush with taxpayer dollars, what has Haliburton done? It has made sure only 36 of its 143 subsidiaries are incorporated in the United States and 107 subsidiaries (or 75 percent) are incorporated in 30 different countries. Halliburton is able through this arrangement to lower its tax liability on foreign income by establishing a "controlled foreign corporation" and subsidiaries inside low-tax, or no-tax, countries known as a "tax havens." They take our money. They squander it. And our corporate government not only funds them but protects them. Halliburton-and Halliburton is just one example-is the engine of our new, rogue corporate state, serviced by people like George Bush and Dick Cheney, once the company's CEO.

What the Oil-Rich Nation of Dubai is Doing with U.S. Petro-Dollars: Fantasy Island--For Real

combatreform.org/dubaifantasyworldbuiltbyoildollars.pps

http://youtu.be/se3fNvsW4LE

The disparity between our oligarchy and the working class has created a new global serfdom. Credit Suisse analysts estimates that the number of subprime foreclosures in the United States over the next two years will total 1,390,000 and that by the end of 2012, 12.7 percent of all residential borrowers in the United States will be forced out of their homes. The corporate state, which as an idea is an abstraction to many Americans, is very real when the pieces are carefully put together and linked to a system of corporate power that has made this poverty, the denial of our constitutional rights and a state of permanent war inevitable. The assault on the American working class-an assault that has devastated members of my own family- is nearly complete. The U.S. economy has 3.2 million fewer jobs today than it did when George Bush took office, including 2.5 million fewer manufacturing jobs. In the past three years, nearly one in five U.S. workers was laid off. Among workers laid off from full-time work, roughly one-fourth were earning less than $40,000 annually.

A total of 15 million U.S. workers are unemployed, underemployed or too discouraged to job hunt, according to the Labor Department. There are whole sections of the United States which now resemble the developing world. There has been a Weimarization of the American working class. And the assault on the middle class is now under way.

Anything that can be put on software-from finance to architecture to engineering-can and is being outsourced to workers in countries such as India or China who accept a fraction of the pay and work without benefits. And both the Republican and Democratic parties, beholden to corporations for money and power, allow this to happen.

Take a look at our government departments. Who runs the Defense Department? The Department of Interior? The Department of Agriculture? The Food and Drug Administration? Who runs the Department of Labor? Corporations. And in an election year where we are numbed by absurdities we hear nothing about this subordinating of the American people to corporate power. The political debates, which have become popularity contests, are ridiculous and empty. They do not confront the real and advanced destruction of our democracy. They do not confront the takeover of our electoral processes.

We have watched over the past few decades the rise of a powerful web of interlocking corporate entities, a network of arrangements within subsectors, industries or other partial jurisdictions to diminish and often abolish outside control and oversight. These corporations have neutralized national, state and judicial authority.

They dominate, for example, a bloated and wasteful defense industry which has become sacrosanct and beyond the reach of politicians, most of whom are left defending military projects in their districts, no matter how redundant, because they provide jobs. This has permitted a military-industrial complex, which contributes lavishly to political campaigns, to spread across the country with virtual impunity. Defense-related spending for fiscal 2008 will exceed $1 trillion for the first time in history.

The U.S. has become the largest single seller of arms and munitions on the planet. The defense budget for fiscal 2008 is the largest since the Second World War even as we have more than $400 billion in annual deficits. More than half of federal discretionary spending goes to defense.

This will not end when Bush leaves office. And so we build Cold War relics like $ 3.4-billion submarines and stealth fighters to evade radar systems the Soviets never built and spend $8.9 billion on ICBM missile defense that will be useless in stopping a shipping container concealing a dirty bomb. The defense industry is able to monopolize the best scientific and research talent and squander the nation's resources and investment capital.

These defense industries produce nothing that is useful for society or the national trade account. Melman, like President Eisenhower, saw the defense industry as viral, something that, as it grew, destroyed a healthy economy. And so we produce sophisticated fighter jets while Boeing is unable to finish its new commercial plane on schedule, and our automotive industry tanks.

We sink money into research and development of weapons systems and starve technologies to fight against global warming and renewable energy.

Universities are awash in defense-related cash and grants, and struggle to find money for environmental studies.

This massive military spending, aided by this $3-trillion war, is hollowing us out from the inside. Our bridges and levees collapse, our schools decay and our safety net is taken away.

The corporate state, begun under Ronald Reagan and pushed forward by every president since, has destroyed the public and private institutions that protected workers and safeguarded citizens. Only 7.8 per cent of workers in the private sector are unionized. This is about the same percentage as in the early 1900s. There are 50 million Americans in real poverty and tens of millions of Americans in a category called "near poverty."

Our health care system is broken. Eighteen thousand people die in this country, according to the Institute of Medicine, every year because they can't afford health care. That is six times the number of people who died in the 9/11 attacks, and these unnecessary deaths continue year after year.

But we do not hear these stories of pain and dislocation. We are diverted by bread and circus. News reports do little more than report on trivia and celebrity gossip. The FCC, in an example of how far our standards have fallen, defines shows like Fox's celebrity gossip program "TMZ" and the Christian Broadcast Network's "700 Club" as "bona fide newscasts." The economist Charlotte Twight calls this vast corporate system of spectacle and democratic collapse "participatory fascism."

How did we get here? How did this happen? In a word, deregulation-the systematic dismantling of the managed capitalism that was the hallmark of the American democratic state. Our political decline came about because of deregulation, the repeal of antitrust laws, and the radical transformation from a manufacturing economy to a capital economy.

This understanding led Franklin Delano Roosevelt on April 29, 1938, to send a message to Congress titled "Recommendations to the Congress to Curb Monopolies and the Concentration of Economic Power." In it, he wrote:

"The first truth is that the liberty of democracy is not safe if the people tolerate the growth of power to a point where it becomes stronger than the democratic state itself. That, in its essence, is Fascism-ownership of Government by an individual, by a group, or by any other controlling private power. The second truth is that the liberty of a democracy is not safe if its business system does not provide employment and produce and distribute goods in such a way to sustain an acceptable standard of living."

The rise of the corporate state has grave political consequences, as we saw in Italy and Germany in the early part of the 20th century. Antitrust laws not only regulate and control the marketplace, they serve as bulwarks to protect democracy. And now that they are gone, now that we have a state that is run by and on behalf of corporations, we must expect inevitable and perhaps terrifying political consequences.

I spent two years traveling the country to write a book on the Christian right called American Fascists: The Christian Right and the War on America. In depressed former manufacturing towns from Ohio to Kentucky it was the same. There are tens of millions of Americans for whom the end of the world is no longer an abstraction. They have lost hope.

Fear and instability has plunged the working class into personal and economic despair, and not surprisingly into the arms of the demagogues and charlatans of the radical Christian right who offer a belief in magic, miracles and the fiction of a utopian Christian nation. And unless we re-enfranchise these Americans back into the economy, unless we give them hope, our democracy is doomed.

As the pressure mounts, as this despair and desperation reaches into larger and larger segments of the American populace, the mechanisms of corporate and government control are being bolstered to prevent civil unrest and instability.

It is not accidental that with the rise of the corporate state comes the rise of the security state. This is why the Bush White House has pushed through the Patriot Act (and its renewal), the suspension of habeas corpus, the practice of "extraordinary rendition," the warrantless wiretapping on American citizens and the refusal to ensure free and fair elections with verifiable ballot-counting. It is part of a package. It comes together. It is not about terrorism or national security. It is about control. It is about their control of us.

Sen. Frank Church, as chairman of the Select Committee on Intelligence in 1975, investigated the government's massive and highly secretive National Security Agency.

He wrote:

"That capability at any time could be turned around on the American people and no American would have any privacy left, such is the capability to monitor everything: telephone conversations, telegrams, it doesn't matter. There would be no place to hide. If this government ever became a tyranny, if a dictator ever took charge in this country, the technological capacity that the intelligence community has given the government could enable it to impose total tyranny, and there would be no way to fight back, because the most careful effort to combine together in resistance to the government, no matter how privately it was done, is within the reach of the government to know.

Such is the capability of this technology. ... I don't want to see this country ever go across the bridge. I know the capability that is there to make tyranny total in America, and we must see to it that this agency and all agencies that possess this technology operate within the law and under proper supervision, so that we never cross over that abyss. That is the abyss from which there is no return. ..."

When Sen. Church made this statement the NSA was not authorized to spy on American citizens. Today it is.

In a military brig in Charleston an American citizen, Ali Saleh Kahlah al-Marri, is being held in a black hole set up on American soil. He was stripped on June 23, 2003, by George Bush of his constitutional rights and declared an "enemy combatant." He is being detained without charge, interrogated without a lawyer and held indefinitely.

Lawyers for the Bush administration claim that the president can send the military into any neighborhood, any town or suburb, capture a citizen and hold him or her in prison without charge. They base this claim on the Authorization for Use of Military Force, passed by Congress after 9/11, that gives President Bush the power to "use all necessary and appropriate force" against anyone involved in planning, aiding or carrying out the attacks. But Al-Mari was not captured in Afghanistan or Iraq. He was arrested in Peoria, Ill., in December 2001. And if the president can declare American citizens living inside the United States to be enemy combatants and order them stripped of constitutional rights, what does this mean for us? How long can we be held without charge? Without lawyers? Without access to the outside world? Maybe Al-Mari is, as the government claims, a terrorist. I don't know. But I do know that if this becomes a precedent, if it is not overturned by the courts, habeas corpus, the most important bulwark of our democratic state, will be dead.

We are fed lie after lie to mask the destruction the corporate state has wrought in our lives. The consumer price index, for example, used by the government to measure inflation, has become meaningless. To keep the official inflation figures low the government has been substituting basic products they once measured to check for inflation with ones that do not rise very much in price. This trick has kept the cost-of-living increases tied to the CPI artificially low. The disconnect between what we are told and what is actually true is worthy of the old East German state.

The New York Times' consumer reporter, W.P. Dunleavy, wrote that her groceries now cost $587 a month, up from $400 a year earlier. This is a 40 percent increase. California economist John Williams, who runs an organization called Shadow Statistics, contends that if Washington still used the CPI measurements applied back in the 1970s, inflation would be in the 10 percent range. The advantage to the corporations is huge.

A false inflation rate, one far lower than the real rate, keeps equitable interest payments on bank accounts and certificates of deposit down. It masks the deterioration of the American economy. The Potemkin statistics allow corporations and the corporate state to walk away from obligations tied to real adjustments for inflation.

These statistics mean that less is paid out in Social Security and pensions. It has reduced the interest on the multi-trillion-dollar debt. Corporations never have to pay real cost-of-living increases to their employees. The term "unemployment" has also been steadily redefined. This has rendered official data on employment worthless. In real terms about 10 percent of the working population is unemployed, a figure that is, over the long run, unsustainable.

The economy, despite the official statistics, is not growing. It is shrinking. And as the nation crumbles we are awash with the terrible simplicity of false statistics. We confuse our emotional responses, carefully manipulated by advertisers, pundits, spin doctors, television hosts, political consultants and focus groups, with knowledge. It is how we elect presidents and those we send to Congress, how we make decisions, even decisions to go to war. It is how we view the world. Four media giants-AOL-Time Warner, Viacom, Disney, and Rupert Murdoch's NewsGroup-control nearly everything we read, see and hear. This growing disconnect with reality is the hallmark of a totalitarian state.

"Before they seize power and establish a world according to their doctrines," Hannah Arendt wrote, "totalitarian movements conjure up a lying world of consistency which is more adequate to the needs of the human mind than reality itself; in which, through sheer imagination, uprooted masses can feel at home and are spared the never-ending shocks which real life and real experiences deal to human beings and their expectations.

The force possessed by totalitarian propaganda-before the movements have the power to drop iron curtains to prevent anyone's disturbing, by the slightest reality, the gruesome quiet of an entirely imaginary world-lies in its ability to shut the masses off from the real world."

So what do we do? Voting is not enough. If voting was that effective, to quote the activist Philip Berrigan, it would be illegal. And voting in an age when elections are stolen by rigged ballot machines and a stacked Supreme Court willing to overturn all legal precedent to make George Bush president, will not work.

I am not saying do not vote. We should all vote. But that has to be the starting point if we want to reclaim America. We must lobby, organize and advocate for the dissolution of the World Trade Organization and NAFTA. The WTO and NAFTA have handcuffed workers, consumers and stymied our efforts to create clean environments.

These agreements are beyond the control of our courts and have crippled our weakened regulatory agencies. The WTO forces our working class to compete with brutalized child and prison labor overseas, to be reduced to this level of slave labor or to go without meaningful work.

We need to repeal the anti-worker Taft-Hartley law of 1947. The act obstructs the organization of unions. We need to transfer control of pension funds from management to workers. If these pension funds, worth trillions of dollars, were in the hands of workers the working class would own a third of the New York Stock Exchange.

The working class has every right to be, to steal a line from Obama, bitter with liberal elites. I am bitter. I have seen what the loss of manufacturing jobs and the death of the labor movement did to my relatives in the former mill towns in Maine. Their story is the story of tens of millions of Americans who can no longer find a job that supports a family and provides basic benefits. Human beings are not commodities. They are not goods. They grieve, and suffer and feel despair. They raise children and struggle to maintain communities.

The growing class divide is not understood, despite the glibness of many in the media, by complicated sets of statistics or the absurd, utopian faith in unregulated globalization and complicated trade deals. It is understood in the eyes of a man or woman who is no longer making enough money to live with dignity and hope.

George Bush, who will be here on Saturday, has done more to shred, violate or absent the government from its obligations under domestic and international law. He has refused to sign the Kyoto Protocol, backed out of the Anti-Ballistic Missile Treaty, tried to kill the International Criminal Court, walked out on negotiations on chemical and biological weapons, and defied the Geneva Convention and human rights law.

He has set up offshore penal colonies where we deny detainees basic rights and openly engage in torture. He launched an illegal war in Iraq based on fabricated evidence we now know had been discredited even before it was made public. And if we as citizens do not hold him accountable for these crimes, if we allow the Democratic majority in Congress to get away with its refusal to begin the process of impeachment, which appears likely, we will be complicit in the codification of a new world order, one that will have terrifying consequences.

For a world without treaties, statutes and laws is a world where any nation, from a rogue nuclear state to a great imperial power, will be able to invoke its domestic laws to annul its obligations to others. This new order will undo five decades of international cooperation-largely put in place by the United States-destroy our own constitutional rights and thrust us into a Hobbesian nightmare. We are one, maybe two, terrorist attacks away from a police state. Time is running out.

We must not allow international laws and treaties-ones that set minimum standards of behavior and provide a framework for competing social, political, economic and religious groups and interests to resolve differences-to be discarded.

The exercise of power without law is tyranny. And the consequences of George Bush's violation of the law, his creation of legal black holes that can swallow American citizens along with those outside our borders, run in a direct line from the White House to Abu Ghraib, Guantanamo and military brigs in cities such as Charleston.

George Bush-we now know from the leaked Downing Street memo-fabricated a legal pretext for war. He decided to charge Saddam Hussein with the material breach of the resolution passed in the wake of the 1991 Gulf War. He had no evidence that Saddam Hussein was in breach of this resolution. And so he and his advisers manufactured reports of weapons of mass destruction and disseminated them to a frightened and manipulated press and public. In short, he lied. He lied to us and to the rest of the world.

There are tens of thousands, perhaps a few hundred thousand people, who have been killed and maimed in a war that has no legal justification, a war waged in violation of international law, a war that under the post-Nuremberg laws is defined as "a criminal war of aggression."

We have blundered into nations we know little about. We are caught between bitter rivalries and competing ethnic groups and leaders we do not understand. We are trying to transplant a modern system of politics invented in Europe characterized, among other things, by the division of earth into independent secular states based on national citizenship in a land where the belief in a secular civil government is an alien creed. Iraq was a cesspool for the British when they occupied it in 1917. It will be a cesspool for us as well. We can either begin an orderly withdrawal or watch the mission collapse.

A rule-based world matters. The creation of international bodies and laws, the sanctity of our constitutional rights, have allowed us to stand pre-eminent as a nation-one that seeks at its best to respect and defend the rule of law. If we demolish the fragile and delicate domestic and international order, if we permit George Bush to create a world where diplomacy, broad cooperation, democracy and law are worthless, if we allow these international and domestic legal safeguards to unravel, our moral and political authority will plummet. We will erode the possibility of cooperation between nation-states, including our closest allies. We will lose our country. And we will, in the end, see visited upon us the evils we visit on others.

Read Antigone, when the king imposes his will without listening to those he rules or Thucydides' history. Read how Athens' expanding empire saw it become a tyrant abroad and then a tyrant at home. How the tyranny the Athenian leadership imposed on others it finally imposed on itself. This, Thucydides wrote, is what doomed Athenian democracy; Athens destroyed itself.

For the primary instrument of tyranny and empire is war and war is a poison, a poison which at times we must ingest just as a cancer patient must ingest a poison to survive. But if we do not understand the poison of war-if we do not understand how deadly that poison is-it can kill us just as surely as the disease.

"Hope, St. Augustine wrote, has two beautiful daughters. They are anger and courage. Anger at the way things are and the courage to see they do not remain the way they are." We stand at the verge of a massive economic dislocation, one forcing millions of families from their homes and into severe financial distress, one that threatens to rend the fabric of our society.

We are waging a war that devours lives and capital, and that cannot ultimately be won. We are told we need to give up our rights to be safe, to be protected. In short, we are made afraid. We are told to hand over all that is best about our nation to those like George Bush and Dick Cheney who seek to destroy our nation.

A state of fear only engenders cruelty; cruelty, fear, insanity, and then paralysis. In the center of Dante's circle the damned remained motionless. If we do not become angry, if we do not muster within us the courage, indeed the militancy, to challenge those in the Democratic and Republican parties who herd us towards the corporate state, we will have squandered our courage and our integrity when we need it most.

Home

The above picture while humorous, does in a true fashion show racketeering at a low level. The family should not be a racket, but mostly it is. What is absolutely the BEST should be what drives everything the family does--but this is no longer the case. Essentially, two young people fall in love and have sex. Whether by accident or on purpose, they make new humans. At this point, the racket they gain is NOT HAVING TO FACE WHO THEY ARE OR WHAT LIFE IS ALL ABOUT. The life of their children become the driving force for everything, even though all parents are doing is passing on the unsolved problem of existence on to their children; who will do the same to their children and so on, so the troubling question hopefully doesn't have to be answered. Its a sure-fire escape from reality--for at least 80-100 years.

This is why the premature death of parent's children strikes such an emotional response from today's aging, Post-WW2 "baby boomers". Their entire comfort zone of not having to face self has been stripped away and their own mortality is in their face--yet again. Children are death's consolation prize that we are somehow going to live on.

Church

The church should be THE place where the TRUTH is researched and examined and propagated to not even allow the racketeers to take control; but as you can see the church has failed. The typical rant against the church is it "got all fat and happy" and the Lord Jesus Christ does say this is a contributing factor in the book of Revelation in the Bible. However, this is not it--its the rejection of the love of TRUTH being our first love in favor of comfortable consumerism rackets that has caused the church to become its own peace-of-mind, God-isn't-mad-at-me racket.

You can say, "hey! waita minute! I always hear social commentary in church condemning this or that" etc. etc.

In America, the church has created a save-machine racket. Basically, even though Christ forgives us of ALL sins when we accept his pardon ONE TIME, the church makes one constantly feel inadequate over myriad sins of the flesh dating back to 19th century revivalism and one has to keep going forward in altar calls each Sunday--which of course keeps the full-time ministry staff employed and buildings built and maintained, so there you have it--another racket. Most Americans think church is a BUILDING when actually its supposed to be a GROUP OF PEOPLE WHO BELIEVE. Jim Baumgaertel writes:

The Evangelical Subculture

Two Different Conversions

When I became a follower of Jesus Christ I underwent two different conversions, although I didn't realize it at the time. First, I was converted from my old life into the Body of Christ by reconciliation with God through Jesus. Hallelujah! At about the same time I bought into the Evangelical Subculture under the false impression that it WAS the Body of Christ. It took me years to realize the difference between the two.

I had been aware of "Christendom": that worldly religious structure consisting of political and economic empires and bureaucracies, both Protestant and Catholic, that had fought religious wars and undertaken crusades to retake the "Holy Land", that had burned people at the stake, that continued to preach false Christs and false gospels of works, and that continues to talk about the counterfeit unity called Ecumenicalism.

But I had not understood the nature of the Evangelical Subculture, that is a part of the worldly structure of "Christendom". This subculture has its own organizations and institutions, denominations, parachurch organizations; its own magazines and radio stations and TV networks; its own schools and colleges and universities; its own celebrities; its own music industry and book stores; its own marketing and advertising worlds.

Like Joining a Club

The tragedy of the Evangelical Subculture is that people who have a sincere desire to follow Jesus get side tracked into a zeal for being a part of this worldly system. It is like joining a club. The club member begins to wear the clothes and trinkets bought at the "Christian" book stores; watch "Christian" TV and listen to "Christian" radio; buy the latest fad books that sweep the "Christian media"; subscribe to the "Christian" magazines; worship the "Christian" celebrities; use all the latest jargon promoted in the latest books by the celebrity authors.

A cult-like mentality develops among people who see this Evangelical system as identical to the Body of Christ. Their zeal is for the trappings of the subculture. It is its own religion. If someone tries to point out the unbiblical nature of some aspect of this subculture people will take offense because you are criticizing their religion. The subculture becomes the message. The "gospel" that people preach is for conversion to the system, not really to Jesus Christ.

The Subculture, Institutionalism, and Deception

The pop culture of Evangelicalism feeds on institutionalism, denominationalism, "non-denominational" institutional church organizations, and the professional clergy system. The professional clergy and their church organizations, in turn, find an indoctrinated constituency to fill their pews and programs. Both the subculture and the institutional churches turn a relationship with Jesus and his people into a participation in a religion and a lifestyle.

This Evangelical Subculture has played a major role in setting professing Christians up for deception. It seduces people to think and act like the subculture--instead of reading the Bible for themselves and deriving their understanding from the Bible. It has been this subculture that has infected the Evangelicals with psychology, self-esteem, political action and social activism, unity at the expense of sound doctrine, mysticism, and cult attachments to gurus, movements, and organizations. Ultimately, the end of this deception is a merging of the Evangelical Subculture with the global counterfeit religious vision.

We ought to be content with the simplicity of following Jesus and being the Body of Christ together with those the Lord provides for fellowship, according to the teachings of the Apostles in the New Testament.

Jim Baumgaertel

Proclamation, Invitation, and Warning

http://procinwarn.com

jimbaum@procinwarn.com

Jim has done a brilliant job of describing the CHURCH RACKET.

A racket is a less-than-optimal, never-ending "solutional" good/service that can be milked indefinitely for gain of the racketeers.

In the Church Racket you never fully get "saved" you are always dirty and in need of an altar call which keeps the Church Racket going and the racketeers fed.

His analysis was great until the end. His conclusion that all we need to do is be pious on our own and be oblivious to all that's going on around us so as not to be in the Church Racket is wrong. Read Francis Schaeffer's works.

"Jesus was a carpenter".

He built things, he offered TANGIBLE things to the world and he also assembled together a Special Forces "A" Team of 12 disciples to DO THINGS.

What we need are small units of REAL CHRISTIANS taking on REAL world problems to be the salt preservative of society as well as preaching the gospel to get their loyalty established to God's team via the pardon of Christ. If you or anyone does nothing tangible in regards to the world we live in and only take part in a save machine you are an accomplice to the evil world order that sustains you. If all Christianity is a bunch of people waiting to die, we are violating Jesus Christ's example to be a carpenter and do tangible things. Here is my take on what Christians should do:

combatreform.org/braveamerican.htm

Media

The rise of the mass media at the turn of the century has been paid for by corporations to make the people hunger for their products with increasingly evil psychological manipulations. CIA operative and Freud relative Edward Bernays taught American corporations how to pervert the American public to become consumers driven by their urges--instead of citizens driven by their conscience. The way television (TV)--a one-way medium without accountability--in contrast to the previous 2-way written words on paper documents and books has damned America from the early 1950s into a vegetable state of tired people coming home from work hypnotized by its programming and commercials--no accident instigated by the CIA's mind control folks at Stanford Research Institute and other locations as part of Operation MOCKINGBIRD--the illegal treason instigated against the American people for the Illuminati.

A word to the wise about "social media" that some claim acts as a counterweight to what the Illuminati are doing as expressed by the "Arab Spring" revolt began by a freedom fighter's self-immolation.

If the social media means are used to further narcissism--then its another tool for population control by absorbing up individual's time with which to think or possibly "fight city hall"--exactly like the weak ego-driven Germans were in the 1930s/40s. Illuminati historian Carroll Quigley ironically makes the warning in his for many years, secret book: Tragedy & Hope:

http://youtu.be/Ss_sLBOAurU

alexanderhamiltoninstitute.org/lp/Hancock/CD-ROMS/GlobalFederation\World%20Trade%20Federation%20-%2098%20-%20Tragedy%20and%20Hope.html

"A second notable carryover from childhood to adult German life was egocentricity. The whole world seems to any child to revolve around it, and most societies have provided ways in which the adolescent is disabused of this error. The German leaves childhood so abruptly that he rarely learns this fact of the universe, and spends the rest of his life creating a network of established relationships centering on himself. Since this is his aim in life, he sees no need to make any effort to see anything from any point of view other than his own. The consequence is a most damaging inability to do this. Each class or group is totally unsympathetic to any point-of-view except the egocentric one of the viewer himself. His union, his company, his composer, his poet, his party, his neighborhood are the best, almost the only acceptable, examples of the class, and all others must be denigrated. As part of this process a German usually chooses for himself his favorite flower, musical composition, beer, club, painting, or opera, and sees little value or merit in any other. Yet at the same time, he insists that his myopic or narrow-angled vision of the universe must be universalized, because no people are more insistent on the role of the absolute or the universal as the framework of their own egocentricity. One deplorable consequence of this has been the social animosities rampant in a Germany which has loudly proclaimed its rigid solidarity."

Corporations

Work

The classic feudal system of the rich land owner having a walled castle with which peasant farmers could flee to in case of attack is not much different from today's situation where only the rich have the CAPITAL to set-up economic activities that can provide a steady employment for those without capital and/or are less motivated-talented to come up with a compelling goods/services. Frank Capra's George Bailey (Jimmy Stewart) in the most important movie ever made, It's a Wonderful Life demonstrates modern life's battle against evil men in vivid detail; the moral man who sees his duty as providing a livelihood for others around him is always up against the Illuminati (Potter) who despise the simpletons who need some economic co-dependence relationship.

http://youtu.be/Or-f0vSjbW4

Government

With the Rockefeller Illuminati taking over the social fabric of American life making us into the defacto 4th Reich, it's hard to differentiate what is public and what is private. It doesn't matter to the evil elites; all they want is a free hand to do whatsoever they will without any public scrutiny least of all any intelligent, logical, moral scrutiny. The corruption of the American political system has taken place over many years since in the beginning it was a beautifully balanced arrangement that enabled enlightened citizens to actually steer the country if they elected a moral President of the United States (POTUS). Others will disagree and conclude America has always been a greedy and murderous nation. Regardless, the key departure point for the helm of America being lost has to be the 1912-1913 time frame when the direct election of Senators and automatic income tax abominations were foisted upon us. Details:

The Brave American

Schools

There are dozens of books and movies retelling the daily horrors that take place in our public school system that brutalizes our children to conform to society--or else. However, there are no Hollywood movies depicting how if one conforms to the school's lemming formula how the result is death in a concocted corporate war or a life of meaningless consumption and irrelevance. Oliver Stone's Born on the 4th of July hints at the former, but at best we have several movies calling on youth to non-conform--which is actually a form of conformity since it's merely REACTING against the initiatives of the Illuminati which is what they want a segment of the populace to do.

Police/Courts

Freedom of speech doesn't work if TANGIBLE ACTIONS don't follow...

As if you need ANY proof that America's courts are corrupt, just look at how they have REFUSED to bring ANY of the 9/11 False Flag Attack treason criminals to justice. It's an open secret that the Bush administration did 9/11 to rev up the mil-industrial complex for the Rockefeller Illuminati Nazi Neocons, yet when FACTS are presented, the legal powers of tell-the-truth or be imprisoned for perjury are not used to depose such criminals like Dick Cheney and his stooge, George W. Bush. BS laws like "sovereign immunity" that somehow when acting as a high governmental official they can perpetrate high crimes must be stricken from the books forever. No one should be above MORAL LAWS--to include the nation-state government. Means must be established that when a crime is perpetrated by possibly the USG, an OUTSIDE agency from an allied country should investigate and report its findings to both Congress and the American people so justice is not obstructed by the criminals themselves.

Military

General Butler's book is remarkable in many ways. Essentially he's calling on WE THE PEOPLE through our federal government to do 3 things; one take-over all war industry corporations and put them on a private E1's salary, two to have ALL the military service eligible men to VOTE on whether to go to war or not, and three, restrict the U.S. military to operations no farther than 200 miles to shore.

The tragedy is that Butler is right about steps 1 and 2. We should amend the U.S. Constitution to enable these measures. We have to be clever so DoD doesn't work around the military age male vote by going to push-button, robotic wars. The problem is Butler is wrong about step 3 the 200 mile limit and this is used by his nay-sayers to overthrow the first two sound measures. Its too bad Butler died before WW2 began to comment on it, even better if he could have hung on past 1945 to comment like H.G. Wells did. I would not be surprised if Butler was murdered. The 200 mile offensive/defensive limit sadly is not adequate in an age of long-range ballistic missiles with nuclear warheads aptly explained by LTG Gavin in his 1958 book, War and Peace in the space Age:

combatreform.org/warandpeaceinthespaceage.htm

We need to advocate a "Butler Modified" Plan. This would be his first two points and the third point replaced by a military that can launch punitive raids and regime change wars if the threat of a genuine Hitler threat appears who is capable or is already attacking us indirectly with sub-national conflict means. Phony threats like Al-CIAduh do not count.

Iran for example, would have to be shown as being such a threat to first the Congress and then the military age males for a vote before we went to war. IMHO, we should do away with the all volunteer/victim force/farce so the corporations do not have a group of weak egolings eager to self-validate and/or cash-in financially from corporate wars of convenience. America should have a mandatory 2-year active duty and perpetual reserve service thereafter national service of ALL its citizens and those in the military service would get to vote on wars.

An EXCELLENT new film on war is "Shooter" starring Mark Wahlberg. Aside from being technotactically accurate on current weaponry and fieldcraft, it presents a compelling case for Butler's racket theory of wars being started by corporations and Wahlberg's character as a retired marine gunnery sergeant missing the action being drawn into the role of Lee Harvey Oswald patsy/fall guy. The movie then poses the situation of what if? LHO was COMPETENT and escaped the ring of security during the assassination event? The film also at the end of the journey arrives at an U.S. Senator played with Academy Award-worthy skill by Ned Beatty bought off by the corporations telling Wahlberg that the ends justify the means because the corporations provide jobs for the people ie, the social fabric otherwise they'd be still living in grass huts. Another scoundrel Wahlberg encounters explains its not the actual shooters that matter since like him, they are expendable to the corporate interests, its BASIC HUMAN NATURE to racketeer that is to blame and its a cancer impossible to pinpoint just on one group or individuals and get rid of them as it will pop up again. Since metaphysically its basic human ego and greed we are fighting, our SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT must be first restored to its original founding father's intended checks and balances but then IMPROVED ON to account for the industrial age creating massive pools of money from making widgets/gallons of goop used to RACKETEER.

Another remarkable thing about Butler is that HE REFERS TO HIMSELF AS A SOLDIER not a "marine". He is clearly not like today's narcissistic egomaniac gyrenes full of their own circular illogic and incompetences. The technical advisor for "Shooter" former sniper Pat Garrity appears to be of the same humble professional mindset as Butler judging from the behind-the-scenes segment on how the movie was made. Its too bad the majority of today's marines are not like Butler and Garrity and instead are caught up in their own ego racket.

War is a Racket was published in 1935 by Round Table Press, Inc., New York. It was condensed in Reader's Digest as a book supplement, with an introduction by Lowell Thomas, who praised Butler's "...moral as well as physical courage... "

Hans Schmidt, in his 1987 biography of Butler, Maverick Marine: General Smedley D. Butler and the Contradictions of American Military History, offers the following assessment: "Much of War is a Racket was stock antiwar, anti-imperialist idiom, part of an American tradition dating back to the eighteenth century. Butler's particular contribution was his recantation, denouncing war on moral grounds after having been a warrior hero and spending most of his life as a military insider. The theme remained vigorously patriotic and nationalistic, decrying imperialism as a disgrace rooted in the greed of a privileged few."

Chapter One

WAR IS A RACKET WAR is a racket. It always has been.

It is possibly the oldest, easily the most profitable, surely the most vicious. It is the only one international in scope. It is the only one in which the profits are reckoned in dollars and the losses in lives.

A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the majority of the people. Only a small "inside" group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few, at the expense of the very many. Out of war a few people make huge fortunes.

In the World War a mere handful garnered the profits of the conflict. At least 21,000 new millionaires and billionaires were made in the United States during the World War. That many admitted their huge blood gains in their income tax returns. How many other war millionaires falsified their tax returns no one knows.

How many of these war millionaires shouldered a rifle? How many of them dug a trench? How many of them knew what it meant to go hungry in a rat-infested dug-out? How many of them spent sleepless, frightened nights, ducking shells and shrapnel and machine gun bullets? How many of them parried a bayonet thrust of an enemy? How many of them were wounded or killed in battle?

Out of war nations acquire additional territory, if they are victorious. They just take it. This newly acquired territory promptly is exploited by the few - the selfsame few who wrung dollars out of blood in the war. The general public shoulders the bill.

And what is this bill?

This bill renders a horrible accounting. Newly placed gravestones. Mangled bodies. Shattered minds. Broken hearts and homes. Economic instability. Depression and all its attendant miseries. Back-breaking taxation for generations and generations.

For a great many years, as a Soldier, I had a suspicion that war was a racket; not until I retired to civil life did I fully realize it. Now that I see the international war clouds gathering, as they are today, I must face it and speak out.

Again they are choosing sides. France and Russia met and agreed to stand side by side. Italy and Austria hurried to make a similar agreement. Poland and Germany cast sheep's eyes at each other, forgetting for the nonce [one unique occasion], their dispute over the Polish Corridor.

The assassination of King Alexander of Jugoslavia [Yugoslavia] complicated matters. Jugoslavia and Hungary, long bitter enemies, were almost at each other's throats. Italy was ready to jump in. But France was waiting. So was Czechoslovakia. All of them are looking ahead to war. Not the people - not those who fight and pay and die - only those who foment wars and remain safely at home to profit.

There are 40,000,000 men under arms in the world today, and our statesmen and diplomats have the temerity to say that war is not in the making.

Hell's bells! Are these 40,000,000 men being trained to be dancers?

Not in Italy, to be sure. Premier Mussolini knows what they are being trained for. He, at least, is frank enough to speak out. Only the other day, Il Duce in "International Conciliation," the publication of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, said:

"And above all, Fascism, the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite apart from political considerations of the moment, believes neither in the possibility nor the utility of perpetual peace... War alone brings up to its highest tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the people who have the courage to meet it."

Undoubtedly Mussolini means exactly what he says. His well-trained army, his great fleet of planes, and even his navy are ready for war - anxious for it, apparently. His recent stand at the side of Hungary in the latter's dispute with Jugoslavia showed that. And the hurried mobilization of his troops on the Austrian border after the assassination of Dollfuss showed it too. There are others in Europe too whose sabre rattling presages war, sooner or later.

Herr Hitler, with his rearming Germany and his constant demands for more and more arms, is an equal if not greater menace to peace. France only recently increased the term of military service for its youth from a year to eighteen months.

Yes, all over, nations are camping in their arms. The mad dogs of Europe are on the loose. In the Orient the maneuvering is more adroit. Back in 1904, when Russia and Japan fought, we kicked out our old friends the Russians and backed Japan. Then our very generous international bankers were financing Japan. Now the trend is to poison us against the Japanese. What does the "open door" policy to China mean to us? Our trade with China is about $90,000,000 a year. Or the Philippine Islands? We have spent about $600,000,000 in the Philippines in thirty-five years and we (our bankers and industrialists and speculators) have private investments there of less than $200,000,000.

Then, to save that China trade of about $90,000,000, or to protect these private investments of less than $200,000,000 in the Philippines, we would be all stirred up to hate Japan and go to war - a war that might well cost us tens of billions of dollars, hundreds of thousands of lives of Americans, and many more hundreds of thousands of physically maimed and mentally unbalanced men.

Of course, for this loss, there would be a compensating profit - fortunes would be made. Millions and billions of dollars would be piled up. By a few. Munitions makers. Bankers. Ship builders. Manufacturers. Meat packers. Speculators. They would fare well.

Yes, they are getting ready for another war. Why shouldn't they? It pays high dividends.

But what does it profit the men who are killed? What does it profit their mothers and sisters, their wives and their sweethearts? What does it profit their children?

What does it profit anyone except the very few to whom war means huge profits?

Yes, and what does it profit the nation?

Take our own case. Until 1898 we didn't own a bit of territory outside the mainland of North America. At that time our national debt was a little more than $1,000,000,000. Then we became "internationally minded." We forgot, or shunted aside, the advice of the Father of our country. We forgot George Washington's warning about "entangling alliances." We went to war. We acquired outside territory. At the end of the World War period, as a direct result of our fiddling in international affairs, our national debt had jumped to over $25,000,000,000. Our total favorable trade balance during the twenty-five-year period was about $24,000,000,000. Therefore, on a purely bookkeeping basis, we ran a little behind year for year, and that foreign trade might well have been ours without the wars.

It would have been far cheaper (not to say safer) for the average American who pays the bills to stay out of foreign entanglements. For a very few this racket, like bootlegging and other underworld rackets, brings fancy profits, but the cost of operations is always transferred to the people - who do not profit.

Chapter Two

WHO MAKES THE PROFITS?

The World War, rather our brief participation in it, has cost the United States some $52,000,000,000. Figure it out. That means $400 to every American man, woman, and child. And we haven't paid the debt yet. We are paying it, our children will pay it, and our children's children probably still will be paying the cost of that war.

The normal profits of a business concern in the United States are six, eight, ten, and sometimes twelve percent. But war-time profits - ah! that is another matter - twenty, sixty, one hundred, three hundred, and even eighteen hundred per cent - the sky is the limit. All that traffic will bear. Uncle Sam has the money. Let's get it.

Of course, it isn't put that crudely in war time. It is dressed into speeches about patriotism, love of country, and "we must all put our shoulders to the wheel," but the profits jump and leap and skyrocket - and are safely pocketed. Let's just take a few examples:

Take our friends the du Ponts, the powder people - didn't one of them testify before a Senate committee recently that their powder won the war? Or saved the world for democracy? Or something? How did they do in the war? They were a patriotic corporation. Well, the average earnings of the du Ponts for the period 1910 to 1914 were $6,000,000 a year. It wasn't much, but the du Ponts managed to get along on it. Now let's look at their average yearly profit during the war years, 1914 to 1918. Fifty-eight million dollars a year profit we find! Nearly ten times that of normal times, and the profits of normal times were pretty good. An increase in profits of more than 950 per cent.

Take one of our little steel companies that patriotically shunted aside the making of rails and girders and bridges to manufacture war materials. Well, their 1910-1914 yearly earnings averaged $6,000,000. Then came the war. And, like loyal citizens, Bethlehem Steel promptly turned to munitions making. Did their profits jump - or did they let Uncle Sam in for a bargain? Well, their 1914-1918 average was $49,000,000 a year!

Or, let's take United States Steel. The normal earnings during the five-year period prior to the war were $105,000,000 a year. Not bad. Then along came the war and up went the profits. The average yearly profit for the period 1914-1918 was $240,000,000. Not bad.

There you have some of the steel and powder earnings. Let's look at something else. A little copper, perhaps. That always does well in war times.

Anaconda, for instance. Average yearly earnings during the pre-war years 1910-1914 of $10,000,000. During the war years 1914-1918 profits leaped to $34,000,000 per year.

Or Utah Copper. Average of $5,000,000 per year during the 1910-1914 period. Jumped to an average of $21,000,000 yearly profits for the war period.

Let's group these five, with three smaller companies. The total yearly average profits of the pre-war period 1910-1914 were $137,480,000. Then along came the war. The average yearly profits for this group skyrocketed to $408,300,000.

A little increase in profits of approximately 200 per cent.

Does war pay? It paid them. But they aren't the only ones. There are still others. Let's take leather.

For the three-year period before the war the total profits of Central Leather Company were $3,500,000. That was approximately $1,167,000 a year. Well, in 1916 Central Leather returned a profit of $15,000,000, a small increase of 1,100 per cent. That's all. The General Chemical Company averaged a profit for the three years before the war of a little over $800,000 a year. Came the war, and the profits jumped to $12,000,000. a leap of 1,400 per cent.

International Nickel Company - and you can't have a war without nickel - showed an increase in profits from a mere average of $4,000,000 a year to $73,000,000 yearly. Not bad? An increase of more than 1,700 per cent.

American Sugar Refining Company averaged $2,000,000 a year for the three years before the war. In 1916 a profit of $6,000,000 was recorded.

Listen to Senate Document No. 259. The Sixty-Fifth Congress, reporting on corporate earnings and government revenues. Considering the profits of 122 meat packers, 153 cotton manufacturers, 299 garment makers, 49 steel plants, and 340 coal producers during the war. Profits under 25 per cent were exceptional. For instance the coal companies made between 100 per cent and 7,856 per cent on their capital stock during the war. The Chicago packers doubled and tripled their earnings.

And let us not forget the bankers who financed the great war. If anyone had the cream of the profits it was the bankers. Being partnerships rather than incorporated organizations, they do not have to report to stockholders. And their profits were as secret as they were immense. How the bankers made their millions and their billions I do not know, because those little secrets never become public - even before a Senate investigatory body.

But here's how some of the other patriotic industrialists and speculators chiseled their way into war profits.

Take the shoe people. They like war. It brings business with abnormal profits. They made huge profits on sales abroad to our allies. Perhaps, like the munitions manufacturers and armament makers, they also sold to the enemy. For a dollar is a dollar whether it comes from Germany or from France. But they did well by Uncle Sam too. For instance, they sold Uncle Sam 35,000,000 pairs of hobnailed service shoes. There were 4,000,000 Soldiers. Eight pairs, and more, to a Soldier. My regiment during the war had only one pair to a Soldier. Some of these shoes probably are still in existence. They were good shoes. But when the war was over Uncle Sam has a matter of 25,000,000 pairs left over. Bought - and paid for. Profits recorded and pocketed.

There was still lots of leather left. So the leather people sold your Uncle Sam hundreds of thousands of McClellan saddles for the cavalry. But there wasn't any American cavalry overseas! Somebody had to get rid of this leather, however. Somebody had to make a profit in it - so we had a lot of McClellan saddles. And we probably have those yet.

Also somebody had a lot of mosquito netting. They sold your Uncle Sam 20,000,000 mosquito nets for the use of the Soldiers overseas. I suppose the boys were expected to put it over them as they tried to sleep in muddy trenches - one hand scratching cooties on their backs and the other making passes at scurrying rats. Well, not one of these mosquito nets ever got to France!

Anyhow, these thoughtful manufacturers wanted to make sure that no Soldier would be without his mosquito net, so 40,000,000 additional yards of mosquito netting were sold to Uncle Sam.

There were pretty good profits in mosquito netting in those days, even if there were no mosquitoes in France. I suppose, if the war had lasted just a little longer, the enterprising mosquito netting manufacturers would have sold your Uncle Sam a couple of consignments of mosquitoes to plant in France so that more mosquito netting would be in order.

Airplane and engine manufacturers felt they, too, should get their just profits out of this war. Why not? Everybody else was getting theirs. So $1,000,000,000 - count them if you live long enough - was spent by Uncle Sam in building airplane engines that never left the ground! Not one plane, or motor, out of the billion dollars worth ordered, ever got into a battle in France. Just the same the manufacturers made their little profit of 30, 100, or perhaps 300 per cent.

Undershirts for Soldiers cost 14¢ [cents] to make and uncle Sam paid 30¢ to 40¢ each for them - a nice little profit for the undershirt manufacturer. And the stocking manufacturer and the uniform manufacturers and the cap manufacturers and the steel helmet manufacturers - all got theirs.

Why, when the war was over some 4,000,000 sets of equipment - knapsacks and the things that go to fill them - crammed warehouses on this side. Now they are being scrapped because the regulations have changed the contents. But the manufacturers collected their wartime profits on them - and they will do it all over again the next time.

There were lots of brilliant ideas for profit making during the war.

One very versatile patriot sold Uncle Sam twelve dozen 48-inch wrenches. Oh, they were very nice wrenches. The only trouble was that there was only one nut ever made that was large enough for these wrenches. That is the one that holds the turbines at Niagara Falls. Well, after Uncle Sam had bought them and the manufacturer had pocketed the profit, the wrenches were put on freight cars and shunted all around the United States in an effort to find a use for them. When the Armistice was signed it was indeed a sad blow to the wrench manufacturer. He was just about to make some nuts to fit the wrenches. Then he planned to sell these, too, to your Uncle Sam.

Still another had the brilliant idea that colonels shouldn't ride in automobiles, nor should they even ride on horseback. One has probably seen a picture of Andy Jackson riding in a buckboard. Well, some 6,000 buckboards were sold to Uncle Sam for the use of colonels! Not one of them was used. But the buckboard manufacturer got his war profit.

The shipbuilders felt they should come in on some of it, too. They built a lot of ships that made a lot of profit. More than $3,000,000,000 worth. Some of the ships were all right. But $635,000,000 worth of them were made of wood and wouldn't float! The seams opened up - and they sank. We paid for them, though. And somebody pocketed the profits.

It has been estimated by statisticians and economists and researchers that the war cost your Uncle Sam $52,000,000,000. Of this sum, $39,000,000,000 was expended in the actual war itself. This expenditure yielded $16,000,000,000 in profits. That is how the 21,000 billionaires and millionaires got that way. This $16,000,000,000 profits is not to be sneezed at. It is quite a tidy sum. And it went to a very few.

The Senate (Nye) committee probe of the munitions industry and its wartime profits, despite its sensational disclosures, hardly has scratched the surface.

Even so, it has had some effect. The State Department has been studying "for some time" methods of keeping out of war. The War Department suddenly decides it has a wonderful plan to spring. The Administration names a committee - with the War and Navy Departments ably represented under the chairmanship of a Wall Street speculator - to limit profits in war time. To what extent isn't suggested. Hmmm. Possibly the profits of 300 and 600 and 1,600 per cent of those who turned blood into gold in the World War would be limited to some smaller figure.

Apparently, however, the plan does not call for any limitation of losses - that is, the losses of those who fight the war. As far as I have been able to ascertain there is nothing in the scheme to limit a Soldier to the loss of but one eye, or one arm, or to limit his wounds to one or two or three. Or to limit the loss of life.

There is nothing in this scheme, apparently, that says not more than 12 per cent of a regiment shall be wounded in battle, or that not more than 7 per cent in a division shall be killed.

Of course, the committee cannot be bothered with such trifling matters.

Chapter Three

WHO PAYS THE BILLS?

Who provides the profits - these nice little profits of 20, 100, 300, 1,500 and 1,800 per cent? We all pay them - in taxation. We paid the bankers their profits when we bought Liberty Bonds at $100.00 and sold them back at $84 or $86 to the bankers. These bankers collected $100 plus. It was a simple manipulation. The bankers control the security marts. It was easy for them to depress the price of these bonds. Then all of us - the people - got frightened and sold the bonds at $84 or $86. The bankers bought them. Then these same bankers stimulated a boom and government bonds went to par - and above. Then the bankers collected their profits.

But the Soldier pays the biggest part of the bill.

If you don't believe this, visit the American cemeteries on the battlefields abroad. Or visit any of the veteran's hospitals in the United States. On a tour of the country, in the midst of which I am at the time of this writing, I have visited eighteen government hospitals for veterans. In them are a total of about 50,000 destroyed men - men who were the pick of the nation eighteen years ago. The very able chief surgeon at the government hospital; at Milwaukee, where there are 3,800 of the living dead, told me that mortality among veterans is three times as great as among those who stayed at home.

Boys with a normal viewpoint were taken out of the fields and offices and factories and classrooms and put into the ranks. There they were remolded; they were made over; they were made to "about face"; to regard murder as the order of the day. They were put shoulder to shoulder and, through mass psychology, they were entirely changed. We used them for a couple of years and trained them to think nothing at all of killing or of being killed.

Then, suddenly, we discharged them and told them to make another "about face" ! This time they had to do their own readjustment, sans [without] mass psychology, sans officers' aid and advice and sans nation-wide propaganda. We didn't need them any more. So we scattered them about without any "three-minute" or "Liberty Loan" speeches or parades. Many, too many, of these fine young boys are eventually destroyed, mentally, because they could not make that final "about face" alone.

In the government hospital in Marion, Indiana, 1,800 of these boys are in pens! Five hundred of them in a barracks with steel bars and wires all around outside the buildings and on the porches. These already have been mentally destroyed. These boys don't even look like human beings. Oh, the looks on their faces! Physically, they are in good shape; mentally, they are gone.

There are thousands and thousands of these cases, and more and more are coming in all the time. The tremendous excitement of the war, the sudden cutting off of that excitement - the young boys couldn't stand it.

That's a part of the bill. So much for the dead - they have paid their part of the war profits. So much for the mentally and physically wounded - they are paying now their share of the war profits. But the others paid, too - they paid with heartbreaks when they tore themselves away from their firesides and their families to don the uniform of Uncle Sam - on which a profit had been made. They paid another part in the training camps where they were regimented and drilled while others took their jobs and their places in the lives of their communities. The paid for it in the trenches where they shot and were shot; where they were hungry for days at a time; where they slept in the mud and the cold and in the rain - with the moans and shrieks of the dying for a horrible lullaby.

But don't forget - the Soldier paid part of the dollars and cents bill too.

Up to and including the Spanish-American War, we had a prize system, and Soldiers and Sailors fought for money. During the Civil War they were paid bonuses, in many instances, before they went into service. The government, or states, paid as high as $1,200 for an enlistment. In the Spanish-American War they gave prize money. When we captured any vessels, the Soldiers all got their share - at least, they were supposed to. Then it was found that we could reduce the cost of wars by taking all the prize money and keeping it, but conscripting [drafting] the Soldier anyway. Then Soldiers couldn't bargain for their labor, Everyone else could bargain, but the Soldier couldn't.

Napoleon once said,

"All men are enamored of decorations...they positively hunger for them."

So by developing the Napoleonic system - the medal business - the government learned it could get Soldiers for less money, because the boys liked to be decorated. Until the Civil War there were no medals. Then the Congressional Medal of Honor was handed out. It made enlistments easier. After the Civil War no new medals were issued until the Spanish-American War.

In the World War, we used propaganda to make the boys accept conscription. They were made to feel ashamed if they didn't join the army.

So vicious was this war propaganda that even God was brought into it. With few exceptions our clergymen joined in the clamor to kill, kill, kill. To kill the Germans. God is on our side...it is His will that the Germans be killed.

And in Germany, the good pastors called upon the Germans to kill the allies...to please the same God. That was a part of the general propaganda, built up to make people war conscious and murder conscious.

Beautiful ideals were painted for our boys who were sent out to die. This was the "war to end all wars." This was the "war to make the world safe for democracy." No one mentioned to them, as they marched away, that their going and their dying would mean huge war profits. No one told these American Soldiers that they might be shot down by bullets made by their own brothers here. No one told them that the ships on which they were going to cross might be torpedoed by submarines built with United States patents. They were just told it was to be a "glorious adventure."

Thus, having stuffed patriotism down their throats, it was decided to make them help pay for the war, too. So, we gave them the large salary of $30 a month.

All they had to do for this munificent sum was to leave their dear ones behind, give up their jobs, lie in swampy trenches, eat canned willy (when they could get it) and kill and kill and kill...and be killed.

But wait!

Half of that wage (just a little more than a riveter in a shipyard or a laborer in a munitions factory safe at home made in a day) was promptly taken from him to support his dependents, so that they would not become a charge upon his community. Then we made him pay what amounted to accident insurance - something the employer pays for in an enlightened state - and that cost him $6 a month. He had less than $9 a month left.

Then, the most crowning insolence of all - he was virtually blackjacked into paying for his own ammunition, clothing, and food by being made to buy Liberty Bonds. Most Soldiers got no money at all on pay days.

We made them buy Liberty Bonds at $100 and then we bought them back - when they came back from the war and couldn't find work - at $84 and $86. And the Soldiers bought about $2,000,000,000 worth of these bonds!

Yes, the Soldier pays the greater part of the bill. His family pays too. They pay it in the same heart-break that he does. As he suffers, they suffer. At nights, as he lay in the trenches and watched shrapnel burst about him, they lay home in their beds and tossed sleeplessly - his father, his mother, his wife, his sisters, his brothers, his sons, and his daughters.

When he returned home minus an eye, or minus a leg or with his mind broken, they suffered too - as much as and even sometimes more than he. Yes, and they, too, contributed their dollars to the profits of the munitions makers and bankers and shipbuilders and the manufacturers and the speculators made. They, too, bought Liberty Bonds and contributed to the profit of the bankers after the Armistice in the hocus-pocus of manipulated Liberty Bond prices.

And even now the families of the wounded men and of the mentally broken and those who never were able to readjust themselves are still suffering and still paying.

Chapter Four

HOW TO SMASH THIS RACKET!

WELL, it's a racket, all right.

A few profit - and the many pay. But there is a way to stop it. You can't end it by disarmament conferences. You can't eliminate it by peace parleys at Geneva. Well-meaning but impractical groups can't wipe it out by resolutions. It can be smashed effectively only by taking the profit out of war.

The only way to smash this racket is to conscript capital and industry and labor before the nations manhood can be conscripted. One month before the Government can conscript the young men of the nation - it must conscript capital and industry and labor. Let the officers and the directors and the high-powered executives of our armament factories and our munitions makers and our shipbuilders and our airplane builders and the manufacturers of all the other things that provide profit in war time as well as the bankers and the speculators, be conscripted - to get $30 a month, the same wage as the lads in the trenches get.

Let the workers in these plants get the same wages - all the workers, all presidents, all executives, all directors, all managers, all bankers -

yes, and all generals and all admirals and all officers and all politicians and all government office holders - everyone in the nation be restricted to a total monthly income not to exceed that paid to the Soldier in the trenches!

Let all these kings and tycoons and masters of business and all those workers in industry and all our senators and governors and majors pay half of their monthly $30 wage to their families and pay war risk insurance and buy Liberty Bonds.

Why shouldn't they?

They aren't running any risk of being killed or of having their bodies mangled or their minds shattered. They aren't sleeping in muddy trenches. They aren't hungry. The Soldiers are!

Give capital and industry and labor thirty days to think it over and you will find, by that time, there will be no war. That will smash the war racket - that and nothing else.

Maybe I am a little too optimistic. Capital still has some say. So capital won't permit the taking of the profit out of war until the people - those who do the suffering and still pay the price - make up their minds that those they elect to office shall do their bidding, and not that of the profiteers.

Another step necessary in this fight to smash the war racket is the limited plebiscite to determine whether a war should be declared. A plebiscite not of all the voters but merely of those who would be called upon to do the fighting and dying. There wouldn't be very much sense in having a 76-year-old president of a munitions factory or the flat-footed head of an international banking firm or the cross-eyed manager of a uniform manufacturing plant - all of whom see visions of tremendous profits in the event of war - voting on whether the nation should go to war or not. They never would be called upon to shoulder arms - to sleep in a trench and to be shot. Only those who would be called upon to risk their lives for their country should have the privilege of voting to determine whether the nation should go to war.

There is ample precedent for restricting the voting to those affected. Many of our states have restrictions on those permitted to vote. In most, it is necessary to be able to read and write before you may vote. In some, you must own property. It would be a simple matter each year for the men coming of military age to register in their communities as they did in the draft during the World War and be examined physically. Those who could pass and who would therefore be called upon to bear arms in the event of war would be eligible to vote in a limited plebiscite. They should be the ones to have the power to decide - and not a Congress few of whose members are within the age limit and fewer still of whom are in physical condition to bear arms. Only those who must suffer should have the right to vote.

A third step in this business of smashing the war racket is to make certain that our military forces are truly forces for defense only.

At each session of Congress the question of further naval appropriations comes up. The swivel-chair admirals of Washington (and there are always a lot of them) are very adroit lobbyists. And they are smart. They don't shout that "We need a lot of battleships to war on this nation or that nation." Oh no. First of all, they let it be known that America is menaced by a great naval power. Almost any day, these admirals will tell you, the great fleet of this supposed enemy will strike suddenly and annihilate 125,000,000 people. Just like that. Then they begin to cry for a larger navy. For what? To fight the enemy? Oh my, no. Oh, no. For defense purposes only.

Then, incidentally, they announce maneuvers in the Pacific. For defense. Uh, huh.

The Pacific is a great big ocean. We have a tremendous coastline on the Pacific. Will the maneuvers be off the coast, two or three hundred miles? Oh, no. The maneuvers will be two thousand, yes, perhaps even thirty-five hundred miles, off the coast.

The Japanese, a proud people, of course will be pleased beyond expression to see the united States fleet so close to Nippon's shores. Even as pleased as would be the residents of California were they to dimly discern through the morning mist, the Japanese fleet playing at war games off Los Angeles.

The ships of our navy, it can be seen, should be specifically limited, by law, to within 200 miles of our coastline. Had that been the law in 1898 the Maine would never have gone to Havana Harbor. She never would have been blown up. There would have been no war with Spain with its attendant loss of life. Two hundred miles is ample, in the opinion of experts, for defense purposes. Our nation cannot start an offensive war if its ships can't go further than 200 miles from the coastline. Planes might be permitted to go as far as 500 miles from the coast for purposes of reconnaissance. And the army should never leave the territorial limits of our nation.

To summarize: Three steps must be taken to smash the war racket.

We must take the profit out of war.

We must permit the youth of the land who would bear arms to decide whether or not there should be war.

We must limit our military forces to home defense purposes.

Chapter Five

TO HELL WITH WAR!

I am not a fool as to believe that war is a thing of the past. I know the people do not want war, but there is no use in saying we cannot be pushed into another war.

Looking back, Woodrow Wilson was re-elected president in 1916 on a platform that he had "kept us out of war" and on the implied promise that he would "keep us out of war." Yet, five months later he asked Congress to declare war on Germany.

In that five-month interval the people had not been asked whether they had changed their minds. The 4,000,000 young men who put on uniforms and marched or sailed away were not asked whether they wanted to go forth to suffer and die.

Then what caused our government to change its mind so suddenly?

Money.

An allied commission, it may be recalled, came over shortly before the war declaration and called on the President. The President summoned a group of advisers. The head of the commission spoke. Stripped of its diplomatic language, this is what he told the President and his group:

"There is no use kidding ourselves any longer. The cause of the allies is lost. We now owe you (American bankers, American munitions makers, American manufacturers, American speculators, American exporters) five or six billion dollars.

If we lose (and without the help of the United States we must lose) we, England, France and Italy, cannot pay back this money...and Germany won't.

So..."

Had secrecy been outlawed as far as war negotiations were concerned, and had the press been invited to be present at that conference, or had radio been available to broadcast the proceedings, America never would have entered the World War. But this conference, like all war discussions, was shrouded in utmost secrecy. When our boys were sent off to war they were told it was a "war to make the world safe for democracy" and a "war to end all wars."

Well, eighteen years after, the world has less of democracy than it had then. Besides, what business is it of ours whether Russia or Germany or England or France or Italy or Austria live under democracies or monarchies? Whether they are Fascists or Communists? Our problem is to preserve our own democracy.

And very little, if anything, has been accomplished to assure us that the World War was really the war to end all wars.

Yes, we have had disarmament conferences and limitations of arms conferences. They don't mean a thing. One has just failed; the results of another have been nullified. We send our professional Soldiers and our Sailors and our politicians and our diplomats to these conferences. And what happens?

The professional Soldiers and Sailors don't want to disarm. No admiral wants to be without a ship. No general wants to be without a command. Both mean men without jobs. They are not for disarmament. They cannot be for limitations of arms. And at all these conferences, lurking in the background but all-powerful, just the same, are the sinister agents of those who profit by war. They see to it that these conferences do not disarm or seriously limit armaments.

The chief aim of any power at any of these conferences has not been to achieve disarmament to prevent war but rather to get more armament for itself and less for any potential foe.

There is only one way to disarm with any semblance of practicability. That is for all nations to get together and scrap every ship, every gun, every rifle, every tank, every war plane. Even this, if it were possible, would not be enough.

The next war, according to experts, will be fought not with battleships, not by artillery, not with rifles and not with machine guns. It will be fought with deadly chemicals and gases.

Secretly each nation is studying and perfecting newer and ghastlier means of annihilating its foes wholesale. Yes, ships will continue to be built, for the shipbuilders must make their profits. And guns still will be manufactured and powder and rifles will be made, for the munitions makers must make their huge profits. And the Soldiers, of course, must wear uniforms, for the manufacturer must make their war profits too.

But victory or defeat will be determined by the skill and ingenuity of our scientists.

If we put them to work making poison gas and more and more fiendish mechanical and explosive instruments of destruction, they will have no time for the constructive job of building greater prosperity for all peoples. By putting them to this useful job, we can all make more money out of peace than we can out of war - even the munitions makers.

So...I say,

TO HELL WITH WAR!

Medical

That many of us are going to get injured in our fast-moving society and ALL of us are going to get old and die is apparently not enough "business" for the medical "profession".

In America, medical care is a costly and inefficient patch-up with many falling through the cracks--and dying---which is what the Illuminati want--America to be a DEATH MACHINE--both internally and externally. We should be transported by high speed trains across the country like the Euros do--but instead make the Rockefellers ever more rich and powerful buying their gasoline with which to crash and splash all over our bodies so we can burn up in unsafe car crashes to the tune of 50, 000 dead each year since the end of WW2.

Americans should decide as a people that complete medical care is a right of all Americans and pay for this by tax dollars in lieu of the current war machine. Something has to give--in this case, it's YOU. As Goldfinger responded to Bond on the cutting table....who asked, "Do you expect me to talk?"

Goldfinger: "No, I expect you to die!"

Money

Loving This Creates All Human Evil: What is Money, anyway?

youtube.com/view_play_list?p=EB557732D4B06221

At the impressionable age of 5, children enter the "Matrix" beginning with government brain-washing at the public school system. They remain under governmental control until they graduate, whereupon they join a corporation for feudal employment and sustenance with the mainstream media continuing the brain-washing on a daily, perpetual basis.

CHAPTER 3: THEY THE CORPORATIONS VS. WE THE PEOPLE

CHAPTER 4: The Wedge of Evil

Attorney Edward A. Clark, the JFK assassination coordinator was fired by U.S. Army in the middle of WW2 for embezzlement--yet goes to Texas and starts thriving as an attorney immediately, WHY?

spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/JFKclarkE.htm

Clearly, he was one of the 25% of any human population that had no conscience whatsoever!

These people have an advantage in life of having ANY action on the table for them to employ, a "Wedge of Evil" they use to get ensconced into positions to racketeer. The most vile of wedge of evil actions is the FALSE FLAG attack made upon your own countrymen to deceive them into an un-necessary war for the psycho/sociopath's racket as the bush administration did on September 11, 2001.

daily.pk/world/americas/99-americas/3789-george-w-bush-authorized-911-attacks-says-government-insider.html

George W. Bush Authorized 9/11 Attacks Says Government Insider

Tuesday, 20 May 2008 06:20 Pakistan Daily

Keep in mind when reading this, that the man being interviewed is no two-bit internet conspiracy buff.

Stanley Hilton was a senior advisor to Sen Bob Dole (R) and has personally known Rumsfeld and Wolfowitz for decades. This courageous man has risked his professional reputation, and possibly his life, to get this information out to people.

The following is from his latest visit to Alex Jones' radio show.

Note: All honor to Stanley Hilton for risking his life so that we may know the truth of 9/11.

The Bush Junta Unmasked

"This (9/11) was all planned. This was a government-ordered operation. Bush personally signed the order. He personally authorized the attacks. He is guilty of treason and mass murder."

--Stanley Hilton

Alex Jones interview of Stanley Hilton, attorney for 911 taxpayers' lawsuit

AJ: He is back with us. He is former Bob Dole's chief of staff, very successful counselor, lawyer. He represents hundreds of the victims families of 9/11. He is suing Bush for involvement in 9/11. Now a major Zogby poll out - half of New Yorkers think the government was involved in 9/11. And joining us for the next 35 minutes, into the next hour, is Stanley Hilton. Stanley, it's great to have you on with us.

SH: Glad to be on.

AJ: We'll have to recap this when we start the next hour, but just in a nutshell, you have a lawsuit going, you've deposed a lot of military officers. You know the truth of 9/11. Just in a nutshell, what is your case alleging?

SH: Our case is alleging that Bush and his puppets Rice and Cheney and Mueller and Rumsfeld and so forth, Tenet, were all involved not only in aiding and abetting and allowing 9/11 to happen--but in actually ordering it to happen. Bush personally ordered it to happen. We have some very incriminating documents as well as eye-witnesses, that Bush personally ordered this event to happen in order to gain political advantage, to pursue a bogus political agenda on behalf of the neocons and their deluded thinking in the Middle East.

youtube.com/watch?v=NKvrL03vWik

I also wanted to point out that, just quickly, I went to school with some of these neocons. At the University of Chicago, in the late '60s with Wolfowitz and Feith and several of the others and so I know these people personally. And we used to talk about this stuff all of the time. And I did my senior thesis on this very subject - how to turn the U.S. into a presidential dictatorship by manufacturing a bogus Pearl Harbor event. So, technically this has been in the planning at least 35 years.

AJ: That's right. They were all Straussian followers of a Nazi-like professor. And now they are setting it up here in America. Stanley, I know you deposed a lot of people and you've got your $7 million dollar lawsuit with hundreds of the victim's families involved.

SH: 7 billion, 7 billion

AJ: Yeah, 7 billion. Can you go over some of the new and incriminating evidence you've got of them ordering the attack?

SH: Yes, let me just say that this is a taxpayers' class action lawsuit as well as a suit on behalf of the families and the basic three arguments are they violated the Constitution by ordering this event. And secondly that they [garbled] fraudulent Federal Claims Act, Title 31 of the U.S. Code in which Bush presented false and fraudulent evidence to Congress to get the Iraq war authorization. And, of course, he related it to 9/11 and claimed that Saddam was involved with that, and all these lies.

AJ: Tell you what, stay there. Stanley, we've got to break. Let's come back and get into the evidence. BREAK

AJ: All right my friends, second hour, the anniversary of the globalist attack coming up. It's an amazing individual we have on the line. Bob Dole's former chief of staff, political scientist, a lawyer, he went to school with Rumsfeld and others, he wrote his thesis about how to turn America into a dictatorship using a fake Pearl Harbor attack. He's suing the U.S. government for carrying out 9/11. He has hundreds of the victims' families signing onto it - it's a $7 billion lawsuit. And he is Stanley Hilton. I know that a lot of stations just joined us in Los Angeles and Rhode Island and Missouri and Florida and all over. Please sir, recap what you were just stating and then let's get into the new evidence. And then we'll get into why you are being harassed by the FBI, as other FBI people are being harassed who have been blowing the whistle on this. So, this is really getting serious. Stanley, tell us all about it.

SH: Yeah, we are suing Bush, Condoleezza Rice, Cheney, Rumsfeld, Mueller, etc. for complicity in personally not only allowing 9/11 to happen--but in ordering it. The hijackers we retained and we had a witness who is married to one of them. The hijackers were U.S. undercover agents. They were double agents, paid by the FBI and the CIA to spy on Arab groups in this country. They were controlled. Their landlord was an FBI informant in San Diego and other places. And this was a direct, covert operation ordered, personally ordered by George W. Bush. Personally ordered. We have incriminating evidence, documents as well as witnesses, to this effect. It's not just incompetence - in spite of the fact that he is incompetent. The fact is he personally ordered this, knew about it. He, at one point, there were rehearsals of this. The reason why he appeared to be uninterested and nonchalant on September 11th - when those videos showed that Andrew Card whispered in his ear the [garbled] words about this he listened to kids reading the pet goat story, is that he thought this was another rehearsal. These people had dress-rehearsed this many times. He had seen simulated videos of this. In fact, he even made a Freudian slip a few months later at a California press conference when he said he had, quote, "seen on television the first plane attack the first tower." And that could not be possible because there was no video. What it was was the simulated video that he had gone over. So this was a personally government-ordered thing. We are suing them under the Constitution for violating Americans' rights, as well as under the federal Fraudulent Claims Act, for presenting a fraudulent claim to Congress to justify the bogus Iraq boondoggle war, for political gains. And also, under the RICO statute, under the Racketeering Corrupt Organization Act, for being a corrupt entity. And I've been harassed personally by the chief judge of the federal court who is instructing me personally to drop this suit, threatened to kick me off the court, after 30 years on the court. I've been harassed by the FBI. My staff has been harassed and threatened. My office has been broken into and this is the kind of government we are dealing with.

AJ: Absolutely and now it has come out - five separate drills of flying hijacked jets into buildings that morning - which you told us about before it even broke in the Associated Press. They were trying to get out ahead of you. You talked about how you interviewed military people who were told it was a drill that morning. Then to get out ahead of that, the news finally reported on it. Now, we've learned that all these operations - I want to get into that, I want to talk about the new incriminating evidence of ordering it and how they had drilled on this, how Cheney was in the bunker controlling this. That has even come out in the mainstream news but they won't release the details of that, Stanley. But what type of FBI harassment are you going through?

SH: First of all, my office was burglarized in San Francisco several months ago. Files were gone through and some files were seized - particularly the ones dealing with the lady that was married to one of the hijackers. Fortunately, I had spare copies in a hidden place so nothing disappeared permanently. But more significantly, FBI agents have been harassing one of my staff members and threatening them with vague but frightening threats of indicting them. And it's just total harassment. They have planted a spy, an undercover agent, in my organization, as we just recently discovered. In other words, these are Nazi Germany tactics. This is the kind of government you have in this country. This is what Bush is all about.

AJ: Stay there, Stanley, Bob Dole's former chief of staff. We'll come back after this quick break. Please stay with us. BREAK

AJ: All right, eight minutes, 25 seconds into the second hour. Stanley Hilton, political scientist, lawyer, Bob Dole's former chief of staff, is suing the government for 7 billion dollars for carrying out 9/11 and for racketeering. And he joins us now. During the break, I first really did the big interview with Stanley Hilton after I saw him attacked on Fox News. And that interview got massive attention. And then he kind of went underground for a while because a judge, we're going to talk about that, ordered him to not do any more interviews. And now he's back doing interviews. He's had his office broken into, FBI threats and harassment. Bottom line, he has deposed military individuals, wives of hijackers, you name it, it was a government operation. It has even come out in mainstream news, a piece here, a piece there. They had drills on 9/11, that's why NORAD stood down. Cheney was in control of the whole thing. Stanley Hilton has now gotten documents about how Bush ordered the whole operation. And I'll tell you right now, his life is in danger, folks. And he's got so much courage. He went to school with these neocons at the University of Chicago. He wrote his thesis on how the government could use terrorist attacks to set up martial law. He is the man for the time and folks wondered why he disappeared for a while and just did his lawsuit and wasn't doing interviews, it was because he was ordered to. Stanley, can you get into that for us?

SH: I did an interview with you, Alex, about a year and a half ago, and literally two weeks after that, I was contacted by the emissary of the chief judge of the federal court where I have the lawsuit. And I was warned not to publicize it but to keep it quiet and threatened with discipline. And it remained quiet until a couple of months ago and then I got on the air on some programs and some publicity and July 1st, I was threatened directly by the chief judge here, threatened with court discipline. This particular judge has been circulating communiqués to the other federal judges seeking anything negative she can get against me to try and discipline me after I've been on the court here for 30 years with no disciplinary problems at all. This is suddenly happening. And her assistants who are on the committee of the court met with me on July 1st in Palo Alto, California, and threatened me directly. They handed me a copy of the lawsuit and said that the judge wants me to dismiss this. What's this? She doesn't like the content of it. This is politically incorrect. This is outside the norm. I said I represented more than 400 plaintiffs, how am I going to dismiss this case? And they threatened me directly and they said, "the next time you'll be disciplined." And also they've threatened me not to go public, etc. And this is just outrageous.

AJ: It's all color of law. No direct orders, just all in your face.

SH: They sent a letter out, and of course they deny it's because of the political content of the suit but they told me directly on the phone that it is because of this suit and this judge is very, very angry, apparently has been in contact with Ashcroft's Justice Department. I got a call from Ashcroft's Justice Department a few months ago about this, demanding that I drop the suit, threatening sanctions and all kinds of things. I refused to drop it.

AJ: Now let's go back over, you had them break into your office, harassment. Let's go over that in detail.

SH: My office was broken into about 6 months ago. The file cabinets - it was obvious they had been rifled through. Files were stolen. Files dealing with this particular case and particularly with the documents I had regarding the fact that the - some of these hijackers, at least some of them were on the payroll of the U.S. government as undercover FBI, CIA, double agents. They are spying on Arab groups in the U.S. And, in effect, all this led up to the effect that al Qaeda is a creation of the George Bush administration, basically. That the entity that he called al Qaeda is directly linked to George Bush. And all this stuff was stolen. Fortunately, I had copies. But this was just part of the harassment. The FBI has also been harassing some of my assistants and has planted a spy in our midst. And it is just outrageous that these Nazi tactics are being used - and the obstruction of justice, these people are criminals. And that's what's happening under the tremendous pressure here to just drop it. Or to shut up now and just go away.

AJ: Now, let's talk about what they want you to drop. Let's talk about, without giving names, the people you deposed, what really happened, the picture you've got. You said earlier that Bush ordered this, they were simulating this which they now admit there were simulations on that morning. Let's go over what they don't want you to talk about, Stanley.

SH: We have evidence both documentary as well as witness sworn statements from undercover former FBI agents, FBI informants, etc., that other officials in the Pentagon and the military and the Air Force that deal with the fact that there were many drills, many rehearsals for 9/11 before it happened. Bush had seen this simulated on TV many times. He blurted this out at a press conference in California a few months after 9/11 where he said he had, quote, seen the first plane hit the first building on the video. And that's not possible because there was no official video of that. There was one of the second plane not the first one. He had seen the first one. We do have some incriminating documents that Bush personally ordered 9/11 events. It was well planned. A FEMA official has admitted on tape that he was there the night before - September 10th, that is

AJ: And now Mayor Giuliani, a few months ago in the 911 Commission, admitted that - Tripod II. They had their whole command post already moved out of Building 7. Now, this is very, very important. This is a key area of this whole event. You said months before it came out on the CIA's own website and the Associated Press, you said I deposed people. They said there were drills that morning and exactly what happened, happening - that was the smoke-screen for the stand-down. And then to get out ahead of it, the CIA comes out and said yeah we were running a drill that morning. Now, we've learned that five, possibly six, were confirmed. Five of these - one drill with the exact same thing happening that actually happened, at the exact same time in the morning. That's why NORAD stood down with 24 different blips on the screen. You've said this. You brought this up first. Now, I know you can't get too much into detail but can you tell us how you learned of this?

SH: I have interviewed individuals in NORAD and the Air Force. I personally toured NORAD many years ago around the time that I worked for Dole. I'm very familiar with the operations at Cheyenne Mountain at Colorado Springs, where NORAD is. Individuals that work in NORAD as well as the Air Force have stated this, off the record, but the point is, yes, this was not just five drills but at least 35 drills over at least two months before September 11th. Everything was planned, the exact location

AJ: But five drills that day.

SH: That day, that day, and Bush thought it was a drill. That's the only explanation for why he appeared nonchalant

AJ: We also had NORAD officers and civilian air traffic controllers going, "Is this part of the exercise? Is this a drill?"

SH: Yes.

AJ: On the tapes and in TV interviews, they thought it was, quote, a drill.

SH: That's right. That's exactly what I said long before it became public. I've known about this since earlier in March of '03, as I stated before. This was all planned. This was a government-ordered operation. Bush personally signed the order. He personally authorized the attacks. He is guilty of treason and mass murder. And now, obstruction of justice by attempting to use a federal judge and FBI agents to inhibit a legitimate civil lawsuit in this country, in federal court. Even a chief judge in this court tried to harass and threaten me personally for representing legitimate plaintiffs. And they got Clinton for allegedly lying under oath about Paula Jones and now - look what's happening now. And Ken Starr used to be across from me in Duke Law School in the early `70s and it´s interesting that he got away with trying to get Clinton impeached, so we have a far worse criminal sitting in the oval office today - somebody guilty of mass murder--as well as obstruction of justice.

AJ: Well, I mean look, they say they never heard of a plan to fly planes into buildings - said it all over television - Rice, Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld, Ashcroft. And then we find out they were running all these drills that morning. Even if they weren't involved, that proves they were liars about ever hearing of such a plan.

SH: Well, I'm trying to take their depositions - I've been trying to take their depositions for months. They've been trying to object to it. They will have to admit they were either lying then or now. It's clearly perjury either way. They are liars and perjurers; that's what they are. These are the people that we have running this government and, of course, they knew about it. How are they going to claim now that they didn't know about these drills? Their idea is that nobody knew anything. It's the old know-nothing mentality. And how anybody considers this believable is beyond me.

AJ: All right, now people ask how could a huge organization, how could the AWACs, how could the military let this happen; whereas before, if your Cessna got off course for five minutes, they would launch F-16s on you. It's real simple. It's what Stanley Hilton said here a year and a half ago. It's what came out in the news after that. The military, good people, were told this was all a drill. And it was not a drill. And ABC News admits that Cheney was in control of [?] out of the White House [?] and that he ordered the military to quote "do something." Our inside sources from Hilton and others say it was a stand down and they admit they will not release that under national security. Stanley?

SH: Well they are going to admit it, they're going to release it in the court case because if you demand it under subpoena powers and they must release it. And part of our lawsuit is brought in the name of the U.S. because under the federal fraudulent [Claims Act], we accuse the Bush Administration of presenting a fraudulent claim to Congress. And under the statutes of Title 31 of the U.S. code, they must release this information. That's why they are trying to threaten me, harass me, invade my office, steal my files, commit blatant obstruction of justice and other crimes to try and prevent a legitimate civil suit from exposing these criminals and their acts of treason and mass murder.

AJ: I think you need to publicly tell folks that you are not planning suicide. Would you like to tell folks that?

SH: (laughs) I'm not planning suicide. I've got family and I'm not planning that but I don't like the threats I'm under - but I can tell you this, it's taking a toll emotionally on me and my staff. And particularly, when you get a threat from the chief judge of your own court.

AJ: Why have you decided to go public again after a year of being under the radar?

SH: Because the more and more evidence that I've been adducing over a year and a half has made it so obvious to me that this was now without any doubt a government operation and that it amounts to the biggest act of treason and mass murder in American history. I mean George Bush makes Benedict Arnold look like a patriot. He makes Benedict Arnold look like George Washington. I mean that's what we have - a criminal and a traitor sitting in the White House pretending he's a patriot, wrapping himself in the flag. And it's pretty disgusting because the other side of the so-called opposition, the Kerry camp is just saying nothing because they're afraid to speak.

AJ: Stay right there. We'll be right back.

BREAK

AJ: Stanley Hilton will be with us for another 15 or 16 minutes. Then he's got to go into court. Bob Dole's former chief of staff, political scientist, lawyer, represents 400 plus plaintiffs - most of them victims of 9/11. When I was in New York last week, everybody I was talking to, I mean 90 plus percent of them at ground zero - "I had family, I worked in the buildings, my son's a Navy SEAL - he called the night before and said don't go to work." You know, all of this, and then now they never had any idea - and it turns out they had all these drills - and one drill of hijacked jets flying into the World Trade Center and Pentagon at 8:30 in the morning. That morning - come on people! And Stanley Hilton brought all this out on this show before it was in the mainstream news. And I was talking to him during the break. I mean, the harassment, the moles, the threatening of his staff, the judge threatening him. Stanley, let's get specifically into the documents that you have now got that they have now been robbing you for, that you luckily, thank God had copies. Specifically, Bush ordering this. Can you get into that for us - ordering 9/11?

SH: National Security Council classified documents which [garbled] and it's was part of a series of documents that were involved with the drill documents. This was all planned - they had it on videotape. These planes were controlled by remote control, as I stated previously a year and a half ago, there's a system called Cyclops. There is a computer chip in the nose of the plane and it enables the ground control, the military ground control, to disable the pilot's control of the plane and to control it and to fly it directly into those towers. That's what happened. It's also a technology used on what's called the Global Hawk, which is an aircraft drone - a remote- controlled aircraft. And they were doing it. We are talking about National Security Council classified documents that clearly indicated that [garbled] had a green light to order this to go and this is no drill. These drills that were running were clearly a dress rehearsal and this was a government operation. You wonder why these people are trying to threaten people and trying to intimidate people who have written this suit, I guess if you murdered 3000 of your own citizens, in conjunction with the corrupt Royal family of Saudi Arabia as Bush did. And if you then waste billions more on a worthless garbage war in Iraq, I guess you've got something to worry about and you want to threaten people to prevent it from coming out.

AJ: I mean let's look at this. Not only are there dress rehearsals, they are smoke screens so the good military stands down and doesn't know what's happening. But it's now coming out, even in mainstream news, that yes these drills were going on. Yes, and some of these drills, quote, passenger-type jets were under remote control - this is decades old technology. In 1958, NORAD was [ ] old jets and using them for target practice. Decades ago they flew jumbo jets from LA to Sidney Australia. So since that's going on, everybody knows that. And it's the same MO. Just like the first World Trade Center [bombing] where they get two retarded men who followed this blind sheik who had a tiny mosque above a pizza parlor. And they set them up as the patsies. Then the FBI cooks the bomb, trains the drivers. This informant goes, "You're not going to bomb the building? They go 'Yeah, we're letting it go forward." He tapes them to protect themselves. The two retarded gentlemen, thank God, didn't park it up against the column, as the FBI instructed them to do, so it didn't bring down the tower - because you have to be right up against the column. That doesn't happen. Yet, it's the same thing with 9/11. You've got these CIA agents, these Arabs, who were trained at U.S. military bases, Pensacola Naval Air Station - mainstream media, out creating their legends for this background. They're on board the aircraft. My military sources say nerve gas kills everybody on board the plane - nerve gas packets. Then they fly the planes into buildings. From your inside sources, is that accurate?

SH: It's one of the things that we are looking into - that nerve gas or something else disabled people. It's possible. I can't say for sure to be honest with you.

AJ: All you know is they were government agents and they were on board and the planes were remote controlled.

SH: Yeah, it was basically a smokescreen. I mean, the events of the hijackings, how someone snuck in those cutters, it was a plant. It was like a classic decoy. I've got some military background. And it's called decoy. It's a decoy operation. You make the people focus on the decoy to avoid looking at the real criminals. So they are focusing on these so-called nineteen hijackers and saying, "Oh, it must have been these Arabs". When, in fact, the guilty person is at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue - sitting in the oval office. That's the guilty person. That's the one who authorized it. There is only one man who could have authorized this operation and that's Bush. And anyone at NORAD will tell you as I have been told personally at NORAD in the war control room, there is only one man who has the power to do this kind of thing and that's Bush. Even though many believe he's a puppet. And I think in many ways he is. The fact of the matter is where was [ ] Cheney, Rumsfeld and these other traitors. The fact is Bush personally ordered and he's guilty and liable and he's going to be re-elected apparently because the media's asleep and [garbled] for Bush.

AJ: Well, the media is owned by the same military industrial complex that carried out the attacks.

SH: Yeah, the media is only interested in maintaining the official government fantasy that this was a little lone Arab. These Arabs couldn't even steer that plane down a runway.

AJ: Stay there Stanley, final segment coming up. BREAK

AJ: Mr. Hilton, when you talk to these FBI agents, when you talk to these military men and women, what's their attitude? They've got to be pretty freaked out to have the big picture and know what actually happened on 9/11.

SH: Yes, you know it's like clouds just before a thunderstorm in the sense that they are sort of pregnant with rage. They are just enraged at the criminal politicians who have perverted and misused the government to murder its own citizens and pursue these dubious political ends. And many of them, in increasing numbers, are willing to talk and will talk under subpoena - but only under subpoena because the official party line of the government is shut up and don't talk to the trial lawyer. But more and more, they are very outraged that part of the government has done this to its own people, to its own people. I mean you have to go back to Stalin to see something - not even Hitler did this to his own people. You have to look at Stalin who murdered the Kulaks, the Russians for his own dubious gains. Also we've got - we have a Stalinist mentality in this country. And, if these people pose as patriots and wrap themselves in the flag, it's disgusting. I wanted also to point out that the Japanese television network, Asahi, is going to be airing a special on primetime tomorrow, on September 11th. They interviewed me for eight hours a couple of weeks ago. I'll be on that. I wish - of course, the America media don't care so they are not going to care. But in Japan, people are very serious in interviewing me and others. And we have a website now, called deprogram.info, if more people are interested: www.deprogram.info. But the other thing, I just wanted to say that if anything happens to me - and I don't know why - because I'm being threatened here now. And it seems you can't bring a case in this country anymore against criminals in power without being threatened. And this is how they operate. The stakes are pretty high when you've got a world historical level of treason and fraud by this government against it's own people. I guess this is what you have to expect.

AJ: Stanley, the globalists, the New World Order crowd, definitely intend to carry out more terror attacks. I know they would have carried out more attacks if we wouldn't have done what we've been up to, if you wouldn't have been out there boldly speaking out and many others. And then their electronic Berlin wall has a bunch of cracks in it now. Thanks to good people like yourself and many others who are speaking out and telling the truth. But do you think that they may carry out what they've been hyping - a suitcase nuke attack, a biological release to try to smokescreen all of this? I know it's a catch 22, you've got to expose the murderers. We've got to get the word out on this but some government people that I've talk to say, "Yeah, but if you do that, they are going to go even more hard core and must totally try to take over." But I say regardless, they are already doing that. So what do you say to that?

SH: Well, yeah, I think they have an agenda. They have contingency plans. I think they are laying low now because there are an increasing number of people, like myself, who are openly challenging them and accusing them of criminal conduct. I think they would have done it again if we had not spoken up. I think they're planning, what they would like to do is silence any dissenters. That's why we are trying to get the Patriot Act declared unconstitutional in this lawsuit also.

AJ: Let's talk about polls. In the beginning a patriot is a scarce man, hated and feared, but in time when his cause succeeds, the timid join him, because then it costs nothing to be a patriot. You are one of those guys who hit the barbwire for us, or figuratively jumped on the hand grenade for America. But when you've got a Zogby poll, who is highly respected, half of New Yorkers believe that the government was involved. When you have a Canadian poll, 63% on average believe that the U.S. government was involved. And some groups, as high as 76% in polls believe the government was involved. European polls, two- thirds show the same thing. We have German defense ministers and technology ministers and another member of their government now, three of them going public, known conservatives, and progressives. You have an environment minister, Michael Meacher, saying that if they didn't do it, they sure as hell knew what was going on. Look, if anybody who is a thinking person looks at the evidence, their official story is impossible. Then you investigate and they are involved in it. Comments to this massive awakening and what's happening.

SH: Well, I think that's why they want the Patriot Act to suppress political dissent. They have to, they're anticipating, they are not dumb individuals. I know these people personally, Wolfowitz. These are criminal individuals but they are smart and so they anticipated political dissent. And that's why, like the Nazis, their forebears, and their blood brothers, the Nazis and the Stalinists, they're all for political repression. Every corrupt and criminal government has done this - they suppress their own people: Nazi Germany, Communist Russia, Mao Tse-Tung, that's why we have the Patriot Act. So it's hand in hand. They had it planned to go right up to September 11th, this was all part of the plan. You have to do it. It was part of my senior thesis. You must follow through the terrorists attacks with a political suppression mechanism in the law. And that's why they want Patriot I and Patriot II and their plans are to continue launching more terrorist attacks to justify even more repression. The goal is to make this a one party dictatorship in this country, to pursue their dubious ends with their blood brothers like the Saudi Royal family. And also, historical blood brothers, such as the Nazi Germany and the Communist Russian. That's the goal

AJ: You've got to go in just a minute or two. But I wanted to also tell you about New York. Sound cannons that are used in Iraq, they're against us. Men in black ski masks. 41,000 police, accredited media being arrested randomly. Children being arrested, people in wheelchairs, 2000 plus people put in a camp with barbwire fences inside with no bathrooms. You had to have permission to go to the porta-potties. Police screaming at you. It had nothing to do with terrorism. They are openly setting the precedent for martial law.

SH: Well, that's right, the word "terrorist" is now being overly broad and overly defined [garbled] and also, you know, it's like the word communist was used for anything during the McCarthy witch hunt. And anybody can be called a terrorist by Bush's definition. But the irony is that the number one terrorist in the world is living at the White House at the oval office today. That's the real irony. For sheer hypocrisy, I think he deserves the world prize and ought to be in the Ripley book, Believe It or Not, and the Guinness book of world records for sheer brazen chicanery and fraud.

AJ: Let me ask you a question on this because this is the experience that I had. Watching television, watching the killers, watching those that are guilty, stand up there as our saviors is incredibly painful. It's like watching Ted Bundy being the judge at his own trial. I mean it is just painful to know who these people are. To see them putting America in a shredder. Now we are going to have forced psychological testing of every American, forced drugging, you know Pan-American unions, I mean it's just all happening, it's in-our-face, Stanley.

SH: Yeah, it's very disturbing and as one who has studied the theory and concept of dictatorships, I personally interviewed Albert Speer, who was Hitler's armaments minister. I interviewed him in 1981 in Munich. And I've studied the psychology and history of totalitarianism and there is no question that it's very frightening. And it has, today, with high technology, albeit for the first time in history, the chance of having a world empire dominated by corrupt, technologically oriented government - an elite government. And they've got now what people like Napoleon and Hitler didn't have, which is the technological means to dominate not only their own country but others - the world.

AJ: The answer is to expose them as the terrorists, to show how PNAC [Project for the New American Century] said we need helpful Pearl Harbor events, to show how NORTHWOODS called for the exact 9/11-style attacks, to show their own plans. And to force people to face this horror. What are they going to do in a year or two when 80% of us, not half of us, know the truth?

SH: Well, that's why they want repression and, then again, the ancient old diversion, launch another terrorist attack to get people to pitch it away. I mean who knows what they'll do next. I mean their capacity for ingenious creation of these events is sort of unraveled. I mean there is no limit. My guess is they are going to try another stunt - maybe a stunt just before the election to justify getting Bush reelected. Although it seems like he is running against a straw man or a ghost right now, anyway. But, my guess is they'll try some other tactic to get people's attention away from 9/11 if it gets to be too much attention. What you really want is for the public to just lose interest because the public - and it's like remember the Alamo, you know, people don't forget things like that. To me it's like the Alamo, remember 9/11, that ought to be the slogan for this outrageous act of treason. That's what it is. It's not

AJ: We are at a crossroads, I don't think they anticipated this much resistance, Stanley.

SH: Yeah, I hope they are truly wrong and as incompetent as they are corrupt and guilty. That means their incompetence is exceeded only by their corruption and their guilt. And eventually, if enough people are going to get outraged enough, these people in the bureaucracy and in the civil service and our military, and eventually we can get people under subpoena these individuals will be exposed.

AJ: Stanley, their whole operation hinges on us being naïve and not recognizing evil. This is what they got with Hitler and others. People couldn't recognize evil so they continued to repeat succumbing to it. We are recognizing it this time. We are putting our lives, our treasure, our future on the line for freedom because we cannot let these blood-thirsty control freak terrorists capture us and use us and turn us into the empire and have a draft and use us as their slaves to invade the planet. And that's their PNAC plan. Stanley Hilton, I know you've got to get to court. God bless you. I want to thank you for being here with us today. Can we get you back on next week?

SH: Sure, just give me a call.

AJ: God bless you my friend. Any closing comments?

SH: My closing comments would be, I think people ought to just think about the consequence of having someone like Bush in the White House and the danger for the future that these sorts of individuals pose. This is not just a historical event of the past. This is part of the plan and the camera is still rolling. They have an agenda. These individuals are extremely dangerous. They are armed and dangerous. They pose a clear and dangerous threat to every freedom-loving person not only American but in the whole world.

AJ: You are absolutely right Stanley Hilton. They have captured the government. They have not captured the peoples' minds and they are counting on us not facing up to it.

SH: And they are counting on the repressive Patriot Act and threats and chief judges and FBI agents threatening people who are exposing them. That's what they are counting on.

AJ: But you're not backing down are you, my friend.

SH: No, I'm not

AJ: Well, we all stand with you, my brother, and God bless you.

SH: All right. Thank you.

Last Updated (Tuesday, 20 May 2008 07:05)

2012 UPDATE: So Whatever Happened to the SH Law Suit?

WIKI notes:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stanley_Hilton

"The case was dismissed on Dec. 30, 2004, with the judge ruling that U.S. citizens do not have any right to sue a sitting President, based on the Doctrine of Sovereign Immunity;"

That, my friends is a pile of evil bullshit. If the POTUS--or any USG employee commits TREASON, they must be TRIED not excused away.

Do you have any doubts anymore that the USA is somehow NOT the 4th Reich?

Soverign Immunity and Corporations being considered "persons" are uber crap that needs to be deleted from our law books. Until then, don't be boasting how "great" America is--when it isn't.

AT FACE VALUE--level the playing field before we play ball with the details

The 9/11 Attacks: The Assassination of America

1. Is it a Burden of Proof or a Burden of Reality?

Do I need to have the murderer in hand in order to prove an innocent man didn't do it?

NO.

You don't need to have a crime figured out to prove ONE EXPLANATION is false, either.

So all of those Tory fascists who want to default back to the status quo's absurd 9/11 conspiracy theory by demanding that the researchers must have all of the 9/11 details worked out and the guilty men in hand is hypocrisy of the highest order. If the only way innocent people could be acquitted is by the DEFENSE having to do the prosecutor's job on top of their own--it would be utter non-sense. 19 primarily Saudi middle eastern men did not hijack and fly airliners into buildings on 9/11 because we know 7-9 of them are ALIVE today. These men should be "acquitted" but how can they when no TRIAL of the event itself's evidence has even been held? Trials can be held to weigh in on the facts even if the guilty men are not in custody. Where is the trial for the 9/11 attacks? when are we going to give THE TRUTH its "day in court"? HBO mini-series, its John Adams getting an acquittal for British Soldiers in COURT and not a lynch mob. After 9/11, we went on a raghead lynching spree.

The burden of proof rests with the person trying to impose his COMPLETE EXPLANATION for ANY event--which rests on the U.S. Government to do (NOT conspiracy theorists)--but has failed to do so far. This lie that the establishment of society automatically gets a free pass to determine reality without providing proof in a fair court where ALL sides and evidences are presented is immoral and dangerous. The way the "news" is reported in America does not go through any truth-verifying process where the burden of proof is even begun to be met.

You don't need to have the murderer in custody to eliminate an innocent man from being guilty of a crime, but it certainly would be a slam-dunk. However, those that want to hold an innocent man guilty of a crime he didn't do until they get the murderer--are guilty of wanting to victimize and cling to a lie they know is not true. You don't need to have the 9/11 attacks figured out to know that the USG conspiracy theory is false.

THE U.S. GOVERNMENT HAS NOT EVEN COME CLOSE TO MEETING THE BURDEN OF PROOF FOR ITS 19-RAGHEADS-WITH-KNIVES 9/11 CONSPIRACY THEORY.

2. What is the Solicitor General of the U.S. doing LYING to the world and giving out a false 9//11 cover story?

The entire USG conspiracy theory also collapses at the feet of Barbara and Solicitor General of the U.S. Ted Olson whose stories don't wash and their obvious, direct participation in the ACTUAL CONSPIRACY ties in the 9/11 attacks directly to President and Vice President George Bush and Dick Cheney who should either be impeached or prosecuted after they leave office for treason and mass murder. Bush is America's new Nero--he is even descended from him reports indicate. The first step would be to indict both Ted Olson and Barbara Olson (in absentia). A reward should be posted to locate Barbara all over the world.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solicitor_General_of_the_United_States

Nominated by the President and confirmed by the Senate, the Solicitor General is the fourth-ranking officer in the United States Department of Justice, behind the Attorney General, the Deputy Attorney General, and the Associate Attorney General. Despite this formal "rank", the Solicitor General is removed from the administrative duties of the Justice Department, focusing instead on advocating for the federal government before the Supreme Court. Part of the Solicitor General's duty is to be the attorney representing U.S. federal government agents and agencies in cases appealed to the Supreme Court. While the Solicitor General's duty is defined as being to the Attorney General on behalf of the Constitution and the entire federal government, in practice the Solicitor General's "client" is the President of the United States.

3. We haven't Done anything TANGIBLE to better cope with any future terror attacks in America

In the aftermath of 9/11 WE THE PEOPLE have failed so far to get Congress to pass LAWS that in the future ANY large terrorist act on the U.S. homeland will be OBJECTIVELY INVESTIGATED BY THE FBI WITH AN OUTSIDE CITIZEN'S GROUP IN OVERSIGHT and CONCLUSIONS REACHED before the U.S. government wages war on ANYONE.

As a part of this LAW that terror attacks will be INVESTIGATED before we go off half-cocked in blood lust revenge sprees, ALL photographic, film and video EVIDENCES collected by American citizens will NOT be confiscated by government agencies who themselves are not cleared from being guilty parties to the crime. ONLY A COPY of such evidences will be submitted to government agencies and the originals will be not only kept by their owners they will be POSTED ON THE INTERNET as a safeguard so reality cannot be distorted by digital means by the government to foist lies upon WE THE PEOPLE.

Another prohibition must be to preserve the SANCTITY OF THE CRIME SCENE so we can actually find out what happened and by who. Mike Hoffman writes:

whale.to/b/hoffman1.html

Hoffman: It's the same picture as in Oklahoma City where the Murrah building was demolished before any real investigation could begin.

This destruction of evidence- a felony - is committed by the felon in "our" own government. If 19 ragheads did everything WHY CLEAN-UP THE WTC CRIME SCENE? Government cover-up of the crime scene means the government is hiding their own participation in the 9/11 attacks, if others did it why cover up the evidences? Because the wreckage shows traces of high explosives = end of the government's raghead conspiracy theory.

4. The Two Rosetta Stones of 9/11

The first one is the obvious high explosives building implosion of the WTC buildings. The 9/11 research community has rightly made this indisputable fact their bedrock of reality and all the downstream considerations of whether Killtown is right and the planes are all optical TV fakeries concocted by the compliant corporate media or how actual planes with or without passengers were remote-controlled doesn't change the fact that the USG's 19-ragheads-with-knives conspiracy theory collapses just as fast as the buildings did in freefall because bombs-in-the-building means far more people were involved, people who were not the designated patsies on the planes.

However the building implosion reality doesn't give us tangible slam-dunk guilty person (yet) because it would require someone putting some legal heat on Bush's brother Marvin or greedy owner Silverstein to talk about their actions in more detail and the other conspirators. One thing researchers need to do is follow ideas to their ending conclusions--if Silverstein said they decided to "pull it"--demolishing building 7 impromptu on-the-spot, then ask DOES THE CITY OF NEW YORK HAVE DEMOLITIONS TEAMS THAT WALK INTO BUILDINGS ON FIRE AND RIG HIGH EXPLOSIVES?

THERE ARE NO SUCH THINGS.

ITS UNSAFE TO HAVE HIGH EXPLOSIVES AND BE SURROUNDED BY FIRE.

1-800-OBVIOUS.

So its not possible that WTC 7 was demolished as a last-second idea and it had to be RIGGED WITH EXPLOSIVES BEFORE 9/11 WHICH MEANS A DOMESTIC TERRORIST GROUP DID IT not foreign ragheads committing suicide in hijacked planes trying to bring down steel and concrete buildings with relatively small fires. If fire could implode unwanted buildings we wouldn't waste money on expert high explosive demolition companies to do it.

What is the 4th highest justice department official of the U.S. doing LYING to the world and giving out a false 9//11 cover story?

The slam-dunk that nails actual guilty 9/11 criminals is the RAGHEADS-WITH-BOX CUTTER LIES MADE by SOLICITOR GENERAL TED OLSON to CNN reporter Ted O'Brien as the 9/11 attacks were unfolding--when he should have been at home in tears having lost his wife in the alleged Flight 77 crash into the Pentagon. He clearly was under orders as a conspirator to report to the news media to deceive the American people about a cell phone conversations with his wife on the alleged flight 77 that were not possible. WHOEVER ORDERED HIM TO TELL THE COVER STORY INSTIGATED THE 9/11 ATTACKS. The FBI says he did not talk to anyone on the plane. American Airlines says that flight 77 did not even have air phones--so Olson's constantly-changing story about collect calls, missing credit cards and defaults back to Barbara's personal cell phone that could not and did not reach to people on the ground--explodes in his face as a LAWYER who should know better not to perjure himself to the American public he is supposed to serve. He didn't just lie over minor details out of any kind of innocent grief; he lied as the tragedy was happening with a full-blown cover story that can only have come by PRE-MEDITATION days beforehand. He is one of the 9/11 conspirators, period--regardless of whether he sent his wife to be an actual human barbecue or not. I think not; IMHO she's alive somewhere today living under a new false identity exploiting the witness protection methodology her and her husband are aware of having worked in the Justice Department. That Ted remarried in under 6 months doesn't show much grief, does it? The Olson's cover story collapsing demolishes the entire USG 19-raghead conspiracy theory and ties him in as a direct participant in the mass murder of 3, 000 Americans and complicity to the White House since it was he who argued Bush's case to get the Supreme court to disenfranchise the Florida voters to get the presidency in 2000. Let's go into details now of what I think really took place with the "Olson Tory fascist twins".

Profiles in Racketeering: Barbara Olson Faked Her Own Death on 9/11: Exposing Her & Her "Husband", Ted--Solicitor General of the United States Unravels the Entire Conspiracy

"If you want to see these monsters in action, you need to get two books by Barbara Olson, Hell to Pay and the Last Days or the Final Days, Barbara Olson got paid off when she vanished from Flight 77, we know if you look at the information that that plane never hit the Pentagon"

--"I Am Against the New World Order" video presentation by Former Joint Chiefs of Staff Action Officer retired U.S. Army Lieutenant Colonel Alexander Cuppet

youtube.com/watch?v=oDv3ij3kHK4

3:42-4:06

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al_Cuppett

A 65% majority of Americans are stupid by choice as the Milgen experiments prove. Being ignorant makes their lives easier than having to face off and fight powerful, evil men and women who are acting in the good name of our country or using its freedoms to rob, murder and enslave millions of people. As long as it doesn't affect them directly, they are content to buy into the 19 ragheads did-it U.S. Government conspiracy theory for the 9/11 attacks. The only thing that will force these moral cowards to admit that the 9/11 attacks were an inside job would be if A PROMINENT GUILTY PERSON CONFESSED IN PUBLIC TO DOING THE ATTACKS. Let's say if George W. Bush got terminal cancer and had a miraculous regeneration of conscience. Until this happens, the "Rosetta Stone" of the 9/11 attacks is the obvious high explosive IMPLOSION of the WTC towers--all 3 of them--by the Rockefeller Illuminati--which 9/11 researchers have delved into to such a degree that a growing number of thinking Americans say the 35% who have a moral compass now realize they have been had.

"The consciousness of being at war, and therefore in danger, makes handing-over of all power to a small caste seem the natural, unavoidable condition of survival...It does not matter whether the war is actually happening, and, since no decisive victory is possible, it does not matter whether the war is going well or badly. All that is needed is a state of war should exist. The war is waged by each ruling group against its own subjects, and the object of the war is not to make or prevent conquests of territory, but to keep the structure of society intact."

-- G. Orwell, 1984.

Fortunately, there is another "Achilles Heel" to the 9/11 attacks--the non-airliner attack on the Pentagon to take-out financial records showing $2.3 TRILLION dollars of miss-placed aka embezzled tax dollars. The conspirators really shouldn't have launched a drone plane/missile into the Pentagon as it puts the entire effort at extreme risk because the building obviously wasn't hit by a huge airliner...there were HUNDREDS of eye witnesses in the traffic jam around the Pentagon yet we only have a few dozen hear-say accounts that are hopelessly contradictory...

Excellent Web Pages on the PentaSham:

veteranstoday.com/2012/03/13/911-the-official-account-of-the-pentagon-attack-is-a-fantasy/

combatreform.org/911pentagonrealitycheck.htm

combatreform.org/seeingisNOTbelieving.htm

...and they PLACED A PROMINENT PUBLIC PERSON ON THE MYTHICAL FLIGHT 77 to fake her death: Barbara Olson--former U.S. government prosecutor and TV talking head critic of the liberal establishment and wife of the Solicitor General of the U.S., Ted Olson--[former Bush 2000 campaign attorney who argued Bush v. Gore on Bush's behalf at the Supreme Court gaining him the presidency] and was later rewarded with the post of SG and who also lied about receiving cell phone calls from his wife that were not possible from moving airliners in 2001, ESPECIALLY ONES THAT DIDN'T HAVE AIR PHONES.

Ted & Barbara Did 9/11

combatreform.org/tedandbarbaradid911.htm

What is the 4th highest justice department official of the U.S. doing LYING to the world and giving out a false 9//11 cover story?

WHY HASN'T TED OLSON BEEN INDICTED FOR LYING? How about a polygraph exam? Why is he lying? Unless--he is absolutely, positively involved up to his damn neck in the 9/11 conspiracy. Since he didn't actually call Barbara, THEN HE PASSED ON MAKE-BELIEVE LIES. That AIN'T INNOCENT. And it can only be INTENTIONAL to put out a COVER STORY for the conspirators, which he is one.

http://youtu.be/U9FEF7Cfqsk

http://youtu.be/KyKovD99CoE

Notice with traitor Olson says in REVERSE SPEECH! (RS)!

Late in the day on 9/11, CNN put out a story that began: "Barbara Olson, a conservative commentator and attorney, alerted her husband, Solicitor General Ted Olson, that the plane she was on was being hijacked Tuesday morning, Ted Olson told CNN." According to this story, Olson reported that his wife had "called him twice on a cell phone from American Airlines Flight 77," saying that "all passengers and flight personnel, including the pilots, were herded to the back of the plane by armed hijackers. The only weapons she mentioned were knives and cardboard cutters." [2] Ted Olson's report was very important. It provided the only evidence that American 77, which was said to have struck the Pentagon, had still been aloft after it had disappeared from FAA radar around 9:00 AM (there had been reports, after this disappearance, that an airliner had crashed on the Ohio-Kentucky border). Also, Barbara Olson had been a very well-known commentator on CNN. The report that she died in a plane that had been hijacked by Arab Muslims was an important factor in getting the nation's support for the Bush administration's "war on terror." Ted Olson's report was important in still another way, being the sole source of the widely accepted idea that the hijackers had box cutters. [3] However, although Ted Olson's report of phone calls from his wife has been a central pillar of the official account of 9/11, this report has been completely undermined.

Olson's Self-Contradictions

Olson began this process of undermining by means of self-contradictions. He first told CNN, as we have seen, that his wife had "called him twice on a cell phone." But he contradicted this claim on September 14, telling Hannity and Colmes that she had reached him by calling the Department of Justice collect. Therefore, she must have been using the "airplane phone," he surmised, because "she somehow didn't have access to her credit cards."[4] However, this version of Olson's story, besides contradicting his first version, was even self-contradictory, because a credit card is needed to activate a passenger-seat phone. Later that same day, moreover, Olson told Larry King Live that the second call from his wife suddenly went dead because "the signals from cell phones coming from airplanes don't work that well."[5] After that return to his first version, he finally settled on the second version, saying that his wife had called collect and hence must have used "the phone in the passengers' seats" because she did not have her purse.[6] By finally settling on this story, Olson avoided a technological pitfall. Given the cell phone system employed in 2001, high-altitude cell phone calls from airliners were impossible, or at least virtually so (Olson's statement that "the signals from cell phones coming from airplanes don't work that well" was a considerable understatement). The technology to enable cell phone calls from high-altitude airline flights was not created until 2004.[7] However, Olson's second story, besides being self-contradictory, was contradicted by American Airlines.

American Airlines Contradicts Olson's Second Version

A 9/11 researcher, knowing that AA Flight 77 was a Boeing 757, noticed that AA's website indicated that its 757s do not have passenger-seat phones. After he wrote to ask if that had been the case on September 11, 2001, an AA customer service representative replied: "That is correct; we do not have phones on our Boeing 757. The passengers on flight 77 used their own personal cellular phones to make out calls during the terrorist attack."[8] In response to this revelation, defenders of the official story might reply that Ted Olson was evidently right the first time: she had used her cell phone. However, besides the fact that this scenario is rendered unlikely by the cell phone technology employed in 2001, it has also been contradicted by the FBI.

Proving that Barbara Olsen had the psychological make-up as a Tory fascist to be a conspirator to stage a False Flag "New Pearl Harbor" to place her faction into immense political power is possible by scrutinizing her two books attacking the justifiably hated Clintons and Ted and her's foreknowledge that she would soon be offering up her public identity and life to the cause can be ascertained by reverse-speech analysis [Ken-Welch.com] of her last TV appearances before faking her own death and going into hiding in Europe as well as Ted's recent comments when the subject is close to 9/11. Its reasonable to assume she knew at least 30 days in advance so around August 11, 2001 there should be hidden in her and Ted's reverse speech "tells" of her coming faked death in videos.

VIDEOS

encyclopedia.com/doc/1G1-79665374.html

On the last Sunday of her life, Barbara Olson was a guest on Washington Journal, a C-SPAN morning call-in program that is frequently civil. This time, it was not. The topic was the Thomas hearings, on their tenth anniversary, and the calls that came in were electric with fury, as if no time at all had passed. Names, charges, and threats were flung around wildly. At one point, Bill Press, Olson's co-panelist, became rattled, pleading for tolerance, saying that people could argue as friends. But the hate kept on coming. Close to the end, one woman called Olson "evil" and said she was "too filled with hate" to live long. On the very last point, she was only too accurate. Two days later, Barbara Olson was [EDITOR: ALLEGEDLY] killed when her plane hit the Pentagon, and that age, and its rancor, died with her. It is a great shame that she is no longer among us, to fight on in this braver new world.

http://archae.livejournal.com/

The following disgraceful piece demonstrates how badly liberals detest any departure from their articles of faith. It was written the day after the 911 attacks that killed so many of us. While the vast majority of American citizens were numb with grief, shock and disbelief, Otto Ross Sauer of Sheboygan, Wisconsin, thought it would be appropriate to tell the world of his smug satisfaction at the death of Barbara Olson, whose jet had slammed into the Pentagon the day before, killing her and about 150 other Americans. Brace yourself for this one, folks.

Sept 12, 2001

FROM: ROSS SAUER

TO: ALL

SUBJECT: Karma?

Isn't it, "What goes around, comes around?"

Barbara Olson was a guest on CSpan's (sic) Washington Journal recently along with Bill Press.

Most of the callers who got through expressed their extreme displeasure of (sic) Mrs.Olson and her smarmy and dishonest tactics and her making a career of slandering the Clintons.

One caller, who appeared to be a black woman judging by her voice, firmly told Barbara just what a despicable woman she indeed was, and ended her call with, "You are evil. You won't be around much longer. You have too much of the Devil in you."

That was two days ago.

I do feel sorrow for Olson's family.

But to those other than the HCAAC club she will be remembered as a partisan who would say anything she wanted to slur Bill and Hillary Clinton.

(Barbara Olson was like Ann Coulter. In fact the two of them were good friends. A hyper-partisan hack, who made up whatever she wanted to about any of the Clintons.)

Indications that Barbara was going to cease being a public figure attack dog and go into private life where she couldn't attack anyone publicly:

democraticunderground.com/discuss/duboard.php?az=view_all&address=104x4103885

Barbara Olson had evidently had, in the weeks before September 11, a change of heart about her life. She supposedly told colleagues that she was tired of the scorched earth dirty tricks coming out of the GOP, and was feeling remorse for her part in it. Some of you may remember her attack on Virginia Kelley Clinton, Bill Clinton's mom.

I found it more than odd that she would get on an airliner without her purse (according to her husband,) for a cross-country trip. It was even more odd to me that she supposedly called him on an Airphone without a credit card.

Without donning my tinfoil hat, let's consider the following: John Ashcroft was told to stay off commercial airliners. So was Colin Powell, and Mr. Powell would not allow immediate members of his family to fly, either. Ted Olson didn't get the memo?

Julie

all_hail_gwb (1000+ posts) Thu Jul-14-05 10:59 PM
Response to Original message

89. Well he probably knew about MIHOP and scheduled her to be on the flight

Probably all of 'em knew. And they all got a last call to get relatives on planes in WTC that they wanted to get rid of.

After her death, I saw him on Crossfire being interviewed about it and his sadness was like the fakest shit I ever seen in my life. He's such an insincere POS. He was probably having an affair when Babs died, so it was all he could do to hold back his giddiness in those interviews.

She was filth and he is the scum of the earth. May they both rot in hell.

**********

freerepublic.com/forum/a3b9e62981d6a.htm

To: ThomasMore
She was just on C-Span on Sunday morning with Bill Press. Her eyes twinkled and she was, as usual, sharp, witty, and informed. We will all carry her spirit with us in the future battles ahead. God bless.

38 posted on Tuesday, September 11, 2001 4:16:56 PM by jayadams
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 31 | View Replies]

-----------------------------------------------------------

To: KLT
This is so strange. I was listening to the C-span morning call-in show (yesterday?) and some angry democrap woman called in attacking Mrs. Olsen. She called her evil and said she "wouldn't be around long". Did anyone else hear that caller?

39 posted on Tuesday, September 11, 2001 4:17:37 PM by Godebert
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]

-----------------------------------------------------------

To: Cyber Liberty
Barbara was a FReeper, named BKO.
She was also a friend. My wife and I cried upon hearing the news.

Thank you CL for the info...I knew she was on these threads, we are all going to miss her terribly....it's a tremendous loss....I miss her already.

40 posted on Tuesday, September 11, 2001 4:19:53 PM by KLT
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 10 | View Replies]

Barbara & Ted Together Video

There are two very short clips of Ted and Barbara and their very pretty Jaguar in a documentary about media control titled: Orwell Rolls in His Grave. you can order a copy from
911truthdvd.com

It is interesting nevertheless. You can even get their license plate # from the video. I wonder
if Ted and Barbara did any "real property" transactions shortly before that fateful day? This can be checked at the county recorder's office.

Ted's Videos

Olson really pours on the BS here for co-conspirator former Mayor Guliani!!

http://video.aol.com/video-detail/ted-olson-introduces-giuliani-to-the-federalist-society-1/1807337853

Ted Olson video on CSPAN
www.c-span.org/search/basic.asp?ResultStart=1&ResultCount=10&BasicQueryText=olson

Someone should wire-tap Ted Olson's phones and computers and physically surveil his actions to see if he makes contact with his wife through secure conduits. Be advised--both Olsons with experience working in the Justice Department would know exactly how the witness protection program works to allow people with false identities to make contact with loved ones. I know how this is done but cannot state this here. Ted Olson should be sued by someone who lost a loved one on 9/11 for civil damages since he's a conspirator.

Guilty demeanor

CNN telecast of reporter Tim O'Brien's Interview with Ted Olson

youtube.com/watch?v=eNcUUHQxb60

1:47: Barbara was not supposed to be on the flight but was going to fly to California the day before on the 10th, but wanted to not leave until the 11th because it was Ted's birthday?

CNN Aaron Brown's Live interview with Tim O'Brien on the Olsons

youtube.com/watch?v=fB8DQahMLJg

Says she stayed to "have breakfast with him" on his birthday

WTFO? So she leaves on the 11th early in the morning and spends no quality time with him on his birthday? WTFO? If she wanted to celebrate his birthday with a party she should have postponed leaving until the 12th. Ted told her about the two crashes in the WTC? Why didn't the people huddled in the back revolt if they were going to die anyway?

http://killtown.blogspot.com/2005/09/is-barbara-olson-still-alive.html

Apparently, Barbara was Olson's 3rd wife. What happened to wives #1 and #2? Why can't he keep a wife? Is he a lying asshole perhaps?

WTFO? Olson is already remarried to wife #4 within 6 months!

September 14, 2007

youtube.com/watch?v=imaoz6u6gSU

apj.us/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=74

On Ted 'Perjurer General' and Barbara 'Paid Liar' Olson: "It's 'Ted and Barbara' just like it's Fred and Ginger, and George and Gracie. They were so perfect together."

-- Ann Coulter, National Review Online, September 2001

Note from Morrie: She forgot "Adolf and Eva", or "Bonnie and Clyde". And I've gotta say -- I've seen Ted and his brand new curvy blonde, over-made-up squeeze in a Washington eatery. They are SO perfect together...

Without the Olson Cell Phone Lie there'd Be No Ragheads with Box-Cutter Knives...the "Patsy" is offered

www.reocities.com/subliminalsuggestion/olson.html

Without the "eminent" Barbara Olson and her alleged emotional telephone calls, there would never be any proof that humans played a role in the hijack and destruction of the four aircraft that day. Lookalike claims surfaced several days later on September 16 about passenger Todd Beamer and others, but it is critically important to remember here that the Barbara Olson story was the only one on September 11 and. 12. It was beyond question the artificial "seed" that started the media snowball rolling down the hill.

About the last thing on your mind [especially if you happened to be the U.S. Solicitor General], would be to pick up a telephone and call the CNN Atlanta news desk in order to give them a "scoop". As a seasoned politician you would already know that all matters involving national security must first be vetted by the National Security Council. Under the extraordinary circumstances and security overkill existing on September 11, this vetting process would have taken a minimum of two days, and more likely three.

The timing of the CNN news release about Barbara Olson, is therefore as impossible as the New Zealand press release back in 1963 about the assassination of President John F. Kennedy. As reported independently by Colonel Fletcher Prouty USAF (Retired), whoever set Kennedy up, accidentally launched a full international newswire biography on obscure "killer" Lee Harvey Oswald, without first taking the trouble to check his world clock.

It was still "yesterday" in New Zealand on the other side of the International Date Line when the biography was wired from New York, enabling the Christchurch Star newspaper was able to print a story about Oswald as the prime suspect in its morning edition, several hours before he was first accused of the crime by Dallas police.

If the CNN story about Ted Olson had been correct, and he really had called them about Barbara on September 11, then he would most surely have followed the telephone call up a few days later with a tasteful "one-on-one" television interview, telling the hushed and respectful interviewer about how badly he missed his wife, and about the sheer horror of it all.

There is no record of any such interview in the CNN or other archives. Indeed, if you key "Barbara Olson" into the CNN search engine, it returns only two related articles. The first is the creative invention on September 12 at 2.06 am EDT [0606 GMT], and the second is on December 12, about President Bush, who led a White House memorial that began at 8:46 a.m. EST, the moment the first hijacked plane hit the World Trade Center three months before. CNN includes this comment about Ted Olson:

"In a poignant remembrance at the Justice Department, U.S. Solicitor General Theodore Olson referred to "the sufferings we have all experienced." He made no direct reference to the death of his wife, Barbara Olson, who was a passenger aboard the American Airlines flight that crashed into the Pentagon..."

Regarding the same event, Fox News reports that, extraordinarily, Deputy Attorney General Larry Thompson then said Barbara Olson's call, made "in the midst of terrible danger and turmoil swirling around her," was a "clarion call that awakened our nation's leaders to the true nature of the events of Sept. 11."

So Ted Olson avoided making any direct personal reference to the death of his wife. Clearly this was not good enough for someone somewhere. By the sixth month anniversary of the attack, Ted Olson was allegedly interviewed by London Telegraph reporter Toby Harnden, with his exclusive story "She Asked Me How To Stop The Plane" appearing in that London newspaper on March 5, thereafter renamed and syndicated around dozens of western countries as "Revenge Of The Spitfire", finally appearing in the West Australian newspaper on Saturday March 23, 2002.

I have diligently tried to find a copy of this story in an American newspaper but have so far failed. The reasons for this rather perverse "external" publication of Ted Olson's story are not yet clear, but it seems fair to observe that if he is ever challenged by a Senate Select Committee about the veracity of his claims, the story could not be used against him because it was published outside American sovereign territory.

Theodore Olson's own words indicate that he would be prepared to do rather more than that On March 21, 2002 on its page A35, the Washington Post newspaper printed an article titled "The Limits of Lying" by Jim Hoagland, who writes that a statement by Solicitor General Theodore Olson in the Supreme Court has the ring of perverse honesty.

Addressing the Supreme Court of the United States of America, U.S. Solicitor General Theodore Olson said it is "easy to imagine an infinite number of situations . . . where government officials might quite legitimately have reasons to give false information out."

Hypothesis: Barbara Olson was lucky to be alive in 2001 as many (about 100) Clinton critics had ended up "suicides" by "multiple gunshot wounds to the head". However, she was and still is connected to the "vast, right-wing conspiracy"--the alternate fascist, ruling, ponerologic class which kept her alive and funded her polemic book writing against the "vast, left-wing conspiracy". However, such protection is not air-tight--Hillary would be running for president and would want Olsen out of the way. Consider how today because Olsen is allegedly "dead" her books are "dead" when they should be front and center in the debate over her lack of morality to be President of the U.S. Killing a prominent public person who threatened the establishment by PLANE CRASH has happened several times in the past (Congressmen Hale Boggs and Larry MacDonald, Former Senator John Tower, threat to Clinton presidential run John F. Kennedy Jr., Senator Paul Wellstone) as the recent Secretary of the Interior Ron Brown's political assassination shows.

Both Olsons had to be Psychopaths in order to belong to their Evil Group

But maybe Barbara's attack of conscience meant it was time for her to go?

http://ponerology.blogspot.com/2005/12/role-of-psychopath-in-generation-of.html

Psychopath Definition

Imagine - if you can - not having a conscience, none at all, no feelings of guilt or remorse no matter what you do, no limiting sense of concern for the well-being of strangers, friends, or even family members. Imagine no struggles with shame, not a single one in your whole life, no matter what kind of selfish, lazy, harmful, or immoral action you had taken.

And pretend that the concept of responsibility is unknown to you, except as a burden others seem to accept without question, like gullible fools.

Now add to this strange fantasy the ability to conceal from other people that your psychological makeup is radically different from theirs. Since everyone simply assumes that conscience is universal among human beings, hiding the fact that you are conscience-free is nearly effortless.

You are not held back from any of your desires by guilt or shame, and you are never confronted by others for your cold-bloodedness. The ice water in your veins is so bizarre, so completely outside of their personal experience, that they seldom even guess at your condition.

In other words, you are completely free of internal restraints, and your unhampered liberty to do just as you please, with no pangs of conscience, is conveniently invisible to the world.

You can do anything at all, and still your strange advantage over the majority of people, who are kept in line by their consciences will most likely remain undiscovered.

How will you live your life?

What will you do with your huge and secret advantage, and with the corresponding handicap of other people (conscience)?

The answer will depend largely on just what your desires happen to be, because people are not all the same. Even the profoundly unscrupulous are not all the same. Some people - whether they have a conscience or not - favor the ease of inertia, while others are filled with dreams and wild ambitions. Some human beings are brilliant and talented, some are dull-witted, and most, conscience or not, are somewhere in between. There are violent people and nonviolent ones, individuals who are motivated by blood lust and those who have no such appetites. [...]

Provided you are not forcibly stopped, you can do anything at all.

If you are born at the right time, with some access to family fortune, and you have a special talent for whipping up other people's hatred and sense of deprivation, you can arrange to kill large numbers of unsuspecting people. With enough money, you can accomplish this from far away, and you can sit back safely and watch in satisfaction. [Sounds like Nazi NeroBush, doesn't it?]

Crazy and frightening - and real, in about 4 percent of the population....

The prevalence rate for anorexic eating disorders is estimated a 3.43 percent, deemed to be nearly epidemic, and yet this figure is a fraction lower than the rate for antisocial personality. The high-profile disorders classed as schizophrenia occur in only about 1 percent of [the population] - a mere quarter of the rate of antisocial personality - and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention say that the rate of colon cancer in the United States, considered "alarmingly high," is about 40 per 100,000 - one hundred times lower than the rate of antisocial personality.

The high incidence of sociopathy in human society has a profound effect on the rest of us who must live on this planet, too, even those of us who have not been clinically traumatized. The individuals who constitute this 4 percent drain our relationships, our bank accounts, our accomplishments, our self-esteem, our very peace on earth.

Bush Administration Full of Psychopaths

...questions being formulated by many psychologists and psychiatrists about the state of our world and the possibility that there is some essential difference between such individuals as George W. Bush and many so-called Neocons, and the rest of us.

Dr. Stout's book has one of the longest explanations as to why none of her examples resemble any actual persons that I have ever read. And then, in a very early chapter, she describes a "composite" case where the subject spent his childhood blowing up frogs with fire-crackers. It is widely known that George W. Bush did this, so one naturally wonders... "

We also began to realize that the profiles that emerged also describe rather accurately many individuals who seek positions of power in fields of authority, most particularly politics and commerce. That's really not so surprising an idea, but it honestly hadn't occurred to us until we saw the patterns and recognized them in the behaviors of numerous historical figures, and lately including George W. Bush and members of his administration.

Current day statistics tell us that there are more psychologically sick people than healthy ones. If you take a sampling of individuals in any given field, you are likely to find that a significant number of them display pathological symptoms to one extent or another. Politics is no exception, and by its very nature, would tend to attract more of the pathological "dominator types" than other fields. That is only logical, and we began to realize that it was not only logical, it was horrifyingly accurate; horrifying because pathology among people in power can have disastrous effects on all of the people under the control of such pathological individuals. And so, we decided to write about this subject and publish it on the Internet.

Even if different ponerogical groups are opposed to each other, they will still exclude "normal people" from their confidences. It is only the "normal" people who have been induced into their webs that provide the "leaks."

They are aware of being different as they obtain their life experience and become familiar with different ways of fighting for their goals. Their world is forever divided into "us and them" - their world with its own laws and customs and that other foreign world full of presumptuous ideas and customs in l #8, "called in her/their markers" for her/their dues paid to the Bush cause and insisted she be given x amount of dollars to go into hiding in Europe with a new identity with her public name sacrificed on the altar of get-the-ragheads.

Sub-Theory B:

Another option is the conspirators approached her with this offer with idea that they needed a public figure who would go along with NORTHWOODS Option #8 to meet a manipulate-the-public human interest profile of the mythical flight 77 victims and needed to fake the impossible cell phone exchange to generate sympathy and establish the ragheads-with-box-cutter-knives story line. They knew Ted would do it, too either by blackmail and/or his own willing Tory, fascist mentality.

takeourworldback.com/zionistcrimes.htm#nineeleven

Zakheim, a dual nationality Israeli-American and a rabid Zionist, had co-authored "Rebuilding America's Defenses", a position paper by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC) in 2000, which called for a new "Pearl Harbor" type of incident which would provide a pretext for U.S. military moves to boost its global hegemony. The other signatories on the document included neocons I Lewis "Scooter" Libby, Paul Wolfowitz, and William Kristol. Rabbi Zakheim's career included various posts at the Department of Defense (DoD), foreistice [for psychopaths]. They are prepared to fight and suffer for the sake of such a brave new world, and also of course, to inflict suffering upon others. Such a vision justifies killing people whose suffering does not move them to compassion because "they" are not quite conspecific.

And there it is. Lobaczewski has said outright that psychopaths - from a certain perspective - are a different type of human being, a type that is aware of its difference from childhood. Put this together with his statement that such individuals recognize their own kind, and consider normal people as completely "other," and we can begin to understand why and how conspiracies can and do exist among such individuals. They collect together, with similar worldviews, like fat floating on a bowl of soup. When one of them begins to rant, others like them - or those with brain damage that makes them susceptible - "rally round the flag," so to say. And what's more, they know this and know how it works.

Speaking of networks, we need to take a closer look at how psychopaths affect other human beings whom they use to create the basis for their rule in macro-social dynamics. This highlights the fact that the lack of psychological knowledge among the general public, not to mention the general neurosis of most people, make them vulnerable to such predators.

Lobaczewski: Subordinating a normal person to psychologically abnormal individuals has a deforming effect on his personality: it engenders trauma and neurosis. This is accomplished in a manner which generally evades sufficient conscious controls. [Wolves in Sheep's Clothing] Such a situation then deprives the person of his natural rights to practice his own mental hygiene, develop a sufficiently autonomous personality, and utilize his common sense. In the light of natural law, it thus constitutes a kind of illegality which can appear in any social scale although it is not mentioned in any code of law.

Now, just imagine that the almost 1 in 25 people mentioned by Martha stout: "The Sociopath Next Door," being the very ones who seek and achieve positions of power and authority in just about any field of endeavour where power can be had, and you begin to understand how truly damaging this can be to an entire society. Imagine school teachers with power over your children who are "covert-aggressives." Imagine doctors, psychologists, "ministers of the faith" and politicians in such positions.

With this understanding, we begin to get an even better idea of how psychopaths can conspire and actually pull it off: in a society where evil is not studied or understood, they easily "rise to the top" and proceed to condition normal people to accept their dominance, to accept their lies without question.

Here I want to comment that, if we speculate the actual number of psychopaths to be around 6 percent - or even just 4 percent as Stout claims - then these other "people" Lobaczewski is talking about could be as frequent as 12 to 18 percent of the population. That would mean that the total number of psychopaths plus "almost psychopaths" would be 16 to 24 percent of the total population.

SIDE BAR 1: No one should be eligible to hold public office if found mentally ill with Narcissistic Personality Disorder (NPD) or lacking a conscience. When the founding fathers formed our Constitution we were not aware of such things and had the means with which to test persons for these dangerous evils.

SIDE BAR 2: Bible codes say some "great evil will be revealed on July 4, 2008". Some predicted a PLANE CRASH instigated by the Clintons will murder Democratic presidential nominee Barack Obama. Certainly, the Clintons have NPD and are almost--if not full-fledged sociopaths. The question today is WHICH ILLUMINATI does POTUS Obama work for since he wasn't bumped off?

_____________________________________________________

Sub-theory A:

The Olsons aware of the 9/11 attack plans to do an OPERATION NORTHWOODS False Flag Attack incident Option #8, "called in her/their markers" for her/their dues paid to the Bush cause and insisted she be given x amount of dollars to go into hiding in Europe with a new identity with her public name sacrificed on the altar of get-the-ragheads.

Sub-Theory B:

Another option is the conspirators approached her with this offer with idea that they needed a public figure who would go along with NORTHWOODS Option #8 to meet a manipulate-the-public human interest profile of the mythical flight 77 victims and needed to fake the impossible cell phone exchange to generate sympathy and establish the ragheads-with-box-cutter-knives story line. They knew Ted would do it, too either by blackmail and/or his own willing Tory, fascist mentality.

takeourworldback.com/zionistcrimes.htm#nineeleven

Zakheim, a dual nationality Israeli-American and a rabid Zionist, had co-authored "Rebuilding America's Defenses", a position paper by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC) in 2000, which called for a new "Pearl Harbor" type of incident which would provide a pretext for U.S. military moves to boost its global hegemony. The other signatories on the document included neocons I Lewis "Scooter" Libby, Paul Wolfowitz, and William Kristol. Rabbi Zakheim's career included various posts at the Department of Defense (DoD), foreign policy advisor to George W. Bush, and also in the private sector on defense and consultancy. In the years running up to 9/11, he was corporate vice president of System Planning Corporation (SPC) and chief executive officer of SPC International Corporation. SPC is a manufacturer of highly sophisticated military specification technology such as its "Flight Termination System". FTS includes SPC's Command Transmitter System. It enables remote operators to control up to eight planes simultaneously, from a single position either on the ground or airborne (or, say, in WTC Building 7). The technology provides the capability to take remote control of aircraft already in flight.

[Perhaps] Zionists had tricked the Bush Administration into carrying out a relatively small scale false-flag terrorist operation. An unmanned, remote-controlled plane would be crashed into a section of the Pentagon that was under renovation; hence, casualties would range from zero to very low. The remote control technology for the Pentagon incident would be provided by Raytheon. Since it was necessary to claim that "Arabs" had hijacked a passenger plane and the US government had not signed up to deliberately murder dozens of their own civilians as part of Operation PENTAGATE, the claimed flight that the "suicide pilots" had taken over would be one that ran fairly regularly, but was unscheduled on the particular day of the operation. The Bureau of Transportation Statistics (BTS) flight records could be falsified after the fact - unless, of course, the planners were to slip up, as they did...

The "dead passengers" were to be individuals linked to government (e.g. Barbara Olson), and the defense contractor Raytheon, who would be paid to fake their own deaths and provided with sanctuary in Israel. As confirmation of the official version of events, it would be claimed that the "passengers" had made cell phone calls to report a hijacking by men of "Arabic" appearance. (Never mind the fact that such cell phone calls were impossible with 2001 technology at cruising height and speed; the fact that it takes at least an hour and 30 kg of coke to cremate a cadaver had not stopped the indoctrination of millions of people with a physically impossible ludicrous conspiracy theory about a secret German plot to gas and cremate 11 million "undesirables".) If required, fictitious names could be concocted. In order to save on names, it would be claimed that the passenger count just happened to be unusually low that day, say, around one-third of capacity.

American Airlines Flight 77 from Washington Dulles to Los Angeles was scheduled on most days, but was not scheduled (and did not fly) on September 11, 2001. The date had been chosen from the U.S. "911" emergency number. Hence, the official Bush-Cheney story would claim this as the plane which hit the Pentagon. The Bush Administration would then have a pretext for invading Islamic oil-rich nations and looting their oil wealth, and for granting itself with authoritarian powers by introducing legislation such as the Patriot Act. More to the point, Rumsfeld and Cheney - along with other corrupt leaders who had been bribed or blackmailed into the scam - would have a pretext for doing the Zionist Mafia's bidding of supplying the servicemen of the U.S., U.K., Australia, Italy, Spain, etc, as Israel's proxy army to fight its enemy neighbours. I.e., the offering up of national armed forces as a supply of private mercenaries, or cannon fodder, or uranium-ingesting leukemia and cancer cases waiting to happen. These sacrifices were primarily for the personal profit of the avaricious Zionist Mafia, along with the corrupt Mafia-appointed government leaders who lapped up the few scraps and morsels tossed their way by their Zionist handlers

Wild Card if Ted has a Conscience: the main conspirators may have told Olson no one would be hurt in the 9/11 attacks because they'd happen early in the morning and high enough on the buildings so everyone would get out, the Pentagon would be hit on the reinforced side

Barbara Olson's Mind-Set

WHY are her books not being quoted during the Hillary run for president? Maybe it was she who had the conscience and Ted the psychopath who wanted to get rid of her? Her books are not being brought up today as they should...

Hell to Pay: the Unfolding Story of Hillary Clinton

http://books.google.com/books?id=yzLalExbVVUC&dq=barbara+olson+hell+to+pay&pg=PP1&ots=_VN-nwlI0w&sig=ta8UVh1B-RF7Y2gN2tkasU1SMWM&hl=en&prev=http://www.google.com/search%3Fq%3Dbarbara%2Bolson%2Bhell%2Bto%2Bpay%26btnG%3DSearch%26hl%3Den&sa=X&oi=print&ct=title&cad=one-book-with-thumbnail#PPA1,M1

Observations:

The Final Days: The Last, Desperate Abuses of Power by the Clinton White House

http://books.google.com/books?hl=en&id=EXqxzRjUC80C&dq=barbara+olson+days&printsec=frontcover&source=web&ots=wpMxpKKy9m&sig=k8dtPKyPVi8ejYivtuFa1KYl5Po

Observations:

Page 10

Political compass vs. moral compass awareness by Barb

Page 13

Co-presidency crap = Dick Cheney is FLOTUS, American people no oversight precedent handed to BushChen

Hillary: cold-blooded liar = psychopath

Page 14

Federalist Society might be where 9/11 conspirators abide

Page 16

Pardon Motive #1: Help Hillary for POTUS in the future

Some empathy for two boys left fatherless in FALN bombing

Page 17

Lists primarily political expedience and not right/wrong reasons for not granting pardons to FALN bombers

Page 19

Former AG says PR terrorists pardons to help Hillary's political career

Page 20

"Get away with it" as long as Americans are economically fat and happy...

Page 22

640 pounds of HE; awareness of bombs

Page 25

"Clinton needs people" = narcissistic supply

Clinton was gone from White House 1/8th of the time dodging controversy, Bush learnt same evasion; $500M cost

Page 28

Barb like a neocon buys into anti-commie Domino theory reason for Vietnam ignoring actual corporate greed cause, mentions word "psychotic"

Pro-Dubya marine guard fascist remark

How is our bombing of civilians propaganda and exploitation? Did we do it or did we not?

Page 31

Moral equivalence remarks by Barb shows ignorance that we refused to allow free elections in 1958 as promised causing the 2nd Indo-China war, very Stalinist of us, huh?

Ted Olson-Sociopath like George W. Bush?

http://ponerology.blogspot.com/2005/12/role-of-psychopath-in-generation-of.html

They learn to recognize each other in a crowd as early as childhood, and they develop an awareness of the existence of other individuals similar to them.

Many of them can be found in white-collar professions where they are aided in their evil by the fact that most people expect certain classes of people to be trustworthy because of their social or professional credentials. Lawyers, doctors, teachers, politicians, psychiatrists and psychologists, generally do not have to earn our trust because they have it by virtue of their positions.

Psychopaths make their way by conning people into doing things for them; obtaining money for them, prestige, power, or even standing up for them when others try to expose them. But that is their claim to fame. That's what they do. And they do it very well. What's more, the job is very easy because most people are gullible with an unshakable belief in the inherent goodness of man which, I should add, has been programmed into normal people by psychopaths.

"As nightfall does not come at once, neither does oppression.
In both instances, there is a twilight when everything remains seemingly unchanged. And it is in such twilight that we all must be most aware of change in the air - however slight -lest we become unwitting victims of the darkness."

-- William O Douglas, U.S. Supreme Court.

NOTES

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Operation_Northwoods

EXCERPT:

8. It is possible to create an incident which will demonstrate convincingly that a Cuban aircraft has attacked and shot down a chartered civil airliner enroute from the United States to Jamaica, Guatemala, Panama or Venezuela. The destination would be chosen only to cause the flight plan route to cross Cuba. The passengers could be a group of college students off on a holiday or any grouping of persons with a common interest to support chartering a non-scheduled flight.

a. An aircraft at Eglin AFB would be painted and numbered as an exact duplicate for a civil registered aircraft belonging to a CIA proprietary organization in the Miami area. At a designated time the duplicate would be substituted for the actual civil aircraft and would be loaded with the selected passengers, all boarded under carefully prepared aliases. The actual registered aircraft would be converted to a drone.

b. Take off times of the drone aircraft and the actual aircraft will be scheduled to allow a rendezvous south of Florida. From the rendezvous point the passenger-carrying aircraft will descend to minimum altitude and go directly into an auxiliary field at Eglin AFB where arrangements will have been made to evacuate the passengers and return the aircraft to its original status. The drone aircraft meanwhile will continue to fly the filed flight plan. When over Cuba the drone will being transmitting on the international distress frequency a "MAY DAY" message stating he is under attack by Cuban MIG aircraft. The transmission will be interrupted by destruction of the aircraft which will be triggered by radio signal. This will allow ICAO radio stations in the Western Hemisphere to tell the U.S. what has happened to the aircraft instead of the U.S. trying to "sell" the incident.

Cell Phones Don't Work

globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=8514

Ted Olson's Report of Phone Calls from Barbara Olson on 9/11: Three Official Denials

by David Ray Griffin

Global Research, April 1, 2008

David Ray Griffin

Late in the day on 9/11, CNN put out a story that began: "Barbara Olson, a conservative commentator and attorney, alerted her husband, Solicitor General Ted Olson, that the plane she was on was being hijacked Tuesday morning, Ted Olson told CNN." According to this story, Olson reported that his wife had "called him twice on a cell phone from American Airlines Flight 77," saying that "all passengers and flight personnel, including the pilots, were herded to the back of the plane by armed hijackers. The only weapons she mentioned were knives and cardboard cutters."[2]

Ted Olson's report was very important. It provided the only evidence that American 77, which was said to have struck the Pentagon, had still been aloft after it had disappeared from FAA radar around 9:00 AM (there had been reports, after this disappearance, that an airliner had crashed on the Ohio-Kentucky border). Also, Barbara Olson had been a very well-known commentator on CNN. The report that she died in a plane that had been hijacked by Arab Muslims was an important factor in getting the nation's support for the Bush administration's "war on terror." Ted Olson's report was important in still another way, being the sole source of the widely accepted idea that the hijackers had box cutters.[3]

However, although Ted Olson's report of phone calls from his wife has been a central pillar of the official account of 9/11, this report has been completely undermined.

Olson's Self-Contradictions

Olson began this process of undermining by means of self-contradictions. He first told CNN, as we have seen, that his wife had "called him twice on a cell phone." But he contradicted this claim on September 14, telling Hannity and Colmes that she had reached him by calling the Department of Justice collect. Therefore, she must have been using the "airplane phone," he surmised, because "she somehow didn't have access to her credit cards."[4] However, this version of Olson's story, besides contradicting his first version, was even self-contradictory, because a credit card is needed to activate a passenger-seat phone.

Later that same day, moreover, Olson told Larry King Live that the second call from his wife suddenly went dead because "the signals from cell phones coming from airplanes don't work that well."[5] After that return to his first version, he finally settled on the second version, saying that his wife had called collect and hence must have used "the phone in the passengers' seats" because she did not have her purse.[6]

By finally settling on this story, Olson avoided a technological pitfall. Given the cell phone system employed in 2001, high-altitude cell phone calls from airliners were impossible, or at least virtually so (Olson's statement that "the signals from cell phones coming from airplanes don't work that well" was a considerable understatement). The technology to enable cell phone calls from high-altitude airline flights was not created until 2004.[7]

However, Olson's second story, besides being self-contradictory, was contradicted by American Airlines.

American Airlines Contradicts Olson's Second Version

A 9/11 researcher, knowing that AA Flight 77 was a Boeing 757, noticed that AA's website indicated that its 757s do not have passenger-seat phones. After he wrote to ask if that had been the case on September 11, 2001, an AA customer service representative replied: "That is correct; we do not have phones on our Boeing 757. The passengers on flight 77 used their own personal cellular phones to make out calls during the terrorist attack."[8]

In response to this revelation, defenders of the official story might reply that Ted Olson was evidently right the first time: she had used her cell phone. However, besides the fact that this scenario is rendered unlikely by the cell phone technology employed in 2001, it has also been contradicted by the FBI.

Olson's Story Contradicted by the FBI

The most serious official contradiction of Ted Olson's story came in 2006 at the trial of Zacarias Moussaoui, the so-called 20th hijacker. The evidence presented to this trial by the FBI included a report on phone calls from all four 9/11 flights. In its report on American Flight 77, the FBI report attributed only one call to Barbara Olson and it was an "unconnected call," which (of course) lasted "0 seconds."[9] According to the FBI, therefore, Ted Olson did not receive a single call from his wife using either a cell phone or an onboard phone.

Back on 9/11, the FBI itself had interviewed Olson. A report of that interview indicates that Olson told the FBI agents that his wife had called him twice from Flight 77.10 And yet the FBI's report on calls from Flight 77, presented in 2006, indicated that no such calls occurred.

This was an amazing development: The FBI is part of the Department of Justice, and yet its report undermined the well-publicized claim of the DOJ's former solicitor general that he had received two calls from his wife on 9/11.

Olson's Story Also Rejected by Pentagon Historians

Ted Olson's story has also been quietly rejected by the historians who wrote Pentagon 9/11, a treatment of the Pentagon attack put out by the Department of Defense.[11]

According to Olson, his wife had said that "all passengers and flight personnel, including the pilots, were herded to the back of the plane by armed hijackers."[12] This is an inherently implausible scenario. We are supposed to believe that 60-some people, including the two pilots, were held at bay by three or four men (one or two of the hijackers would have been in the cockpit) with knives and boxcutters. This scenario becomes even more absurd when we realize that the alleged hijackers were all small, unathletic men (the 9/11 Commission pointed out that even "[t]he so-called muscle hijackers actually were not physically imposing, as the majority of them were between 5'5" and 5'7" in height and slender in build"[13]), and that the pilot, Charles "Chic" Burlingame, was a weightlifter and a boxer, who was described as "really tough" by one of his erstwhile opponents.[14] Also, the idea that Burlingame would have turned over the plane to hijackers was rejected by his brother, who said: "I don't know what happened in that cockpit, but I'm sure that they would have had to incapacitate him or kill him because he would have done anything to prevent the kind of tragedy that befell that airplane."[15]

The Pentagon historians, in any case, did not accept the Olson story, according to which Burlingame and his co-pilot did give up their plane and were in the back with the passengers and other crew members. They instead wrote that "the attackers either incapacitated or murdered the two pilots."[16]

Conclusion

This rejection of Ted Olson's story by American Airlines, the Pentagon, and especially the FBI is a development of utmost importance. Without the alleged calls from Barbara Olson, there is no evidence that Flight 77 returned to Washington. Also, if Ted Olson's claim was false, then there are only two possibilities: Either he lied or he was duped by someone using voice-morphing technology to pretend to be his wife.17 In either case, the official story about the calls from Barbara Olson was based on deception. And if that part of the official account of 9/11 was based on deception, should we not suspect that other parts were as well?

The fact that Ted Olson's report has been contradicted by other defenders of the official story about 9/11 provides grounds for demanding a new investigation of 9/11. This internal contradiction is, moreover, only one of 25 such contradictions discussed in my most recent book, 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press.

6. Revelation of the Method (ROTM)

Americans have been destroyed by television. Turn off your TVs and tell everyone you know to do the same so we can THINK and FEEL again in direct connection to REALITY.

The ruling evil elites like to thumb our nose with their mis-deeds by messages in movies and TV by a "Revelation of the Method". Read Michael Hoffman's works on this. On June 5, 2006 the New York Times ran an article on how the U.S. Government did the 9/11 attacks yet this caused not even a stir among the brain-dead American populace. Had this been the non-TV, WW2 "greatest generation" Bush/Cheney would already be in prison.

7. SUMMARY

What is the 4th highest Justice Department official of the U.S. doing LYING to the world and giving out a false 9//11 cover story?

8. CONCLUSIONS

Americans have to face some unpleasant realities of life NOT ADEQUATELY COVERED IN THE U.S. CONSTITUTION OF 1789 and overcome them or we as a nation are finished.

a. STOP WATCHING TV: watching is not doing and it is mind control for the masses

b. At least 1/4 of Americans have NO CONSCIENCE at all and are psychopaths; TESTS for this must disqualify ANYONE running for public office or getting a government job--to include the military. Public service must be an unselfish PROFESSION based on INDIVIDUAL CONSCIENCE not a yes-man, give-the-boss-what-he-wants bureaucracy that racketeers. REVERSE SPEECH ANALYSIS to discover the true intent of all public figures from their sub-conscious must be done daily by public watch dog groups and reported on the internet to act at least as a surprise-spoiling function and warning.

c. The MAJORITY OF AMERICANS will without question murder another human being if ordered by an AUTHORITY FIGURE

d. Only 35% of Americans are THINKERS with their own rock-hard internal moral compasses that will say NO even if authority tells them to do evil; the goal in a just society should be to create as many of these type people as possible by not watching TV, and avoiding public school brain-washing by private or home schooling

e. LAWS must be passed based on the realization that psychopaths gravitate to bureaucratic government service and will murder moral leaders with assassinations and false flag "terror" attacks that they will hide because conscience-less people also do the investigating:

* Citizens always keep original copies of crime acts on audio/video and post them on internet as safeguard against government bureaucratic destruction and distortion of the evidence

* Sanctity of the crime scene

f. Naivete' must end: political candidates must travel by bus and trains whenever possible since airplanes are too easy to sabotage to murder and their complexity offers ready-made excuses to hide the criminals who caused the killing

g. Psycho/Sociopath Ted Olson and conspirator must be indicted by a grand jury or civil sued by families who lost loved ones for his criminal behavior lying to the American people beginning on September 11, 2001. He has no possible innocent explanation for his guilty demeanor and clearly criminal public actions putting out a lying cover story for the WTC and Pentagon False Flag Attacks (FFAs). Pressure on him might make him talk via plea bargain to reveal that Bush/Cheney and others are the drivers of these crimes so they can also be indicted and prosecuted resulting in imprisonment so they can talk some more to put some more fellow psycho/sociopaths behind bars.

NOTES

1. This essay is based on Chapter 8 ("Did Ted Olson Receive Calls from Barbara Olson?") of David Ray Griffin, 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2008).

2. Tim O'Brien, "Wife of Solicitor General Alerted Him of Hijacking from Plane," CNN, September 11, 2001 (http://archives.cnn.com/2001/US/09/11/pentagon.olson).

3. This was pointed out in The 9/11 Commission Report, 8.

4. Hannity & Colmes, Fox News, September 14, 2001 (http://s3.amazonaws.com/911timeline/2001/foxnews091401.html).

5. "America's New War: Recovering from Tragedy," Larry King Live, CNN, September 14, 2001 (http://edition.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/0109/14/lkl.00.html).

6. In his "Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lecture," delivered November 16, 2001
(http://www.fed-soc.org/resources/id.63/default.asp),
Olson said that she "somehow managed . . . to use a telephone in the airplane to call." He laid out this version of his story more fully in an interview reported in Toby Harnden, "She Asked Me How to Stop the Plane," Daily Telegraph, March 5, 2002 (http://s3.amazonaws.com/911timeline/2002/telegraph030502.html).

7. I discussed the technical difficulties of making cell phone calls from airliners in 2001 in Debunking 9/11 Debunking: An Answer to Popular Mechanics and Other Defenders of the Official Conspiracy Theory (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2007), 87-88, 292-97.

8. See the submission of 17 February 2006 by "the Paradroid" on the Politik Forum (http://forum.politik.de/forum/archive/index.php/t-133356-p-24.html). It is quoted in David Ray Griffin, 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2008), 75.

9. United States v. Zacarias Moussaoui, Exhibit Number P200054 (http://www.vaed.uscourts.gov/notablecases/moussaoui/exhibits/prosecution
/flights/P200054.html). These documents can be more easily viewed in "Detailed Account of Phone Calls from September 11th Flights"
(http://911research.wtc7.net/planes/evidence/calldetail.html).

10. FBI, "Interview with Theodore Olsen [sic]," "9/11 Commission, FBI Source Documents, Chronological, September 11," 2001Intelfiles.com, March 14, 2008,

(http://intelfiles.egoplex.com:80/2008/03/911-commission-fbi-source-documents.html).

11. Alfred Goldberg et al., Pentagon 9/11 (Washington DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2007).

12. O'Brien, "Wife of Solicitor General Alerted Him of Hijacking from Plane."

13. 9/11 Commission Staff Statement 16
(http://www.9-11commission.gov/staff_statements/staff_statement_16.pdf).

14. Shoestring, "The Flight 77 Murder Mystery: Who Really Killed Charles Burlingame?" Shoestring911, February 2, 2008 (http://shoestring911.blogspot.com/2008/02/flight-77-murder-mystery-who-really.html).

15. "In Memoriam: Charles 'Chic' Burlingame, 1949-2001," USS Saratoga Museum foundation (available at http://911research.wtc7.net/cache/planes/analysis/chic_remembered.html).
16. Alfred Goldberg et al., Pentagon 9/11 (Washington DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2007), 12.

17. Of these two possibilities, the idea that Ted Olson was duped should be seriously entertained only if there are records proving that the Department of Justice received two collect calls, ostensibly from Barbara Olson, that morning. Evidently no such records have been produced.

This article is based on Chapter 8 of Dr. Griffin's new book, 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press, (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2008).

This book reframes the central events of 9/11 as a series of 25 internal contradictions. The only way that its readers will be able to continue to accept the official story is to accept mutually contradictory accounts.

"9/11 Contradictions" may have the best chance of any of DRG's books (or indeed any book) of opening up a new investigation into 9/11.

David Ray Griffin is a frequent contributor to Global Research. Global Research Articles by David Ray Griffin

Ted Olson

gibsondunn.com/Lawyers/tolson

Theodore B. OlsonHome > Lawyers > Theodore B. Olson

Partner
tolson
T: (202) 955-8668
F: (202) 530-9575
Washington, D.C. Office
1050 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036-5306
USA

Theodore B. Olson is a partner in Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher's Washington, D.C. office; a member of the firm's Executive Committee, Co-Chair of the Appellate and Constitutional Law Group and the firm's Crisis Management Team.

Mr. Olson was Solicitor General of the United States during the period 2001-2004. From 1981-1984 he was Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Office of Legal Counsel in the U.S. Department of Justice. Except for those two intervals, he has been a lawyer with Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher in Los Angeles and Washington, D.C. since 1965.

Mr. Olson is one of the nation's premier appellate and United States Supreme Court advocates. He has argued 49 cases in the Supreme Court, including Bush v. Palm Beach County Canvassing Board and Bush v. Gore , stemming from the 2000 presidential election; prevailing in over 75% of those arguments. Mr. Olson's practice is concentrated on appellate and constitutional law, federal legislation, media and commercial disputes, and assisting clients with strategies for the containment, management and resolution of major legal crises occurring at the federal/state, criminal/civil and domestic/international levels. He has handled cases at all levels of state and federal court systems throughout the United States, and in international tribunals.

Mr. Olson's Supreme Court arguments have included cases involving separation of powers; federalism; voting rights; the First Amendment; the Equal Protection and Due Process Clauses; sentencing; jury trial rights; punitive damages; takings of property and just compensation; the Commerce Clause; taxation; immigration; criminal law; copyright; antitrust; securities; telecommunications; the internet; and other federal constitutional and statutory questions.

As Solicitor General, during the presidency of George W. Bush, Mr. Olson was the Government's principal advocate in the United States Supreme Court, responsible for supervising and coordinating all appellate litigation of the United States, and a legal adviser to the President and the Attorney General. As Assistant Attorney General for the Office of Legal Counsel during the Reagan Administration, Mr. Olson was the Executive Branch's principal legal adviser, rendering legal guidance to the President and to the heads of the Executive Branch departments on a wide range of constitutional and federal statutory questions, and assisting in formulating and articulating the Executive Branch's position on constitutional issues.

Mr. Olson has served as private counsel to two Presidents, Ronald W. Reagan and George W. Bush, in addition to serving those two Presidents in high-level positions in the Department of Justice. He has twice received the United States Department of Justice's Edmund J. Randolph Award, named for the first Attorney General, its highest award for public service and leadership. He has also been awarded the Department of Defense's highest civilian award for his advocacy in the courts of the United States, including the Supreme Court, on behalf of that Department. He was a visiting scholar at the National Constitution Center in 2007.

Mr. Olson is a Fellow of both the American College of Trial Lawyers and the American Academy of Appellate Lawyers. The National Law Journal has repeatedly listed him as one of America's Most Influential Lawyers. The American Lawyer and Legal Times have characterized Mr. Olson as one of America's leading advocates. In December of 2007, Washingtonian magazine listed him as number one on its list of finest lawyers in the nation's capital. The New York Times columnist William Safire has described Mr. Olson as this generation's "most persuasive advocate" before the Supreme Court and "the most effective Solicitor General" in decades.

Mr. Olson received his law degree in 1965 from the University of California at Berkeley (Boalt Hall) where he was a member of the California Law Review and Order of the Coif. He received his bachelor's degree from the University of the Pacific, where he was recognized as the outstanding graduating student in both forensics and journalism. Mr. Olson has written and lectured extensively on appellate advocacy, oral communication in the courtroom, civil justice reform, punitive damages, and constitutional and administrative law.

Selected Appellate Litigation [PDF]

PRACTICES
Administrative Law and Regulatory Practice
Appellate and Constitutional Law
Crisis Management
Intellectual Property
Media and Entertainment
Public Policy
Securities Litigation
White Collar Defense and Investigations

EDUCATION
University of California - Berkeley, 1965
Juris Doctor
University of the Pacific, 1962
Bachelor of Arts

BAR ADMISSIONS
California
District of Columbia

Ted doesn't look too upset about losing Barbara.

www.fed-soc.org/BKOlsonMemorialLecture/bkolsonlecture-111601.htm
www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/987032/posts

Ted Olsen Discussed Barbara and WOT - 11/16/01
Federalist Society | November 16, 2001 | Ted Olsen

Posted on Monday, September 22, 2003 10:50:13 AM by Peach

A friend and neighbor worked with Ted Olsen in the Reagan Justice Department and sent this via e-mail.

Although it is nearly two years old, the speech highlights excellent analysis regarding the war on terror and why the terrorists want to destroy America.

Ted Olson, 11/16/01:

"As you have been told, the Federalist Society envisions that the Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lecture each year will address the ideals and principles that the Federalist Society holds dear and that Barbara cherished: limited government, liberty and freedom.

I felt that it would be fitting to inaugurate this series with some words about Barbara, why she died, and how much of her life and death were interwoven with those very principles that will animate the lecture series in her name.

On September 11, 2001, Barbara Olson and thousands of other Americans were murdered.

There were victims from other nations that day as well, but they were accidental casualties. Barbara and her fellow Americans were the targets; selected at random to be slaughtered that day precisely because they were Americans.

And the places of their deaths were carefully chosen for what they meant to America, and to the world about Americans, and because they were unique symbols of America's vitality, prosperity and strength.

The World Trade Center Towers were an emblem of America's largest and most prosperous city and an internationally recognized symbol of America's leadership in commerce, free enterprise and international trade.

The Pentagon was an even more fitting target for the perverted minds that planned this day of terror. Construction on it had begun precisely 60 years earlier, on September 11, 1941, as America was awakening to the nightmare of Adolph Hitler and Nazi terror in Europe. Since its construction, the Pentagon has stood for the power, strength and seeming invincibility of a free people. It has been the place from which America, again and again, sent its men and women to fight and die to save not only our own citizens, but millions of others as well, from tyranny, oppression, brutality and murder.

One additional symbol of America, the Capitol I believe, was spared that day only because the brave Americans on that fourth aircraft did what Americans instinctively do when their lives and their country are threatened. They fought. They died, but they saved the lives of countless others and averted an even greater and barely imaginable tragedy.

Barbara Olson had less time, and maybe not as many resources, as the heroes on United Flight 93 that was brought down in Pennsylvania short of its target. But the moment her flight was hijacked, she began to try to save herself and her fellow passengers. She somehow managed (I think she was the only one on that flight to do so) to use a telephone in the airplane to call, not only for help from the outside, but for guidance for herself and the flight crew in the battle that she was already undertaking in her mind. She learned during those two telephone conversations that two passenger jumbo jets had already that morning been turned into instruments of mass murder at the World Trade Center. So she knew the unspeakable horror that she was facing -- and I know without the slightest doubt that she died fighting -- with her body, her brain and her heart -- and not for a moment entertaining the notion that she would not prevail. Barbara died therefore not only because she was an American, but as one more American who refused to surrender to the monstrous evil into whose eyes she and her fellow countrymen stared during those last hideous moments.

September 11, 2001 was unprecedented in our nation's history. Our country has been attacked before. Our soldiers and innocent citizens have been the victims of terrorism before. But never before in our history have so many civilian citizens, engaged in the routines of their daily lives, who neither individually nor collectively had done anything to provoke the savage attack that they were to experience that day, been brutally murdered for the simple reason that they were Americans, and because they stood, in their countless individual lives, for all the things that America symbolizes.

As President Bush immediately recognized, September 11 was an act of war. But, as he has also explained, it was much more than that. It was also a crime, an act of pure hatred and unmitigated evil. It was a ruthless, brutal, intentionally malignant attack on thousands of innocent persons.

Think of the sick calculation that gave birth to these acts. The victims were persons of all races, backgrounds, religions, ages and qualities. They had one thing in common. They were Americans, Americans who believed in the values that their country stands for: liberty, democracy, freedom and equality. Their lives were cruelly extinguished because they were the living embodiment of the aspirations of most of the world's peoples. The people who killed them, and who planned their death, hate America and Americans for that very reason. They despise America and the beacon that America holds out to people who are impoverished, enslaved, persecuted and subjugated everywhere in the world. The men who planned the savage acts of September 11 cannot prevail, they cannot even long exist, as long as American ideals continue to inspire the very people they hope to tyrannize and enslave. Hence they have declared war, in fact they have declared hatred, on this country and the values that we hold dearest.

It is a cynical lie that the animals that killed our loved ones two months ago were motivated by Islam, or because this nation of ours is anti-Islamic. Among our most cherished values, enshrined in the First Amendment to our Constitution, is freedom of conscience, liberty of expression and the free exercise of religion. This continent was populated by people who surrendered their homes and crossed a terrifying ocean to reach a rugged and inhospitable frontier in order to escape religious persecution and to seek religious freedom.

From its birth, this nation and the American people have offered sanctuary and shelter to persons of all faiths. Our Constitution -- always with the support of our people -- has again and again extended its embrace to the unpopular, the unusual, the unconventional and the unorthodox. We protect not only those who will not salute our flag, but those who would spit upon it or burn it. We regularly pledge our allegiance to a constitution that shelters those who refuse to pledge their allegiance to it.

Far from tyrannizing those who worship a particular God or embrace a particular religion, we protect those who worship any God - or no God. Indeed, Americans have defended with their lives persons whose religious convictions preclude them from taking up arms to defend the same Constitution that gives them the right to refrain from defending it.

It is true, I suppose, that there are many in the Middle East who hate this country for its support of Israel. But how tragic and misguided to despise us for extending comfort and defense to a people who have so long, and so recently, been the victims of indescribable ethnic persecution. Nor has America's support for Israel ever been rooted in or manifested by hostility to the Muslim faith or those who practice it. The terrorists and their apologists have lied about these things, but what is another lie when their goals and tactics are so vastly more evil?

So, while the terrorists of September 11 invoke the name of Islam, that is simply a mask for their hate, envy and despicable ambitions. The terrorists who seek to destroy us do so because America and Americans are everything that their hatred and motives prevent them from being. They are tyrants, and so they hate democracy. They are bigots and religious zealots who persecute Christians and Jews and Hindus and Buddhists and women. So they must hate America because America stands for tolerance and freedom and respect for all races, all religions, and all peoples, regardless of their sex, color, national origin or accent. They are despots who will not permit children to go to school. So they must hate the nation that commits vast resources to the education of its children, and whose Supreme Court has said that free public education cannot even be withheld from those who are in this country illegally.

These terrorists can succeed only through corruption, cruelty and brutality. Thus they hate and must tear down America and its system of laws which shields its people from those malevolent acts. And these terrorists can enslave the people they wish to subjugate only by keeping them poor and destitute, so they must undermine and discredit the one place in all the world that stands the most for the rule of law and individual liberty and that allows its people - and the people who flock here daily by the thousands -- the opportunity to rise above all those conditions.

Abraham Lincoln was paraphrasing our declaration of independence when he characterized our nation as having been "conceived in liberty and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal." That revolutionary document set down our collective belief in unalienable human rights to liberty, freedom and equality, the proposition that governments derive their powers from the consent of the governed, the principle that tyrants who would oppress their people are unfit to be rulers of a free people, and the right to the pursuit of happiness. How can these terrorists ever prevail if these American ideals are not only allowed to be expressed, but to succeed so dramatically, and to inspire so many people throughout the world for so many centuries?

The answer is simple, the terrorists of September 11 cannot prevail in a world occupied by the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution and its Bill of Rights, the Emancipation Proclamation, the Gettysburg Address, the Statue of Liberty, the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, the Capitol, the Supreme Court, and the White House. They cannot co-exist with these ideals, these principles, these institutions and these symbols. So they cannot survive, much less prevail, in the same world as America and its people. So they must try to destroy America, and the principles for which it stands.

We do not claim that America has been or is today without imperfections and shortcomings. Our constitution was undeniably flawed at its origin. Implementation of our lofty ideals has never been without error, and some of our mistakes have been shameful. But the course of our history has been constant, if occasionally erratic, progress from the articulation of those lofty ideals to the extension of their reality to all our people - those who were born here and those, from hundreds of diverse cultures, who flock to the American soil because of those principles and the opportunities they promise.

Reflect on the fact that there is no segment or class of the world's peoples who have exclusive claim on the term "American," and no segment of the world's population to whom that claim has been denied. We welcome 100,000 refugees per year into this country. Over 650,000 people immigrated legally to America in the most recent year for which we have reliable statistics. Over 5,000,000 people are in this country today who were so desperate to come here that they did so illegally.

There are more Jews in New York city than in Israel. More Poles in Chicago then any city in the world except Warsaw. America is home to 39 million Irish-Americans, 58 million German-Americans, 39 million Hispanic-Americans and nearly a million Japanese-Americans. And there are seven million Muslims in America, nearly the population of New York City.

How tragic it is that the agents of the September 11th terrorist acts were people whom we welcomed to this country, and to whom we extended all of our freedoms, the protections of all of our laws, and the opportunities this country affords to everyone to travel, work and live. But, we welcome immigrants because nearly all of us are immigrants or descendants of immigrants who came here to enjoy America's freedoms, rights, liberties, and the opportunity, denied elsewhere, to pursue happiness and prosperity. People from all places on the globe give our country its identity, its diversity and its strength.

Ronald Reagan often said that "every once in a while, each of us native born Americans should make it a point to have a conversation with someone who is an American by choice." "A few years back," he said, "a woman who had fled Poland wrote a letter and said: 'I love America because people accept me for what I am. They don't question my ancestry, my faith, my political beliefs . . . . I love America because America trusts me.'"

President Reagan was also fond of quoting from a letter he had received from a man who wrote, "You can go to live in Turkey, but you can't become a Turk. You can't go to live in Japan and become Japanese, [and so on for Germany, France, etc.] But . . . Anyone from any corner of the world can come to America and be an American."

So it is particularly sad and a bitter irony that the 19 savages who took the lives of thousands of Americans on September 11 were able to come here because we welcomed them, and trusted them, and allowed them to learn to fly our airplanes and the freedom to travel. And they took these precious gifts and turned them into instruments of hatred and death. How perverse and twisted. How incredibly sick they must have been - that not one of them had a moment of conscience after all that time in this beautiful and free country. Everywhere they looked they saw Americans and immigrants to America, at work and at play exercising the freedoms and opportunities that this country offers unstintingly to everyone, including them. But their hatred was so intense, their malignancy so advanced, that they never, as far as we know, even for a moment, paused to reconsider the despicable, unconscionable and evil acts they planned to inflict on the people they were walking, working and living amongst.

It has, I suppose, always caused some resentment that we believe so passionately and so unquestioningly that freedom, equality, liberty, democracy and the rule of law are concepts and rights that should belong to all people. But how can that be seen as arrogance, as some have called it? I simply cannot accept that. What can possibly be wrong with the aspiration that moved the founders of this country to believe that people are entitled to self-determination, the right to chose their system of government, the right to freedom within an orderly and secure society, and the maximum liberty to pursue happiness and fulfillment? We know that these are enduring values. We can debate nearly everything else, but we don't need to debate that. We know that these principles lift everyone up. And we know that these principles are only questioned by those who would seek to advance their own twisted agendas by withholding freedom, liberty and prosperity from others.

We have now been reminded, in the most horrible way, that there are those who not only hate our principles, but who would dedicate their lives - and surrender their lives - to banish those ideals and the incentives they provide for tyrannized and impoverished people everywhere to do what Americans did in 1776.

We have tragically learned again, in the most unthinkable fashion, that our values and our principles are neither self-executing nor self-sustaining, and that we must sacrifice and fight to maintain what our forebears sacrificed and fought to bequeath to us.

And now the rest of the world is learning again that Americans will not flinch from that fight or tire of it. Americans will fight, they will sacrifice, and they will not give up or leave the job unfinished. This war is for all living Americans. It is for the parents, grandparents and great grandparents that fought and sacrificed to come here. And it is for our children and generations to come. And it is for those who choose to become Americans in the future.

America will not lose this war because we cannot tolerate, we cannot contemplate, we cannot even consider that we will lose what centuries of Americans fought to create, improve and maintain. We cannot, and we will not, betray the people who gave us this glorious heritage. We cannot and will not, dishonor or wash away the memories of those who somehow clawed their way out of poverty, tyranny and persecution to come to this country because it was America, and because they were willing to risk death to become Americans, and to give their children and grandchildren the opportunity and freedom and inspiration that makes this place America. Americans could no longer call themselves Americans if they could walk away from that legacy.

People who write regularly for newspapers and who offer opinions on television, or who send advice to us from other parts of the world, sometimes say that America is too rich, lazy, complacent, frightened, soft and enervated to fight this fight. That we have no stamina, strength, will, patience, or steel. That we will collapse.

They are so wrong. We will prevail for the very reason that we have been attacked. Because we are Americans. Because the values that made us free, make us strong; because the principles that made us prosperous, make us creative, resourceful, innovative, determined and fiercely protective of our freedoms, our liberties and our rights to be individuals and to aspire to whatever we choose to be. Those values and those characteristics will lift us and will defeat the black forces who have assaulted our ideals, our country and our people.

The very qualities that bring immigrants and refugees to this country in the thousands every day, made us vulnerable to the attack of September 11, but those are also the qualities that will make us victorious and unvanquished in the end. These dreadful, despicable people have hurt us, but they can never conquer us.

So let me return to Barbara Olson. So many people loved and admired Barbara. But whether you loved and admired her values, her spunk, her energy, her passion, her courage, her unconquerable spirit, or her incredible warmth, whether you knew it or not, underneath it all, you admired and were captivated by Barbara because she was pretty darn close to being a quintessential American.

Barbara was a Texan, from a family whose ancestors came to this country from Germany. She went to the all-American University of Texas and also a Catholic college, St. Thomas in Houston. She became a professional ballet dancer in San Francisco and New York because of the beauty of dance, the rigor of its discipline, and because you have to be extraordinarily tough and ambitious to do it. And Barbara was extraordinarily tough and ambitious.

But she always wanted to be a lawyer and to be involved in politics. In order to afford law school, she invented a career out of whole cloth in Hollywood because that, she determined, was the fastest way to earn the money she needed. It did not matter in the slightest to Barbara that when she went to Hollywood she knew absolutely nothing about the motion picture and television industry. And, in fact, it really didn't matter because, as she later explained to the unwitting producer who gave her her first job, she was a fast-learner.

And, of course, she succeeded. She turned down the last job she was offered in Hollywood because she had finally earned enough money to go to law school, and they were offering her so much money she did not want to be so tempted to forego her dream to be a lawyer.

She went to Cardozo Law School at Yeshiva University in New York, not necessarily the obvious choice for a blond Catholic girl from Texas. She was even told that she would never fit in, and that she would be miserable. But the people who told her that really did not know Barbara. She thrived at Cardozo as she had thrived at St. Thomas and in the ballet and in Hollywood. She loved the people, the classes, the professors, and she was a huge success, popping up for one reason or another with embarrassing frequency on the cover of Jewish Weekly.

Barbara created a Federalist Society chapter at Cardozo because she believed in the Society's principles - and it only served to goad her on that almost no one at Cardozo shared her political views. In her third year of law school, she somehow managed to finesse herself into an internship with the Office of Legal Counsel at the Department of Justice in Washington. And, as a very brassy and gusty intern, she managed to be the only employee of the government of the United States willing, feisty and fearless enough to personally serve the papers on the PLO mission to the United Nations in New York announcing that it was being expelled from this country -- because they were terrorists. How Barbara loved to tell that story to her friends at Cardozo!

She turned down jobs with the finest law firms in new York to come to Washington where, it seems, she was always destined ultimately to be. In rapid succession, she succeeded as a lawyer in private practice, as a hot and very successful federal prosecutor, as Deputy General Counsel to the House of Representatives, and as a top Congressional investigator, television personality and lobbyist.

It was typically Barbara that when Al Regnery suggested that she write a book about Hillary Rodham Clinton, she literally jumped at the chance. She told me at the time that she wasn't sure that she was a writer, but a friend of ours told her that she didn't have to be a writer to be an author. So, with her legendary energy and limitless self-confidence, she poured herself into the book, finished it in nine months and, against seemingly insurmountable odds, without any previous experience with serious writing, climbed onto the New York Times best seller list during the heaviest competitive time of the year, and stayed there for nine weeks. Ten days ago, her second book, written in about six months and finished just days before her death, opened at number two on the New York Times bestseller list, ahead of Bill O'Reilly, Jack Welch and Tiger Woods. Not bad.

Barbara was everywhere in Washington. A witness for Clarence Thomas at his confirmation, a co-founder of the Independent Women's Forum, hosting Federalist Society members from all over the country in her home, at the epi-center of the travel office and filegate investigations, and the China campaign contributions investigation, the second-most invited guest on "Larry King Live," appearing on MSNBC, FOX, "Meet the Press," "Cross-Fire," "Geraldo," "Politically Incorrect," you name it. Ready to talk about any subject, ready to face down any adversary. She always had an opinion. And she always had that smile.

I could tell you Barbara stories for hours, and I think that you would be glad to listen. But, in short, Barbara partook of everything life gave her. She saw no limits in the people around her and she accepted no limits on what she could accomplish. She could be charming, tough, indefatigable, ferocious and lovable. And all those things at once.

Barbara was Barbara because America, unlike anyplace in the world, gave her the space, freedom, oxygen, encouragement and inspiration to be whatever she wanted to be. Is there any other place on earth where someone could do all these things in forty-five years?

So, sadly, and ironically, Barbara may have been the perfect victim for these wretched, twisted, hateful people. Because she was so thoroughly and hugely an American. And such a symbol of America's values, ideals, and robust ambition. But she died as she lived. Fighting, believing in herself, and determined to succeed. And, if she was the perfect victim, she is also a perfect symbol of what we are fighting for now and for why we will prevail.

I know, and she knows, that her government and the people of America will win this war, however long it takes, whatever we have to do. We will never, ever forget or flinch. We will prevail for Barbara and all the other Americans we lost on September 11. And for the American spirit for which they stood and their lives embodied. And, most of all, we will defeat these terrorists because Barbara and those other American casualties of September 11, and our forebears, and our children, would never forgive us if we did not."

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbara_Olson

Barbara Olson

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

• Find out more about navigating Wikipedia and finding information •

Jump to: navigation, search

http://en.wiki/Image:Barbra_Olson.jpg Barbara Olson (December 27, 1955 - September 11, 2001) was a conservative American television commentator who worked for Fox News Channel, CNN and several other outlets. She was a passenger on American Airlines Flight 77 en route to a taping of television show Politically Incorrect when it was flown into the Pentagon in the September 11, 2001 attacks.

Contents [hide] 1 Biography 2 Death 3 Memorial lectures 4 Books 5 Notes 6 External links

 

[edit] Biography

Olson was born Barbara Kay Bracher in Houston, Texas. (Her older sister, Toni Bracher-Lawrence, has been a member of the Houston City Council since 2004.) She graduated from Waltrip High School[1] and earned a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Saint Thomas in Houston.

Olson became a professional dancer, performing with the San Francisco Ballet and the Harkness Ballet in New York City. She switched careers and went to Hollywood to work as an assistant producer for television and movies. As a newcomer, she achieved a surprising measure of success, working for HBO and Stacey Keach Productions. When she had raised enough money, she quit to pursue her dream. She earned a Juris Doctor degree from Yeshiva University's Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law. In the early 1990s, she worked as an associate at the Washington, D.C.-based law firm of Wilmer Cutler & Pickering where she did civil litigation for several years before becoming an assistant U.S. attorney. In 1994, she left to work for the United States House of Representatives, becoming chief investigative counsel for the House Government Reform and Oversight Committee. In that position, she led the Travelgate and Filegate investigations into the Clinton administration. She co-founded the Independent Women's Forum with Rosalie Silberman.[2] She was later a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of the Alabama law firm Balch & Bingham.

She married Theodore Olson in 1996.

She was a frequent critic of the Bill Clinton administration and wrote a book about First Lady Hillary Clinton, Hell to Pay: The Unfolding Story of Hillary Rodham Clinton (1999). Olson was working on her second book, The Final Days: The Last, Desperate Abuses of Power by the Clinton White House (published October 2001) at the time of her death. She was a resident of Great Falls, Virginia.

[edit] Death

Olson was a passenger on American Airlines Flight 77 on her way to a taping of Politically Incorrect in Los Angeles (host Bill Maher left a panel seat vacant during the first week the show aired after the attacks), when it was flown into the Pentagon in the September 11, 2001 attacks.

[edit] Memorial lectures

The Federalist Society has established the Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lectures, "an annual lecture on limited government and the spirit of freedom",[3] held every November. The first lecture was a eulogy for her by her husband.[4] Subsequent speakers have included Justice Antonin Scalia, Vice President Dick Cheney,[5] and Chief Justice John G. Roberts.

[edit] Books

• Hell to Pay: The Unfolding Story of Hillary Rodham Clinton (November 1999; ISBN 0895262746)
• The Final Days: The Last, Desperate Abuses of Power by the Clinton White House (October 2001; ISBN 0895261677)

[edit] Notes

1. ^ "Waltrip Trivia Page," Waltrip High School
2. ^ "Remembering IWF Founder Barbara Olson", Rosalie Silberman, Independent Women's Forum, December 1, 2001
3. ^ Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lecture, Federalist Society website
4. ^ First Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lecture, Theodore Olson, November 16, 2001
5. ^ Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lecture - Past Lecturers, Federalist Society website

[edit] External links

• Barbara Olson at findagrave.com
• Wife of Solicitor General alerted him of hijacking from plane
• Barbara Olson Mourned at Arlington Service
• Barbara Olson: A Sparkling Celebrity 'Full of Energy' Newsday.com-Victims Search
• Barbara Olson, RIP Memorial essay by Alfred S. Regnery, president of Regnery Publishing

Retrieved from "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbara_Olson"

Categories: 1955 births | 2001 deaths | American television personalities | American murder victims | American political writers | Murdered writers | Victims of aviation accidents or incidents in the United States | People from Houston, Texas | Victims of the September 11, 2001 attacks | Washington, D.C. lawyers | University of St. Thomas (Houston) alumni | American Airlines Flight 77

DaJews-Did-It Whining: Do the Anti-Zionist Nazis Have Anything Useful To Offer About the Olsons?

lookingglassnews.org/viewstory.php?storyid=2866

The following is some disinformation from the Zionist scapegoat-mongers (ZIHOP) to deflect scrutiny away from the Rockefeller Illuminati that did 9/11. There was some MOSSAD involvement so it would be accurate to refer to 9/11 as a "ROCKZIHOP" operation but we include the article below for information's sake even if its just to see what the disinfo types want us to believe.

Has Barbara Olson been arrested?

Posted in the database on Saturday, October 08th, 2005 @ 18:18:23 MST (215 views)

by Eric Hufschmid iamthewitness.com

Several people have asked me what I think about Tom Flocco's latest article, and several people enthusiastically told me that the 9/11 case has been solved because Barbara Olson has been arrested.

Unfortunately, his story about Barbara Olson is like his story about the grand jury indicting Bush and Cheney, and the story about the gunfight in the Chicago subway. Specifically, there is no way to verify anything he says.

Christopher Bollyn was living in Chicago at the time Flocco's story came out about the indictment and the gunfight. Bollyn called various people trying to figure out if there is any truth to either story. He found nothing.

Is it possible that what Flocco says is true? Sure, it is possible that Tom has received secret information far in advance of everybody else. But the only way he could have access to such secret, important information many weeks before the rest of us is if:

Flocco is part of the gang of criminals that gave us 9/11 and other crimes.

His source is part of that gang of criminals.

His source is an honest government employee who is leaking the information in order to keep his own identity a secret.

No normal person could possibly have access to such secret, information without inside contacts.

One problem with Flocco's stories is that they are never verified, even after months. If Flocco was getting information before anybody else, then eventually other people would have access to the information, thereby verifying Flocco's claims. But nothing he has ever said has been verified. He announced that Bush and Cheney were being indicted at the beginning of August 2005. How much longer do we have to wait before this information becomes public?

One of Flocco's sources of information is Tom Heneghan. On 19 July 2005, Tom Heneghan and Stew Webb posted a news report that four British secret agents were shot and killed as they were trying to put a bomb on the Chicago subway. Sure, it is possible that this event occurred, but that requires that somebody pick up the dead bodies, mop up the blood, and convince the families of the victims that their missing relatives must have run off to another nation to start a new life.

Examples of this story:

asiafinest.com/forum/lofiversion/index.php/t39570.html

and

thetruthseeker.co.uk/article.asp?ID=3388

However, if four British secret agents were really shot to death, that means the murders were covered up extremely well. This in turn means we have to ask how Tom Heneghan and Stew Webb were provided with this information. Only somebody with inside information could possibly have access to such secret information.

Let's assume that Tom Heneghan, Stew Webb, and Tom Flocco are being provided with information by some honest government employees who are trying to expose the corruption in our government. In such a case, those government employees are wasting their time because there is no evidence to believe what they are saying. They may as well tell us that the crop circles in England are being created by Martians. Unless secret, insider information can be verified, it has no value.

Actually, unverifiable information does have value. Specifically, it has value for people who are trying to confuse, mislead, and deceive. For some examples, unverifiable information can be useful to:

Give a bad image to the "Barbara Olson is alive" reports

What if Barbara Olson really is alive and living in Europe? Tom Flocco has just created a story that is being ridiculed by thousands of people. If an honest person announces on the Internet that Barbara Olson is living next to him, most people will just laugh, "Oh no, another of those idiotic, Barbara Olson is alive stories!" In other words, Flocco's absurd story will cause people to disregard the truth.

Give a bad image to all conspiracy theories

Another possible reason for Flocco's story about Barbara Olson is to give all conspiracy theories a bad image.

Some people will notice that none of Flocco's stories can be verified, and they might come to the conclusion that the conspiracy theories are coming from sloppy investigators who are at the intellectual level of a teenager. They will be more likely to disregard other conspiracy theories, such as September 11, the USS Liberty, and the Oklahoma City bombing.

For an example of how this concept works, the enormous number of UFO and crop circle articles on the Internet seem to be an attempt to give the field of conspiracy theories a bad image.

For those of you who believe in UFOs, you've got to face the fact that if there are aliens on the earth, nobody has any serious evidence of them. All they have are photos that show mysterious blobs. And crop circles are real, but there is no evidence that Martians created them. The evidence suggest they come from humans, such as www.circlemakers.org

Send investigators down the wrong path

Another possible reason for Tom Flocco to produce false stories is to send us looking in the wrong direction. For example, in his article about JFK Jr., he blames the Bush family, the Clintons, and the CIA. But what if the Mossad and Army intelligence was involved in the killing? In such a case, the people who trust Tom Flocco will wander down the wrong path and never find anything.

The same may be true with Flocco's story about Barbara Olson. She may really be alive, but she may be in Australia. The people who trust Flocco might look for her in Poland, or in Europe, but that might be the wrong side of the planet.

Or, perhaps Barbara Olson has always wanted to be a man, and in return for her role in 9-11, she was provided with hormone treatment and surgery, in which case anybody looking for a woman would be looking forever.

Sacrifice Flocco for some other agent

Another possible reason for Flocco to create a false story is so that some other agent can expose Flocco. This will give credibility to that other agent.

To discredit Tom Flocco

Some of Flocco's supporters suggest that perhaps Tom is being fed false information in order to discredit him because his other stories are accurate. But which of his other stories are accurate?

It is true that when an investigator is providing information that the criminals don't want exposed, they might try to feed him false information in order to make them look like a fool. But this only happens to the investigators that actually provide dangerous information.

Christopher Bollyn is in this category. Bollyn often exposes important and verifiable information. Not surprisingly, he is frequently contacted by people who try to persuade him to report something stupid.

Tom Flocco's friends are suspicious

Everybody who Tom Flocco considers a source of information, and all the people associated with Flocco (e.g., Sherman Skolnick, Lenny Bloom, Mary Schneider, Tom Heneghan, Mae Brussell, Stew Webb, Stefan Grossmann) must be put into the same category as Flocco. In other words, all of them may be government agents, or members of the criminal gang, or useful idiots who are being fed false information.

Some people have accused Stew Webb of being a COINTELPRO agent. For example, there is a person named Ken Adachi who has a site full of articles where various people accuse one another of being government agents.

Take a look at Adachi's site, and see if you can figure out which people are the COINTELPRO agents. There are so many articles, and so many accusations, that no individual who must work for a living has time to research all of these people and all of their connections. For all we know, Ken Adachi is an COINTELPRO agent, also!

A tangled web of accusations

This brings up an issue that many people that I personally talked to have trouble understanding. Specifically, one way for the government to protect their agents is to create a lot of fights and accusations between them. If a hundred agents accuse one of or two of the others of being a government agent, they will create so many conflicting accusations that most people will be overwhelmed with the complexity. None of us ordinary citizens will have the time to figure out that all of them agents.

To further confuse the issue, some of the agents could accuse some honest, ordinary citizens of being agents. This causes people to be suspicious of those honest citizens. The honest citizens will likely react by accusing those particular agents of being agents. How will any ordinary citizen be able to figure out who is telling the truth?

To confuse the issue even further, some government agents could provide slightly inaccurate information to an honest citizen. The honest citizen will announce silly news items, such as the arrest of Barbara Olson. Other people will assume he is an agent, when he is actually what we would call a[n] "useful idiot". In this particular situation, the real agent is invisible to us; he is feeding false information to the honest citizen.

Is Flocco a useful idiot? Or is he an honest agent who is trying to expose the truth? Or is he part of the criminal network?

My guess is that he knows he is lying to us, but what I do not know who he is working for.

Could Flocco be America's hero?

This brings up another interesting issue. Specifically, some of the people that we expose as liars may actually be trying to help America. They may have been fascinated by the James Bond movies and the Mission Impossible television shows, and they may believe that by running some secret, counter scam they will defeat the forces of evil and save the world. In other words, Tom Flocco and his friends may be honest government employees, and they may believe that my posting silly articles they are going to stop the evil doers.

If that is the case, we are in real trouble. If our government thinks they are going to defeat this criminal network with stories of Barbara Olson being arrested, we have no hope.

Or does Flocco work for the Zionists?

It is possible that Flocco and his friends are actually working for some group of Zionists. The reason I say this is that all of them avoid the issue of Zionism. Most of these "truth tellers" put the blame for the world's problems on the CIA, the Bush family, the Italian Mafia, Great Britain, and/or the Vatican.

For example, in this Skolnick article he avoids Israel, Zionists, and the Jewish Mafia and explains that five U.S. presidents were assassinated for the benefit of Great Britain and the Vatican / Jesuits.

Everything Skolnick writes seems to be accurate. However, he avoids certain issues, thereby giving us a distorted view. For example, in that particular article, he mentions the "French Mafia". However, there are more than just French involved in organized crime. There are also Russians, Canadians, and probably every other race, religion, and nationality.

There are also Israelis involved in organized crime. Meyer Lansky is one of them. In Michael Collins Piper's book, Final Judgment, he shows evidence that Meyer Lansky and many Israelis and Zionists were the masterminds in the assassination of President Kennedy. [EDITOR: this is AmeroNazi non-sense]

For another example, Skolnick doesn't mention that some of Britain's policies are due to Zionists within the British government, so they are more accurately described as Zionist policies, not British policies.

In Flocco's article about the murder of JFK Jr., he also avoids implicating Israelis or Zionists. Instead he blames Clinton and Bush. If Tom was truly an unbiased investigative reporter, wouldn't he at least mention that there are some people who believe that Zionists were also involved in that killing?

The evidence that Bush and Clinton killed JFK Jr. is no better than the evidence that Zionists were involved, so why doesn't Flocco provide us with all of the information? Why is he restricting us to only the Zionist's side of this issue?

I think Flocco is trying to manipulate us. The people who trust Flocco will be fooled into looking at Clinton and Bush for the answers to JFK Jr's death, and they will get nowhere with their investigation because they will be on the wrong path. I would bet that Skolnick is also deliberately misleading us.

I also find it interesting that Skolnick sometimes put the following remarks in his articles:

The Middle-Finger News

Sticking It To The Poobahs

Example: click here

What is a Poobah? Perhaps he is referring to you and me.

While that may seem like an outrageous statement, consider the remark at the end of the television show "Dark Side Of The Moon":

No goy was mistreated during the filming

Or watch the Penn and Teller television episode about conspiracies in which they show a person drilling a hole in a Bible.

All of these people may be Zionists, and all of them may be making fun of us goys.

Zionists are not identical

Before I go on, I should point out that Zionism is not a group of people with identical goals and attitudes. Zionism is just like all other organizations. Specifically, what Zionism is depends on who is in control of the organization. Consider the Republican Party to understand this. There are Republicans who support abortions while other Republicans oppose abortions. Whether the Republican Party supports abortion depends on who gets control of it.

There are also Republicans who cover up the raping of boys at Boystown, and there are other Republicans who want to stop all forms of rape and pedophilia.

Zionism is the same. What Zionism becomes depends on who gets control of the movement. In the case of Zionism, it might depend on who in control of Israel, or the Mossad. Ariel Sharon, Sherman Skolnick, George Soros, and Senator Lieberman may all be Zionists, but each of them may have slightly different attitudes on what Zionism should be, and what the Zionists should do with us goys.

Just as Republicans fight among themselves for control of the Republican Party, the Zionists fight among themselves for control of Israel, America, Europe, and the horde of goys.

In fact, there are some Jews who do not support Israel, and who do not seem to care if goys live among them. Take a look: nkusa.org/

Did Al Gore win the presidency in the 2000 election?

An example of the fighting is the 2000 election between Al Gore and George Bush. Both Democrats and Republicans routinely cheat in elections, but in the 2000 elections, the Gore supporters wanted us to believe that the innocent, honest Democrats were being cheated in Palm Beach by the dishonest Republicans.

I think what was really happening was a fight between the Bush Zionists and the Lieberman Zionists. I think the 9/11 attack had already been planned at that point in time. The Lieberman Zionists desperately wanted Al Gore to be elected so that they could set up Al Gore to die in the 9-11 attack. Lieberman would then become president, and the Lieberman Zionists would have control of America, and then Israel.

Israel may not survive much longer

The Zionists and Israelis may not be laughing at the goys much longer. The American economy is deteriorating, and the result will be that the U.S. Military will soon discover that its weapons systems are less advanced than those of other nations, and their equipment is not properly maintained. The U.S. Military will also find it increasingly difficult to find American companies to produce their weapons and supplies.

Furthermore, each year Americans bring in millions of Mexicans, Chinese, and other people to become a low-cost source of labor. Already some parts of the Southwest are more than 50% Mexican. A nation will cannot survive when it has the attitude that it is acceptable to use other races for labor.

Once America is gone, Israel will be on its own. The Israelis will find themselves surrounded by angry Arabs, Persians, and other nations.

To summarize this, the Zionists may destroy America before they become established. This is as stupid as a horde of ticks sucking so much blood out of their host that the host dies.

Will the Zionists try to save the day for themselves with another fake terrorist attack? Will they make one final attempt to get control of America and destroy the Arabs?

Or are the Zionists planning to set Bush and Cheney up to take the blame for 9/11? Are the Zionists truly holding Barbara Olson in a jail somewhere? Will the Zionists soon provide their Flocco puppet with the actual location of Barbara Olson, thereby bringing down the Bush administration and the top US Military leaders? Will the Zionists then install other puppets in America?

Or will the situation become even worse for us? For example, George Soros might be a member of the gang that is running the sex slaves, or he might be a member of the Russian mafia, or the Jewish Mafia. What if the Soros Zionists gets control of America? How do we know that group of criminals will be better than what we have now?

For the past few years Soros has been trying to get control of the tens of millions of people who call themselves "liberals" or "Democrats". Do you think that Soros is doing this for the benefit of you or I? Do you think that Soros is truly interested in making America, or the world, a better place?

What if George Soros sets up Bush and Cheney to take the blame for 9/11, and then a Soros puppet, such as John Kerry, gets control of America?

Many of the supporters of Kerry and Soros that I have personally met are the failures of America; they are failures in their jobs, marriage, businesses, and other activities. They have a strong "feel sorry for me" attitude. Some of them are so hopeless that they depend on their girlfriends or wives for financial support.

Lots, probably most, of the supporters of Soros are mental nitwits, and they want handouts and pity, not skills, jobs, or responsibility. They remind me of the supporters of communism in Russia during the early 20th century. If Soros were to get control of America, he would have tens of millions of these nitwits supporting him. How is that an improvement over what we have now?

Most of the Kerry supporters are so incapable of thinking that they did not even notice that John Kerry was not the person they wanted as president. They had originally wanted Howard Dean. Obviously, these people are easily taken advantage of. How could such mindless people possibly make America a better nation?

Even when I point out to the Kerry supporters that Dean was their candidate, they ignore me and continue to support Kerry with such expressions as, "Anything is better than Bush!"

We must face the fact that most Kerry supporters are incapable of intelligent reasoning. I am not saying that Howard Dean is a good leader; rather, I am pointing out that the Kerry supporters are such nitwits that they cannot understand that they are being taken advantage of. Don't make excuses for them; don't feel sorry for them. People who are this easily manipulated are dangerous. And you should not be surprised when such people fail repeatedly in life. They are the losers, but feeling sorry for them will not help them, and it will not help you or me.

The anti-war and peace movements are frauds

The Zionists also seem to be getting control of the anti-war movement, the peace movement, and all other anti-Bush movements. I mentioned earlier in this document that Christopher Bollyn is often contacted by people who try to persuade him to believe something stupid. He is also frequently contacted by people who try to become his friends, or who try to recommend that he considers somebody else a friend.

For example, as of September 2005 (when I wrote this) he has been frequently contacted by a woman named Ilene Proctor, and she has been promoting a man named Brad Friedman. Friedman has such web sites as.

bradblog.com/

velvetrevolution.us/

Why would Proctor want Bollyn to become friendly with Friedman? Is Friedman really interested in helping make America a better place? Or does Friedman want to manipulate Bollyn? Or does Friedman want to claim Bollyn as a friend in order to increase his credibility? Is Friedman just another Zionist in anti-war clothing?

One of the techniques the Zionists use to manipulate people is to become their friends, and after gaining a person's trust, they quietly stab them in the back. In fact, David Wolper makes a brief remark about this in his autobiography. I mention it here.

In the long run, the nitwits suffer

Life is a competitive struggle for all animals, plants, and humans. A nation needs intelligent, responsible leaders. Unfortunately, the American voters routinely select between one worthless puppet or another.

America is like a child in a boxing ring, and the Zionists are pounding this child so hard that he is about to fall unconscious. Blood is running down his face, his nose is smashed, and his legs are wobbling, but he thinks he is winning the contest because his coach, a Zionist, is telling him that he is the greatest boxer in the world, and that he is doing a great job.

For more on the issues of deception, consider how Jenna Orkin and other "truth tellers" hide the dangers of the dust at the World Trade Center.

Go to Original Article >>>

The views expressed herein are the writers' own and do not necessarily reflect those of Looking Glass News. Click the disclaimer link below for more information.

Email: editor@lookingglassnews.org.

CHAPTER 5: The Mythological Media Scoreboard

"don't trust anything in papers"

--President Thomas Jefferson "I know the secret of making the average American believe anything I want him to. Just let me control television.... You put something on the television and it becomes reality. If the world outside the TV set contradicts the images, people start trying to change the world to make it like the TV set images...."

--Hal Becker, media "expert" and management consultant, the Futures Group, in an interview in 1981 [1]

The evil elites have wanted the masses only able to read at a low-level of understanding so as to absorb their advertising to be programmed to consume. The advent of radio and then TV has eliminated the need to read altogether making the masses completely at their mercy when they tune out of reality and tune in to their 24/7/365 TV programming. In "Brainwashing: How The British Use the Media For Mass Psychological Warfare" by L. Wolfe for the The American Almanac, May 5, 1997 he notes:

informationliberation.com/?id=22378

In the 15 years since Becker's comment, Americans have become even more "wired" into a mass media network that now includes computer and video games, as well as the Internet--an all-surrounding network whose power is so pervasive that it is almost taken for granted. As the standup comic said, "We are really a media conscious people. I know a guy who was run over by a car in the street. He didn't want to go to the hospital. Instead, he dragged himself over to the nearest bar, to check out whether he made it onto the evening news. When it wasn't on, he said, 'What does a guy have to do, get killed, to get on television?'"

In the highest circles of the British monarchy and its Club of Isles, this great power is not taken for granted. Rather, it is carefully manipulated and directed, as Becker describes from a limited standpoint, to create and mold popular opinion. In a 1991 report published by the Malthusian Club of Rome, entitled "The First Global Revolution," Sir Alexander King, top adviser on science and education policy to the royal family and Prince Philip, wrote that new advances in communications technology will greatly expand the power of the media, both in the advanced and developing sectors. The media, he proclaimed, is the most powerful weapon and "agent of change" in the fight to establish a "one-worldist," neo-Malthusian order that will transcend and obliterate the concept of the nation-state.

"It is certainly necessary to engage in a broad debate with the journalists and the top media executives involved to study the conditions for them to be able to define this new role,"

The "Pictures-in-Your-Head"

In 1922, Walter Lippmann defined the term "public opinion" as follows:

"The pictures inside the heads of human beings, the pictures of themselves, of others, of their needs and purposes, and relationship, are their public opinions. Those pictures which are acted upon by groups of people, or by individuals acting in the name of groups, are Public Opinion, with capital letters."

Lippmann, who was the first to translate Sigmund Freud's works into English, was to become one of the most influential of political commentators. [4] He had spent World War I at the British psychological warfare and propaganda headquarters in Wellington House, outside of London, in a group that included Freud's nephew, Eduard Bernays. [5] Lippmann's book Public Opinion, published one year after Freud's Mass Psychology, which touched on similar themes, was a product of his tutelage by the Rees networks. It is through the media, Lippmann writes, that most people come to develop those "pictures-in-their-heads," giving the media "an awesome power."

The Rees networks had spent World War I studying the effects of war psychosis, and its breakdown of individual personality. From their work, an evil thesis emerged: Through the use of terror, man can be reduced to a childlike and submissive state, in which his powers of reason are clouded, and in which his emotional response to various situations and stimuli can become predictable, or in Tavistockian terms, "profilable." By controlling the levels of anxiety, it is possible to induce a similar state in large groups of people, whose behavior can then be controlled and manipulated by the oligarchical forces for whom Tavistock worked. [6]

Mass media were capable of reaching large numbers of people with programmed or controlled messages, which is key to the creation of "controlled environments" for brainwashing purposes. As Tavistock's researches showed, it was important that the victims of mass brainwashing not be aware that their environment was being controlled; there should thus be a vast number of sources for information, whose messages could be varied slightly, so as to mask the sense of external control. Where possible, the messages should be offered and reinforced through "entertainments," which could be consumed, without apparent coercion, and with the victim perceiving himself as making a choice between various options and outlets.

Lippmann observes in his book that people are more than willing to reduce complex problems to simplistic formulas, to form their opinion by what they believe others around them believe; truth hardly enters into such considerations. Appearance of reports in the media confer the aura of reality upon those stories: If they weren't factual, then why would they be reported? Lippmann says the average person believes. People whose fame is in turn built up by the media, such as movie stars, can become "opinion leaders," with as much power to sway public opinion as political figures.

Were people to think about this process too much, it might break down; but, he writes;

"the mass of absolutely illiterate, of feeble minded, grossly neurotic, undernourished and frustrated individuals is very considerable, much more considerable, there is reason to think, than we generally suppose. Thus a wide popular appeal is circulated among persons who are mentally children or barbarians, whose lives are a morass of entanglements, people whose vitality is exhausted, shut-in people, and people whose experience has comprehended no factor in the problem under discussion."

Stating that he saw a progression to ever-less-thought-provoking forms of media, Lippmann marvels at the power of the nascent Hollywood movie industry to shape public opinion. Words, or even a still picture, require an effort for the person to form a "picture-in-the-mind." But, with a movie, "the whole process of observing, describing, reporting, and then imagining has been accomplished for you. Without more trouble than is needed to stay awake, the result which your imagination is always aiming at is reeled off on the screen." Significantly, as an example of the power of movies, he uses the D.W. Griffith propaganda film for the Ku Klux Klan, "The Birth of a Nation"; no American, he writes, will ever hear the name of the Klan again, "without seeing those white horsemen." Popular opinion, Lippmann observes, is ultimately determined by the desires and wishes of an elite "social set." That set, he states, is a

"powerful, socially superior, successful, rich urban social set [which] is fundamentally international throughout the Western Hemisphere and in many ways, London is its center. It counts among its membership the most influential people in the world, containing as it does the diplomatic sets, high finance, the upper circles of the army and navy, some princes of the church, the great newspaper proprietors, their wives, mothers, and daughters who wield the scepter of invitation. It is at once a great circle of talk and a real social set."

In a typical elitist fashion, Lippmann concludes that coordination of public opinion is lacking in precision. If the goal of a one-worldist "Great Society" is to be realized, then "public opinion must be organized for the press, not by the press." It is not sufficient to rely on the whims of a "super social set" to manipulate the "pictures-in-people's-heads"; that job "can only be managed by a specialized class" which operates through "intelligence bureaus." [7]

John Pilger explains how corporations took over media outlets and created the "professional journalist" to attract advertisers who appears "respectable" and a "pillar of the community" who plays the role of being impartial but actually doesn't determine a story is a story unless the government says it is--of course the government is controlled by the corporations!

Part 1: Russian visitors marvel at how Americans all think alike without torture!

youtube.com/watch?v=c-uq7O1RqQQ

Part 2: journalists admit if they did their job there would have been no war in Iraq, people in dictatorship have advantage over those in west-they know media is all lies! subjugated knowledge--don't believe anything until its officially denied

youtube.com/watch?v=6kA0_xV2QLs

Part 3: Media propaganda = fascism imperialism for corporations

youtube.com/watch?v=TtpU2ORFyeo

Part 4: American government backed Taliban

youtube.com/watch?v=dqff-glEqkE

The television has barged into the FAMILY and destroyed the influence of parent's because a TV show can present the corporation or governmental case audio-visually in a more convincing, base lust attracting manner than a verbal appeal from Mom/Dad. What Mom/Dad is going to place his son/daughter on a chair and give them a power point presentation or show a video to get their ideas/values across? If they did would it look as flashy and professional as TV?

No, the final arbitrator and last chance is what the children SEE THEIR PARENTS DOING. What they see their parents actually do is to them the final proof of what they actually believe is true and should be done. Personal example is a powerful convincing argument that gives one pause to at least consider it.

CHAPTER 7: Calamity (uncle) Sam

An Israeli Soldier told me that "America doesn't need a good military, its big". He is so right, there is no "constituency" for military excellence in America because we are 300, 000, 000 people with a 3, 000 mile long continental land mass that can throw men and materiel at any problem to smother it--if we want to. Smaller nations like Israel and England have less people and less land to work with and cannot racketeer with quantities, THEY MUST HAVE HIGH QUALITY MILITARIES. Today's British Army and IDF put any American military outfit to shame because their resource "necessity" is the "mother of invention". Hollywood British secret agent, James Bond, 007's gadgets are fact--not fiction. The French warrior-philosopher Jean Larteguy wrote of this in his famous "Two Armies" passage: there is a phony army of quantity and then the real one of enthusiasts with gadgets and tricks.

So America has a "fuck, you!" individualist culture based on the Horatio Alger myth that all one has to do is conform to the mass of society's social fabric--in this case--the corporations--and work hard and he will rise to the top on some kind of meritocracy. Being a lemming in a mass isn't being an actual independent individual its a FALSADE of individuality aimed at people not banding together and gaining enough strength to over-throw the corporations or a corrupt government---its a sucker ploy, a bait we have taken in hook, line and sinker. It embeds a LIE that all one has to do is be good--the BEST and he will be rewarded by free market forces or the wise government as if human natures of greed and envy in sophisticated racketeering do not exist. The Horatio Alger myth embeds the LIE that there are no conspiracies, no evil men, that the mass of society, corporations and government want you to succeed when we know for a fact they do not.

Military as meritocracy?

Generals think its their clubhouse to run as they want facts be damned, you STFU until you become a general; rank 'n file have no say in how they are mislead to their deaths, are not in this all together and can propose ideas on their own merits; STFU you haven't paid your dues, no one tells a guy having his existentialist ego dictator trip how to do anything; staffs act as yes-men to say naked emperors who have no clothes, no sense of community; the U.S. military is a mirror image of the fuck-you, earn-it-yourself American civilian culture of selfish consumerism, we are the effete French we so violently condemn when in truth the Euros see themselves as in same boat in life and care about Eachother which we see as "weakness".

Yet there has to be QUALITY in our individual lives--God is going to just us as INDIVIDUALS not as mere fascist wooden strips on a nation-state ax without moral responsibility for our actions. America sadly is no longer a collection of individual moral Citizen-Soldiers who do everything for what's QUALITATIVELY what's the moral BEST, we are now a herd of AmeroFascist lemmings who want to hide in the technoherd of QUANTITY. The problem is that low-quality quantity perpetuated by rackets has fatal weaknesses that can be exploited by something that focuses in a superior quality against it. Its the commandos hiding in the Trojan Horse "Greek gift" for appearing to end the war to get into the walled city that unlock the gates as the people asleep from the drunken part don't notice.

Pre-emptive war immoral: Gavin Nails the Neocons Before they were even CONceived

On pages 250-251 of his 1958 book, War and Peace in the Space Age [combatreform.org/warandpeaceinthespaceage.htm], U.S. Army General James M. Gavin explains liberal and conservative "Cold War" attitudes and thinking which amazingly predicts the sick attitudes of today's neo-conservatives (neocons) which are really Leo Strauss Nazis in democratic sheep's clothing. Since they don't give a damn about people in general; their attitude is kill them before they kill us (pre-emptive war); and have no interest whatsoever in security assistance or any assistance to prevent nation-states from falling into chaos by tangibly solving social ills. Straussians believe that the common people need to be fed a national myth to keep them docile as documented by BBC film maker Adam Curtis in his series "The Power of Nightmares" (PON).

Part 1: "Baby, Its Cold Outside"

http://youtu.be/gZt2HhFXB3M

Part 2: The Phantom Victory

http://youtu.be/WbRApO3k_Jo

Part 3: The Shadows in the Cave

http://youtu.be/LFjCJFsbS0U

In a previous Curtis series, "The Trap" he showed how the neocons to contain communism set up sham democracies to actually keep dictatorships in power while keeping the populace docile with consumerism. Curtis explains how consumerism is manipulated by corporations in his epic series "The Century of the Self" in 2002 broadcast by the BBC as a four-part series. The series tracks how American elites have aggressively used the modern behavioral sciences to persuade, coerce and manipulate the American public into accepting the corporate-government world's version of events as their own. Racketeering corporations see people as just emotional, irrational idiots not thinking citizens as per Freud, they go on a binge of consumption and great depression follows. FDR saves country but consumerism is re-engaged after WW2 to scare people into building MICC-TT, Freud's daughter stresses social conformity to suppress irrational desires, business provides social conformity products. The last video focuses on one of the most skillful and amoral expert of all the experts in mass manipulation, Edward Bernays. Bernays got his first taste of the power of propaganda during World War I. He advised U.S. presidents from Woodrow Wilson to Einsenhower and served numerous corporations and business associations. One of his biggest fans was Hitler's propaganda chief, Joseph Goebbels, a fact about which Bernays bragged proudly. In part 3, sick of conformity and manipulation by corporations, public wants their desires let loose during wild '60s, society's inhibitions are cause of misbehavior, self fulfillment becomes the goal, instead of society classes, corporations pander to the psychological categories of people. In the last part 4, we see a pattern that Bernays used over and over again: turn a harmless entity into a fearsome enemy through lies and manufactured news items. Then use the "threat" to justify attack. The subject of this video is Bernays campaign against the democratically elected government of Guatemala in 1953, but you'll have no trouble seeing that this very same method is being used today (Iraq). "Give the People What They Want"---Public deceived into thinking products will satisfy them, Corporations and Governments get Control; their elected officials are "products", too consumer-based politics pandering to the mob's primal desires, internally-driven bringing about greater and greater physical reality disconnect--possible ecological collapse as we over indulge and consume, destroying spaceship earth; irrational consumers no longer rational citizens abrogating their social fabric to corporations who have no loyalty to them to provide them jobs out-sources product construction to overseas slave labor to increase profits; disaster coming unless we BOYCOTT their products and make them produce ECOFRIENDLY PRODUCTS BUILT BY US and we demand what's BEST not racketeering thru government intervention thru elected officials we elect not bought by the corporations.

After this shamocracy failed in post-communist Russia, they installed a phony "democracy" in Iraq hoping that having an influx of outsider corporations coming in to govern would set up a consumerist society. The Iraqis are not satisfied with a Shia FACTIONOCRACY and certainly not with their nation being a vassal state to American corporations to exploit. Curtis focuses in on false democracy for Wall Street Illuminati profits in parts 3, 4, 5 and 6 of his later series, THE TRAP.

THE TRAP, Parts 3-6

Kissinger began his "career" as an Illuminati bureaucrat helping Nazis escape to the west as an Army intelligence NCO

Part 3: Kissinger backing of brutal dictators in order to contain communism, neocons think we should instead expand negative freedom at gunpoint to roll-back communism, armed struggle + bureaucratic Shia Islam = freedom? wtfo?, Reagen neocons export sham democracy (like in Iraq today), a facade placebo for the people

Part 4: Reagen admin lying about Sandinistas having chemo weapons from Sovs etc., liberal democracy hubris, Soviet collapse results in economic collapse

Part 5: Yeltsin restores order by force, corporations owned by racketeers have Yeltsin in hock, Putin takes charge, imprisons the robber barons, negative consumerism liberty failed in Russia, neocons back in power lying to America to get them to war

Part 6: Bremer fires all capable people like Pol Pot did except without murdering them to get clean slate, country given over to foreign corporations to be governed, massive corruption, typical falsade democracy like during Reagen era, no social contract, rebellion began, we become the French and start torturing/coercion, pre-emptive war manifests as pre-emptive crime arrests, our so-called freedom aka consumersim is not going to hack it in the future

http://youtu.be/LFjCJFsbS0U

Clearly, General Gavin did NOT advocate exporting shamocracy around the world but REAL, representative democracy that would result in American corporations losing their defacto colonial empires where resources are plundered and people work in sweat shops as slaves. This kind of "freedom" requiring real social change and reforms obviously took too much effort and harmed the corporate masters and mentality of the fuck-you neocons so they decided a sham form of freedom, based on consumerism is that all that is needed to placate the masses.

Gavin's brilliant and moral outlook on societal reform is best seen in his 1968 book, Crisis Now [combatreform.org/crisisnow.htm] which clearly advocates engaging in direct solving of people's problems not shutting them up with consumer goods.

The All Volunteer/Victim Force/Farce (AVVFF) was a work-around for corporations to get compliant victims for their wars for profit ("they volunteered for this!"). Obviously, the AVVFF is incompetent at sub-national conflicts since it longs for quick and easy nation-state wars that never happen and is entirely comfortable with garrison "From Here to Eternity" routine.

So to work around the AVVFF, the corporations created the Armies Of The Corporation eh, Potomac (AOTC) where business tries to do war itself using the profit motive. The profit motive doesn't generate moral military excellence since corporations are defined by their nature as sociopaths without any conscience let alone a social one--WE THE PEOPLE of America or THEY THE PEOPLE of the foreign lands don't pay them. AOTCs are mercenaries to do the corrupt and evil nation-state government puppets of the large corporation's bidding without public scrutiny and morality. We have scoundrels in the U.S. government creating illegals wars waged by illegal hirelings to WORK AROUND their Constitutional requirement to obey the will of the people through the Congress. Congress should stop funding these AOTCs.

November 19, 2007 Issue
2007 The American Conservative

Hired Guns

While the Volunteer Army struggles, the Business of War booms.

by Kelley Beaucar Vlahos

The armed security contractor in Iraq makes an appearance on the collective American radar only when events get so ugly they won't go away: the charred bodies of four Blackwater guards swinging from a Fallujah bridge in 2004, the 17 civilians reportedly killed by Blackwater men in a Baghdad square in September.

Mostly their presence-anywhere from 20,000- to 70,000-strong depending on who's counting-moves on a battlefield that, in the words of the 1980s television series "Tales of the Darkside," [EDITOR: Fleming's pal, RAF Wing Commander Roald Dahl was a writer of many of the series stories] is "just as real, but not as brightly lit" as the news we see every night. They kill, bleed on the side of the road, and recover with stumps and prostheses, just not at Walter Reed Medical Center.

Richard Zbryski put the shadowy existence of the private parallel army in cold, hard perspective when he described how the body of his brother, Walter Zbryski, a 56-year-old retired New York City firefighter, was shipped home from his job as a contracted truck driver in Iraq. "What really upset me was that he was laying there floating in 6 inches of his own body fluids," still wearing his bloodied clothes, with half of his head blown away, Zbryski told the Chicago Tribune.

His brother was one of the more than 1,000 civilian contractors killed since the war began. More than 180,000 remain in Iraq today. Most are unarmed, doing everything from feeding and providing basic services to the U.S. military to constructing bases, transporting equipment, and rebuilding Iraqi infrastructure.

But it's the hired guns and spooks-the tens of thousands of guards protecting diplomats and VIPs, government buildings, reconstruction projects and convoys, plus prison interrogators-who bring into focus the fate of the mission and the implications of privatizing the military. They have people wondering what new breed of mercenary super-soldier American money is buying.

"There are many questions as to how a myriad of heavily armed private armies can serve the purpose of the U.S. military and foreign policy," writes Robert Young Pelton, in Licensed to Kill: Hired Guns in the War on Terror.

Pelton has traveled with both military and private contractors in Afghanistan and Iraq throughout the conflict. He describes the new terrain shaped by outsourcing and reports that it bears little resemblance to the noble enterprise sold to the military years ago. Five years into operations, it is a darkly obscured landscape of violence, profiteering, and negligence. He senses that this parallel army is undermining the entire mission, leading to "blowback of extraordinary proportions."

"It strikes at the core of the entire American principle, the idea of the Citizen-Soldier," he tells TAC. "We've been fighting this war longer than World War II, and the military is absolutely dependent on the private sector."

Never in modern history has war privatization reached this level. The course was set as early as the 1980s, when post-Cold War military restructuring led to the first LOGCAP-the Army's Logistics Civil Augmentation Program-which furnished an open-ended, cost-plus contingency contract for private vendors to provide rapid support services to the Army in deployment operations. Military brass initially resisted the idea, write Dina Rasor and Robert Bauman in Betraying Our Troops: The Destructive Results of Privatizing War: "Military commanders, at the time, expressed considerable mistrust of a contractor's ability to supply troops on the battlefield because they would be too slow, unreliable, and uncontrollable."

But Dick Cheney, then defense secretary under President George H.W. Bush, was still able to secure a $3.9 billion LOGCAP contract for Brown & Root before leaving office and becoming the CEO of its parent company, Halliburton, in 1995. Privatization expanded throughout the Clinton administration, with the new Kellogg, Brown & Root (KBR) and Dyncorp International receiving lucrative service contracts to work in Somalia, Rwanda, Southeast Asia, Kuwait, Haiti, and the former Yugoslavia.

Some say Cheney was the midwife of the military-private sector alliance. With Donald Rumsfeld, a kindred spirit who has also enjoyed a lucrative public-private revolving-door career, he was able to nurture that alliance into its current mutation in the global war on terror.

"[Privatization] became a mantra, that the contractors could do so much better," said Rasor, whose book is an exhaustive account of "what happens when you introduce a for-profit motive into the battlefield." Rumsfeld, who famously said "you go to war with the Army you have, not the one you want," was "thinking like a businessman," said Rasor. "It's not working out."

After the Sept. 11 attacks, civilians-ex-Soldiers and spies mostly-were unleashed on Afghanistan under the CIA to look for Osama bin Laden, according to Pelton, while Blackwater got its first gig guarding military facilities and, later, new Afghan President Hamid Karzai, who still enjoys the best security detail American money can buy.

As the war grew more dangerous, so did the need for armed contractors. Paul Bremer, head of the Coalition Provisional Authority until it turned over the keys to the Iraqis in 2004, introduced the first private security detail into Iraq, hiring Blackwater to the tune of $21.3 million. In an astonishing display of firepower, Bremer was routinely surrounded by 36 civilian guards and "a fleet of SUVs, two bomb-sniffing canine teams with handlers, four pilots, four aerial gunners, a ground crew and three Boeing MD-530 'Little Bird' helicopters," Pelton reports. Later on, they would add three Mamba trucks with machine gun mounts and a Saracen armored carrier for transport.

Early news coverage of private contractors centered around the bravery of the truck drivers, servers, and technicians helping to rebuild Iraqi society and provide comforts never before experienced by American Soldiers in the field. To many, even today, that remains true.

But the good news was soon tempered by reports that KBR, the biggest contractor in Iraq, was overcharging the military for things like fuel and food, engaging in fraud, and using the largely no-bid LOGCAP contract like a teenager with a credit card. Soldiers began to complain back home about work stoppages, wasted and lost equipment, and jobs that didn't get done.

Worse than that emerging fiscal and logistical nightmare was the bad press generated by the guys with guns.

Outside of the tens of thousands of unarmed contractors on the ground, it is estimated that close to 200 security companies operate in Iraq today, ranging from the elite-Blackwater, Triple Canopy, and Dyncorp-to the low-paying and less impressively equipped "mom and pop" outfits. A minority are Americans and other Westerners. The rest are Iraqi and ex-military types from far-flung places like South Africa and Chile.

Billions of dollars in government and private money floating around have been a boon for the hired-gun business. But this might be one case in which the free market is not self-regulating. Unlike Main Street, the roiling pressures of danger and political instability in Baghdad won't wait for this particular market to self-correct.

"Guys with guns and no laws governing them-it was inevitable in a way," says Robert Greenwald, director of the documentary film "Iraq for Sale," a gritty take on the business of war. He thinks the latest Blackwater scandal might be the "tipping point" for American patience with hiring war out to private guns who play by wildly different rules than U.S Soldiers.

"They have had an extraordinary track record of keeping people alive," said (Ret.) Col. Gerald Schumacher, author of A Bloody Business: Contractors and the Occupation of Iraq. "They do it through intimidation. Bulldozing cars off the road. Varying degrees of aggressiveness." Plus, "the contractor has surmised, and I think rightly so, that they are immune to prosecution."

Iraqi anger at Blackwater is palpable. Local officials allege that contracted guards killed 17 civilians in the Sept. 16 shootout in Baghdad, including a child whose charred body was found fused to his mother's in the backseat of a burning car. Iraqis want the company tried in their courts and banned from their country, and it is not clear at this writing that Blackwater will survive the life of its $571-million contract with the State Department.

In 2006, a drunken off-duty Blackwater guard was accused of murdering the bodyguard of Vice President Adil Abdul Mahdi on Christmas Eve in the Green Zone. He was shuttled out of the country before he could be questioned by Iraqi police and was fired but never prosecuted. The family of the bodyguard was given $15,000 in compensation.

In 2005, an innocent bystander and father of six was fatally shot by Blackwater guards careening down a street in al-Hillah. Blackwater gave his family $5,000 after the State Department urged the company to "put this unfortunate matter behind us quickly," according to an e-mail supplied to the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee.

Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice has promised reforms, and on Oct. 25, Deputy Secretary for Diplomatic Security Richard Griffin tendered his resignation. Even Defense Secretary Robert Gates has said the contractors' job to protect their clients is at "cross purposes to our larger mission in Iraq," adding, "there have been instances where, to put it mildly, the Iraqis have been offended and not treated properly." DoD employs about 7,300 security contractors in Iraq and 1,000 in Afghanistan; around 2,500 work for the State Department.

Blackwater insists that on Sept. 16 its guards were ambushed and were shooting in self-defense. Founder and CEO Erik Prince-the politically connected son of Edgar Prince, the late billionaire who helped build the Family Research Council-went on a media charm offensive in October, giving television interviews and inviting reporters to Blackwater's 7,000-acre training facility in North Carolina.

"We don't get any advantages for the lack of accountability-we just end up getting hammered on the issue," said Doug Brooks, spokesman for the International Peace Operations Association, a trade group representing 40 companies in the private security industry. He and others say the assault on contractors is politically motivated and the stories of their abuses and excesses are greatly exaggerated.

But there is plenty of grist. Civilian interrogators were involved in the Abu Ghraib prison abuse scandal, and YouTube provides visuals of swaggering guards with heavy ammo, taking shots at unsuspecting Iraqis.

U.S Soldiers are the first to acknowledge that the "fog of war" sometimes invokes extraordinary measures, but the contractors' cocksure pose and seeming lack of conscience reflects on them all. "I feel that many of the contractors here have no respect for the locals and are doing a great deal of harm to our reputation," an Army lieutenant stationed in Afghanistan e-mailed.

"They don't have to explain themselves. We've all witnessed them shooting up cars, and then they just drive off in their SUVs, wearing their ballcaps, sunglasses, and full beards. If we shot up a car, we couldn't leave the scene for two days," said (Ret.) marine Sgt. Nick Benas, who served in Iraq from July 2004 to March 2005. Afterward, he turned down an $186,000 offer to train Iraqi police as a civilian contractor.

Advocates for contractors, like Jane Crowder, who started AmericanContractorsinIraq.com as a support network for the community of civilian workers, say most contractors don't earn that much and are in many cases victims, too, fighting for medical benefits and lacking the institutional support military veterans take for granted. "Most of them get injured or killed before they make $50,000, then they get sent home with no medical coverage or follow-up care," she told the Knoxville Voice in June. "Once you leave Iraq, you're alone."

Danger, burnout, injury and death have led to significant turnover. The elite former Navy Seals and Army Special Forces who formed the backbone of the security enterprise in its early days are a vanishing breed, replaced by less qualified profit-seekers, Third World commandos, and "ham and eggers"; looking to reinvent themselves into something worthy of bravado back home.

Pelton suspects that some with the new "skill set" honed in Iraq may never want to go home and will continue looking for action and money elsewhere. "It's going to have a significant impact" on the global security landscape, he said. "I already see guys doing bounty hunting or getting involved in questionable training programs overseas." If the military ever wanted to go all the way and start hiring mercenaries to do their fighting, there's probably a division ready to go.

The temptation is understandable, for it avoids the politically difficult decision to put more boots-on-the ground, calling up more National Guard and reserves, or appealing to the United Nations and NATO for help. "It is a predicament of [the U.S government's] own making. It has over-outsourced to the point that it is unable to imagine carrying out its most basic operations without them," war privatization expert Peter W. Singer suggests in Can't Win with 'Em, Can't Go to War without 'Em: Private Military Contractors and Counterinsurgency.

He goes on: "The use of private military contractors appears to have harmed, rather than helped the counterinsurgency efforts of the U.S mission in Iraq," which require winning over the local population. He hopes the military will take a long look at whether it can continue. "Will our leaders have the will to just say no?"

Dina Rasor considers that unlikely simply because there are so many lobbyists on Capitol Hill pushing the magic pill of privatization, and big firms always have influential ex-military and CIA on the payroll. Blackwater Vice Chairman Cofer Black led CIA operations in Afghanistan and is now serving as an adviser to GOP presidential candidate Mitt Romney.

After the 2004 incident in which four Blackwater guards were shot and hung from the bridge in Fallujah-a case in which the company is facing lawsuits from the victims' families for allegedly sending them out on a mission unprepared-Prince hired now-defunct Republican lobbying firm Alexander Strategy Group, tied to then-Majority Leader Tom DeLay and convicted lobbyist Jack Abramoff. According to Rasor, "Blackwater's investment in Alexander paid off quickly. By mid-November 2004, Blackwater reported a 600 percent growth in additional contract dollars." And the windfall isn't limited to Mideast operations: after Hurricane Katrina, Blackwater guards patrolled the streets of New Orleans under a new domestic contract.

Blackwater has received $1 billion from the U.S government since the start of the war. Erik Prince won't disclose Blackwater's profit margin, but he recently told Congress he made around $1 million last year.

"This new [war service] industry depends on hot wars, occupations and natural disasters (which can't always be counted on), to keep it going," Rasor writes. But Prince won't surrender to the cynicism, at least in public, calling most contractors "open, honest Americans trying to do a good job," in an October Washington Post interview. Then, according to the Post, came the rub: "If they don't like what we're doing," he declared, snapping his fingers, "then cut off the revenue stream right now."

Chapter 8: WE THE SHEEPLE, WE THE PATSIES

"I'm just a patsy"

--Eastern European "Harvey" Oswald said this to reporters while in custody at the Dallas Police station before being murdered by mobster Jack Ruby to wrap-up the JFK assassination at his limp, dead body.

Individual Self-Delusion

Americans are anti-intellectual and have been since they conquered the west. Americans want to EXPERIENCE rather than THINK--and are thus prone to hedonism, violence and destruction. French philosophers Sarte/Camus say you have to EXPERIENCE something to know it, look up existentialism. No one has to be a victim to see and condemn obvious bullshit.

As the nation became more densely populated and people moved away from the family farms where some sobriety and self-control was in effect and into cities to work in factories, THEY THE CORPORATIONS discovered they could easily manipulate Americans through their urges since they are not rational thinkers with a national culture to effect collective, voluntary self-control. The BBC video documentary below by Adam Curtis explains how THEY THE CORPORATIONS learned how to control the American populace and turn them from an expectation of being thinking, rational citizens into irrational, emotional consumers who are easily manipulated for maximum corporate greed be it by buying their civilian life products or dying in their wars to increase the demand for war products.

The Age of the Self

In 2002, Adam Curtis and the BBC released a four-part series called "The Century of the Self." (TAOS). The TAOS series tracks how American elites have aggressively used the modern behavioral sciences to persuade, coerce and manipulate the American public into accepting the corporate-government world's version of events as their own.

Part 1: "Happiness Machines"

http://youtu.be/QDXr72trxuU

Racketeering corporations see people as just emotional, irrational idiots not thinking citizens as per Freud, they go on a binge of consumption and great depression follows

Part 2: "The Engineering of Consent"

http://youtu.be/ZxQ5D3CV0JA

FDR saves country from Nazi military conquest but consumerism is re-engaged after WW2 by the fascists who put Hitler into power to scare people into building MICC-TT, Freud's daughter stresses social conformity to suppress irrational desires, business provides social conformity products.

This video focuses on one of the most skillful and amoral expert of all the experts in mass manipulation, Edward Bernays. Bernays got his first taste of the power of propaganda during World War I. He advised U.S. presidents from Woodrow Wilson to Eisenhower and served numerous corporations and business associations. One of his biggest fans was Hitler's propaganda chief, Joseph Goebbels, a fact about which Bernays bragged proudly.

In this clip, we see a pattern that Bernays used over and over again: turn a harmless entity into a fearsome enemy through lies and manufactured news items. Then use the "threat" to justify attack. The subject of this video is Bernays' campaign against the democratically elected government of Guatemala in 1953, but you'll have no trouble seeing that this very same method is being used today (Iraq).

Part 3: "There is Policeman Inside all our Heads He Must Be Destroyed"

http://youtu.be/MnLfEhd9zZw

Sick of conformity and manipulation by corporations, public wants their desires let loose during wild 60s, society's inhibitions are cause of misbehavior, self fulfillment becomes the goal, instead of society classes, corporations pander to the psychological categories of people

Part 4: "Eight people sipping wine in Kettering"

http://youtu.be/50BmeYHjmEw

Give the People What They Want---Public deceived into thinking products will satisfy them, Corporations and Governments get Control; their elected officials are "products", too consumer-based politics pandering to the mob's primal desires, internally-driven bringing about greater and greater physical reality disconnect--possible ecological collapse as we over indulge and consume, destroying spaceship earth; irrational consumers no longer rational citizens abrogating their social fabric to corporations who have no loyalty to them to provide them jobs out-sources product construction to overseas slave labor to increase profits; disaster coming unless we BOYCOTT their products and make them produce ECOFRIENDLY PRODUCTS BUILT BY US and we demand what's BEST not racketeering thru government intervention thru elected officials we elect not bought by the corporations

The Trap

What Happened To Our Dream Of Freedom?

Individual freedom is the dream of our age. It's what our leaders promise to give us, it defines how we think of ourselves and, repeatedly, we have gone to war to impose freedom around the world. But if you step back and look at what freedom actually means for us today, it's a strange and limited kind of freedom.

Politicians promised to liberate us from the old dead hand of bureaucracy, but they have created an evermore controlling system of social management, driven by targets and numbers. Governments committed to freedom of choice have presided over a rise in inequality and a dramatic collapse in social mobility. And abroad, in Iraq and Afghanistan, the attempt to enforce freedom has led to bloody mayhem and the rise of an authoritarian anti-democratic Islamism. This, in turn, has helped inspire terrorist attacks in Britain. In response, the Government has dismantled long-standing laws designed to protect our freedom.

The Trap is a series of three films by BAFTA-winning producer Adam Curtis that explains the origins of our contemporary, narrow idea of freedom.

It shows how a simplistic model of human beings as self-seeking, almost robotic, creatures led to today's idea of freedom. This model was derived from ideas and techniques developed by nuclear strategists during the Cold War to control the behaviour of the Soviet enemy.

Mathematicians such as John Nash developed paranoid game theories whose equations required people to be seen as selfish and isolated creatures, constantly monitoring each other suspiciously -- always intent on their own advantage.

This model was then developed by genetic biologists, anthropologists, radical psychiatrists and free market economists, and has come to dominate both political thinking since the Seventies and the way people think about themselves as human beings.

However, within this simplistic idea lay the seeds of new forms of control. And what people have forgotten is that there are other ideas of freedom. We are, says Curtis, in a trap of our own making that controls us, deprives us of meaning and causes death and chaos abroad.

Episode 1: "Fuck You, Buddy"

http://youtu.be/gZt2HhFXB3M

Part 1: Global consumerism "freedom", expanding the power of corporate elites. Economist Hayek says individual consumer self-interests should drive economies, Cold War game theory by RAND

Part 2: people only driven by self-interest, this can then be exploited, Hollywood-glorified RANDster John Nash's "Fuck You, Buddy" game, says balance point can be achieved where everyone gets what they want, The Prisoner's Dilemma, everyone wins if everyone is selfish so they can adjust their behaviors, if someone cooperates unpredictability reigns, the sucker pay-off you lose everything, "Nash Equilibrium" subsidizes Hayek's free-for-all

Part 3: Laing's theories of freedom, Family is first social institution where power and tyranny are exerted, he analyzed a group of families to see how they used game theory to manipulate eachother, authoritarian parents, public duty damned as hypocrisy and unworkable

Part 4: no agreed view of what the public good is everyone game theorized against each other,

Part 5: healthy people went to mental hospitals feigning illness and all were declared mentally ill and not allowed to leave to feed the racket in the THUD experiment, only released when they said they were ill but getting better. Mad, they said send some more fakes! Experiment director agreed, then hospitals said they caught 41 phonies. Experimentor said he sent no one! Psychiatry gives up trying to understand and cure mental illness! decides to just label symptoms!

Part 6: Concluding thoughts...

Episode 2: The Lonely Robot

http://youtu.be/WbRApO3k_Jo

Episode 3: We Will Force You To Be Free

The final program focussed on the concepts of positive and negative liberty introduced in the 1950s by Isaiah Berlin. Curtis briefly explained how negative liberty could be defined as freedom from coercion, and positive liberty as the opportunity to strive to fulfill one's potential. Tony Blair had read Berlin's essays on the topic, and wrote to him[4] in the late 1990s, arguing that positive and negative liberty could be mutually compatible. He never received a reply, as Berlin was on his deathbed.

The program began with a description of the Two Concepts of Liberty, reviewing Berlin's opinion that, since it lacked coercion, negative liberty was the "safer" of the two. Curtis then explained how many political groups who sought their vision of freedom ended up using violence to achieve it.

In essence, the programme suggested that following the path of negative liberty to its logical conclusions, as governments have done in the West for the past 50 years, resulted in a society without meaning populated only by selfish automatons, and that there was some value in positive liberty in that it allowed people to strive to better themselves.

The closing minutes directly state that if western humans were ever to find their way out of the "trap" described in the series, they would have to realise that Isaiah Berlin was wrong and that not all attempts at creating positive liberty necessarily ended in coercion and tyranny.

Part 1: Berlin warns against the schoolmaster approach, two types of freedom, negative seems lesser of two evils

Part 2: wars of liberation to get negative liberty, Sartre's existentialistic "freedom", terrorism against the ruling class justified?, Pol Pot massacred all middle class people to try to get clean slate...

Part 3: Kissinger backing of brutal dictators in order to contain communism, neocons think we should instead expand negative freedom at gunpoint to roll-back communism, armed struggle + bureaucratic Shia Islam = freedom? wtfo?, Reagen Neocons export sham democracy (like in Iraq today), a falsade placebo for the people,

Part 4: Reagen admin lying about Sandanistas having chemo weapons from Sovs etc., liberal democracy hubris, Soviet collapse results in economic collapse

Part 5: Yeltsin restores order by force, corporations owned by racketeers have Yeltsin in hock, Putin takes charge, imprisons the robber barons, negative consumerism liberty failed in Russia, neocons back in power lying to America to get them to war

Part 6: Bremer fires all capable people like Pol Pot did except without murdering them to get clean slate, country given over to foreign corporations to be governed, massive corruption, typical falsade democracy like during Reagen era, no social contract, rebellion began, we become the French and start torturing/coercion, pre-emptive war manifests as pre-emptive crime arrests, our so-called freedom aka consumersim is not going to hack it in the future

http://youtu.be/LFjCJFsbS0U

CHAPTER 9: Why do they need us?

"He who desires to reform the government of a state, and wishes to have it accepted and capable of maintaining itself to the satisfaction of everybody, must at least retain the semblance of old forms; so that it may seem to the people that there has been no change in the institutions, even though they are entirely different from the old ones. For the great majority of mankind are satisfied with appearances, as though they were realities, and are often even more influenced by the things that seem than those that are"

--Niccolo Machiavelli, Discourses on Livy, Chapter XXV

If the alleged ET aliens are so much more advanced in war technology than us, why don't they just land and take us over? Why pussy foot around? when you have such an advantage, use it. The same applies to THEY THE CORPORATIONS and the secret societies who control the world's governments. Why maintain a false pretense of WE THE PEOPLE having some control over our lives? Obviously, the alleged ETs/UFOs (demons masquerading coming from afar when they have been here on earth the whole time), secret societies and corrupt governments NEED US for something. They certainly don't like us, so its got to be something they truly NEED grudgingly.

What could this be?

The reasons they need us are as follows:

1. Mankind Demands a Metaphysical Verdict

2. Socio-Economic Contrast

3. Worker Bees make Honey for Beekeepers

4. Divided People are Easily Conquered

Earth as a Giant "LifeBoat"

Before the 20th century, mankind's numbers were less than a billion people and the focus of the elites had been a metaphysical solution to death and in the meantime power to foist for themselves a comfortable life. Its only been in this last century with the population explosion that the "life boat" fear has taken over that human beings will consume and consume as their numbers grow and grow until the earth is so polluted that it cannot sustain everyone. The evil ones who erected the Georgia (mis)guide stones in 1980 want to kill off the world population from the current 6 BILLION to 500 million, meaning they want to murder 5.5 BILLION people to make the earth a more comfortable life boat for themselves. Without a Judeao-Christian Holy Spirit, these evil people cannot see any way the masses can be controlled since they have no control over themselves--they project their own corrupt motives onto everyone else. It is to the shame of Christians that we have not offered and not fought for societal organizational solutions to compete with and prevail over the Satanic illuminati agendas.

Christian theologian, Francis Schaeffer always asked, "How shall we then live?". If Christians are forgiven by Christ's dying in their place, now what? Do we let the world around us go to hell in a hand basket? This is exactly what most Christians think and do, they don't give a crap about the world around them because that's "of this world" and "of the flesh" so they are just going to go to church and wait to die or "pray about it". How convenient to sit on one's ass.

Mankind as a Whole Demands a Metaphysical Verdict

Since the Christians are sitting on their asses and letting evil run rampant, why do the ruthless assholes who are going to take what they want need them and the less religious masses at all? Before the "life boat" mentality of the 20th Century began, the evil elites needed the masses to get a metaphysical verdict. Without our numbers they can't claim mankind is behind them. Any one of us and certainly a corrupt secret elite are not going to get a response from history as to the nature of reality as we are all a-drop-in-the-bucket since BILLIONS of us have died over mankind's history and life continues as it has. However, if the evil elites could gain control of ALL OF MANKIND and have their ideas run everyone, then there is sure to be a metaphysical response from the higher beings--one way or another. They are rightfully afraid of dying just like anyone else. They want a resolution. Its the classic Nimrod assembling everyone to build a Tower of Babel then shooting an arrow into the air to mock God, the Creator to get a response. To many others, even if ALL of mankind were to unite in one voice, they think we are nothing more than animals on a rock spinning around an empty galaxy and would not be heard because there's no Supreme Being listening. To them we are in a lifeboat with no place to land destined to die.

Weighing in on this issue, I believe that if mankind were to unite and say YES or NO to the Judeo-Christian God, Jesus Christ--we would indeed get a response because MANKIND as a whole demands a metaphysical verdict. Certainly. Taking this group petition idea further, at what point does this guaranteed response stop? If say the 300, 000, 000 Americans united as a nation-state, would God respond? We know from the Bible that God respects the nation-states since he created them for the very purpose of preventing world governmental unity/tyranny. It ends up becoming exactly like Abraham asking God how many righteous people in Sodom-Gomorrah would it take for him to spare his wrath? The number he got down to was 10 out of say 1, 000, 000. We certainly have more devout Christians today to exceed that ratio even amongst the 6 BILLION people alive today, and this explains probably why the world is not being punished now by God since he is still working with us.

The point here is that the evil elites want us, the masses because without them controlling us and being able to add our lives to their legal standing they are not going to get a guaranteed metaphysical verdict win, lose or draw on their goals. This is why WE THE PEOPLE ARE THE CENTER-OF-GRAVITY in this fight.

This is why evil hasn't just yet invaded and taken over and dropped all pretenses of democracy, if they did this now, the people would rebel and every time a human being REFUSES TO THINK LIKE THEM, that's one less mankind number that prevents them from having the guaranteed metaphysical verdict they must have. This is why NOT BUYING INTO NEW AGE THINKING is so important, even if we are imprisoned, being tortured and put to death. As long as the evil ones cannot say ALL of mankind buys into their BS, they cannot act as our representatives and get us all damned by rebellion against God when they are proven wrong. As long as there is even just ONE human being who doesn't go along with evil, good triumphs and God will rescue him/her. We have to start realizing that WHO WE ARE in the final analysis IS the ultimate and final battle. We must be like the British and insure we win it.

The Masses are Needed to Generate Comfort for the Elites during their Life Spans

Not all of the evil elites are concerned with getting the world under their world-think, which is at least a classic respect for God the Creator even if they reject him. We can work with that, show them that God is not their enemy and their half-way stance can be taken to a conclusion and a "win" for God's team. The person who has grievances with God is understandable and can be reasoned with and is even commendable. We as humans should not be happy to be born into a sin curse and should want a way out. Its getting the right facts and sorting them to join the right metaphysical team that is the ultimate battleground. However, the ones that think this is it, there is no life or reality hereafter, if they chose to then take their temporal lives to plunder and pillage from other human beings, their evil has the most severe nastiness. Very simply they take what they want and for the most part this means maximum comfort for them. So then why do they need us?

They don't want us, certainly but they need us for money and ego. Having poor people around makes the rich feel superior providing a "narcissistic supply". The masses are the mirrored pond for the evil elites to see their reflections by a socio-economic contrast.

The next reason the evil elites need we, the masses is to do their physical life sustaining dirty work on a large scale that they can live like royalty with accumulated IGYGET certificates aka money. They don't of late want too many of us around if we are going to pollute and over-crowd the planet for them, but they certainly want us to take their trash out, cook their meals, wash their clothes, maintain their sewer systems etc. Without our numbers even with paid slaves and servants--even in the thousands like serfs surrounding a medieval castle--will simply not be as all-powerful a synergism as the creative powers of MILLIONS at work making comfortable means for the elites. We'll call this, more worker bees make more honey for the beekeepers.

So you then say, OK, they need us as their worker bees.

Then why doesn't the elites want to see EVERYONE employed, no one in prisons, on welfare etc. since it would mean MORE COMFORT FOR THEM? LTG Gavin proposes this in his book, Crisis Now. As a great human being and humanitarian Gavin wants everyone to be whole. His governmental and corporate peers did not and do not feel the same about their fellow man because they are SNOBS. At face-value full employment sounds desirable for the rich man. However, if everyone was employed and making "good money" they'd also have TIME to THINK about LIFE and QUESTION what the ruling elites are DOING TO THEM. So the evil elites want a CRIMINAL CLASS of malcontents and criminals and a racket of courts, judges, lawyers and policemen with prisons to get a middle class income from this unrest so SOCIETY NEVER WAKES UP AND CHALLENGES THEIR RULE. We'll label this classic divide and conquer.

CHAPTER 10: The GOODFORU.S. Movement

Unchecked consumerism is going to destroy the life-support capabilities of our 66, 000 mph hurtling-through-space spaceship earth. The power elites want to kill of several billion people who they see as irrational emotional consumers by wars and planned man-made disasters. The other option is to tell Malthus to go fuck off and show that human beings are not mere craven animals and can exert SELF-control over our urges in light of what our consumerism is doing to the external reality around us. Business is not going to do this, they want to feed our urges and get rich in an inbred racketeering cycle. Government officials will not do this since they have been bought off by the corporate businesses and our system of government's checks & balances have been ruined by the direct election of senators, the surrender of money printing to private bankers and individual income taxes perverting the intent of the U.S. Constitution's framers.

What we can do is to refuse to participate in the evils around us. The one thing the racketeers need from us is to exist and consume, if we choose instead "Give me LIBERTY or give me death" and say we'd rather die than participate in their racket then rackets can be changed if not busted up entirely. If THEY THE CORPORATIONS want WE THE PEOPLE'S money they will have to produce GOODS and services not BADS and vices.

Before buying any product, American citizens need to ask the following questions:

1. Is it being made by psycho/sociopath criminals?

2. Is it being made overseas?

3. Is it harmful to the environment?

4. Is it harmful to others and myself?

5. Is it perpetuating a racket?

If the answer is yes to any of these questions, DON'T BUY IT.

Find some other product that is GOODFORUS.

American citizens need to buy what is good for us--WE THE PEOPLE and what is good for the United States (U.S.). This is consumerism that is based on MORAL, SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY to our neighbors and the planet God has entrusted us to live on and oversee.

Now you may say there are no GOODFORUS alternative products which to buy in lieu of the evil crap. The reason is that corrupt American corporations pay their executives so much money that the costs of goods made in America are too high to compete with products slave-produced in China/India. In fact, American psycho/sociopath executives can keep their selfish salaries and keep their markets for their products by having them made overseas by slave labor; THEY HAVE NO LOYALTY WHATSOEVER TO WE THE PEOPLE OF AMERICA. They do not see themselves as Americans, "the rich are another country". When Americans have no jobs and can't buy any more cheap products from China/India because they have no money and we have another economic collapse like the one in 1929 doesn't worry THEY THE CORPORATIONS. As people riot or kill themselves off they will be in some safe location as the population thins itself out so they can run the planet easier. Or so they think. Louis the XIV and Marie Antoinette found out otherwise.

The point here is that the social fabric of America--business---the corporations---making widgets has been turned over to small groups of greedy men instead of the family farm where at least some loyalty to each other was insured. This was the devastating unintended consequence of the Civil War of 1860-1865. Once the Federal Government usurped state's rights it was easy for the corporations making widgets once they got lots of cheap power to run machines to sell them and amass huge amounts of money to buy off politicians and then corrupt the U.S. Governmental system in their favor so THEY THE CORPORATIONS run everything, playing field tilted completely in their favor at nearly a 90 degree angle.

The American people are not innocent here--we let these self-made men create huge corporations making widgets and were content to let them play the role of surrogate mother/father and all we had to do was go to work for a set amount of time and get a set wage and be done with it. The greedy men took all the risks up front coming up with the products/services and so in their mind's they deserve whatever they damn well please. The answer here is clear--the SOCIAL FABRIC OF AMERICA MUST CHANGE TO SMALL BUSINESSES RUN BY FAMILIES that will have some loyalty to each other that will be GOODFORUS. The family farm must be replaced by the family factory. Had the U.S. Constitution saw the Industrial Age coming they might have insured this transition took place.

1776 1900 2020?

_______________________________________________________________

Family Farms----->Elite Run Large Corporation Factories----->Family Factories

General Gavin in Crisis Now in 1968 said that we live now in a "scientific age" superceding the industrial age of machines. What he is saying is that THOUGHT has increased in power and is available to everyone, so since the know how is there, what is stopping small family factories supplying all our needs?

Large corporations by volume can get price breaks that small family factories cannot attain in small production runs. True, but if we continue to fossil fuel our atmosphere tractor-trailer truck shipping widgets from centralized large corporation factories to Wal-Marts then by POVs to homes, WE ARE ALL GOING TO DIE FROM WARS and PHONY GLOBAL WARMING natural disasters. Die. As in DEAD. What we need to do is be more efficient at making the GOODFORUS widgets we need which means they need to be produced locally by small family factories and distributed to the local civilian populace to eliminate all this crazy fossil fuel transportation shuffling.

CHAPTER 11: The Brave American

Steps to Regain Your Freedom: Don't Consume = Don't be a Consumer Victim

WE THE PEOPLE are controlled and made powerless by a series of devices/practices that make our daily lives into frantic scrambles which is what THEY THE CORPORATIONS want. Refuse to be a victim.

VIDEO: The Non-Compliance Strategy to Deflate the Monied Elites

youtube.com/watch?v=2rsGgLAkd-Y

1. Drink more purified water, eat less, exercise more, get the sleep you want

2. Don't wear a watch

3. Don't own or operate a cell phone

4. Don't watch government/corporation controlled TV!

5. Get your news by word-of-mouth and non-corrupt sources via your home computer/internet connection

6. Don't have a home phone number/land line

7. Do not operate a gas-hogging SUV, operate a small economy car with as much safety features as possible to compensate for lack of mass

8. Don't send your kids to public schools, home school them

9. Find a goods/service income maker that has you not have to drive your car, walk or bike to its location: ideal would be start your own FAMILY-RUN FACTORY at your location

10. Do not join the U.S. military except for a short duration in the reserves to gain a necessary set of skills, do not go to an immoral corporate war of convenience

11. Do not buy products that are not GOODFORUS, make the corporations produce what is BEST for US not good for them at our cost

12. Don't use credit cards except in a bona fide emergency

13. Get COMPLETELY out of debt--if you don't have the money saved up to buy something, don't buy it

14. Gain energy independence by solar/wind and get off the power grid

youtube.com/watch?v=gzW1D930to8

15. Have at least a 2-week supply of water/food and other items to sit out an attack on the populace by the corporate government

16. Have an escape plan/location to continue living in event of societal collapse

17. Use your newly created FREEDOM to attack corporate-government corruption and strip away corporatism's perversions of our government and the playing field, restore U.S. Constitution back to its original condition

CHAPTER 12: So We Get an Efficiency Revolution. What Next?

"If you are going to go through hell, keep going."

--Winston Churchill

The first thing to do is get energy efficiency, say everyone gathers their own electricity by wind/solar. Everyone travels by high-speed trains powered by the same. This eliminates power plants and the oil and transportation rackets. We now have the wonder of electricity to power our computers to store and rearrange lots of information. We can get around the continent safely and efficiently. Having the widgets we need built by family owned and run businesses eliminates corporate feudal slavery. Our government layers are responsive to our needs and actually rehabilitates wrong doers as well as defends us from actual threats not goes about on money-making occupation's of other countries. The Brave American has no energy, water or transportation bill. He works for himself and his only necessary IGYGET money function is to buy FOOD which he lacks the land or sea surface area to create.

What will we do with all this vast amounts of IGYGET certificates and symbolic numbers of the same in electronic bank accounts?

This is the justified fear of not just the racketeers but of even the good reformers. With the past as our guide, we know that God gave fallen man WORK done inefficiently because the planet was cursed to not be 100% efficient to keep him busy and not acting on his darkened lusts. In the pre-flood age, people lived for hundreds of years and had the direct knowledge and technology gained directly from supernatural beings and all hell broke loose. The wickedness of man sometimes inbred by fallen angels was horrific and God had to stop it by wiping out everyone except Noah and his immediate family in a world-wide flood.

The point here is that if we overthrow the inefficiency of basic life and stop racketeering, but do not change the WISDOM and nature of man to not then use these increased powers to unchecked hedonism and criminality we could end up at the pre-flood mess except we would have only 80-100 years to misbehave on a more hostile earth. Once a greater efficiency of life is established on the earth, the tendency will be to forget about how it got there and to use all this free time and money to misbehave. The struggle to collectively as humans to not racketeer can probably be done in only a few generations, leaving a new generation with nothing to do but consume more efficiently.

This is not what we want.

The answer is that we are here on earth to FIND OUT why we are here on the earth. To get off the earth and find out. Maybe before any of this efficiency revolution comes about, God, the Creator will return and clue us all in. We certainly hope so. However in the best tradition of the Puritans, we should pray as it all depends on God--and work as if it all depends on US. This book is "PLAN B"--it all depends on us to take the leading action.

---

FEEDBACK!

itsg@hotmail.com

---

---

Poodwaddle.com